As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 1525, ~~2021~~2023

Registration No. ~~333-___________~~ ______________

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Iowa	6311	39-0989781
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
(State or other jurisdiction of	(Primary Standard Industrial	(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)	Classification Code Number)	Identification Number)

~~4333~~6400 ~~Edgewood~~C ~~Road,~~Street NESW

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499

Telephone Number: (319) 355-8511

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Principal Executive Offices)

Brian Stallworth, Esq.

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

c/o Office of the General Counsel

~~4333~~6400 ~~Edgewood~~C ~~Road,~~Street ~~N.E.~~SW

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499-4240

Telephone Number: (319) 355-8511

(Name, Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Agent for Service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐☒ Previous Registration No. 333-252121

If this Form is post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company.

Large Accelerated Filer ☐ Accelerated ~~Filer~~filer ☐ Non-Accelerated Filer ☒ Smaller Reporting Company ☐ Emerging Growth Company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

Calculation of Registration Fee

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered		Amount to beRegistered*		Proposed MaximumOffering Price Per Unit*		Proposed MaximumAggregateOffering Price**		Amount ofRegistration Fee
Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Annuity		N/A		N/A		$1,000,000.00		$109.10

* The amount to be registered and the proposed maximum offering price per unit are not applicable because interests are not issued in predetermined amounts or units. Interests are sold on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

** The proposed maximum aggregate offering price is estimated solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

[Form of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement]

TRANSAMERICA STRUCTURED INDEX ADVANTAGESM ANNUITY

Issued by Transamerica Life Insurance Company

FEATURE SHEET PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

DISCLOSING

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR NEW PREMIUM PAYMENTS

Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement Dated [ ] to the Prospectus Dated [ ]

Effective Date: [ ]

We are issuing this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement to disclose the Allocation Accounts available for investment with respect to both initial and additional premium payments under the Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity. This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement should be read in conjunction with the prospectus and retained for future reference. Capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the prospectus.

As of its effective date, this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will remain in effect until it is superseded by a future Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement. A superseding Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will be issued at least 10 days prior to its effective date.

If you would like another copy of the prospectus or a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement, please call us at (800) 525-6205 or visit www.transamerica.com. All Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements are also available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov. The EDGAR Central Index Key (CIK) for Transamerica Life Insurance Company is 0001164098.

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION FOR NEW PREMIUM PAYMENTS

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies to your new premium payment if:

• For an initial premium payment, you sign the Policy application while this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is in effect.

• For an additional premium payment, we receive your payment while this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is in effect.

With respect to an applicable premium payment, as described above, this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement discloses the following information:

(1) The Allocation Accounts to which the premium payment may be allocated; and

(2) The Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) that are guaranteed to be part of at least one Index Account Option available for investment at the end of each Crediting Period.

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS

Basic Index Account Option[s]

	Index	Crediting Period	Growth OpportunityType	Downside ProtectionType	Downside ProtectionType Rate(s)
[1]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]
[2]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]
[3]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]

[Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Options]

Index

CreditingPeriod

GrowthOpportunityType

DownsideProtectionType

DownsideProtectionType Rate

ObservationPeriod

ObservationFrequency

Best EntryResetThreshold

[1]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[2]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[3]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Options]

Index

CreditingPeriod

GrowthOpportunityType

DownsideProtectionType

DownsideProtectionType Rate

Buffer ResetPeriod

Buffer ResetTrigger

[1]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[2]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[3]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[Fixed Account]

Crediting Period[s] [ ]

GUARANTEED GROWTH OPPORTUNITY & DOWNSIDE PROTECTION TYPES

Guaranteed Growth Opportunity Type(s)* Guaranteed Downside Protection Type(s)* [ ] [ ]

* Please note these guaranteed Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) apply only to an initial or additional premium payment made under this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement and any earnings under the Policy related to such premium payment. A premium payment made under a past or future Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is subject to the guarantees described in that Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement. As such, the Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) that are guaranteed may vary by premium payment if you submit multiple premium payments.

Important information about the current Allocation Options document:

• This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement contains only a subset of the information included in the current Allocation Options document, which is a separate document that also includes the current rates we have declared for Growth Opportunity Types, Credit Advantage Fee percentages, and current interest rates, to the extent applicable. Those declared rates may change even while this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect. You should not purchase the Policy or make an additional premium payment until you have obtained and carefully reviewed the current Allocation Options document. The current Allocation Options document is available online at www.transamerica.com/[ ] and upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

• If you are a prospective purchaser of the Policy, you will receive the current Allocation Options document during the application process. In order to guarantee that the information in that Allocation Options document will apply to your initial premium payment, you must sign your application while that Allocation Options document remains in effect. After you sign your application, we must also receive your initial premium payment within 14 calendar days of your signature date (or 60 calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or rollover). If these conditions are not met, your application will be considered not in good order. If you decide to proceed with the purchase of the Policy after we determine that your application is not in good order, additional paperwork may be required to issue the Policy, and the Allocation Options document in effect at that time will apply your initial premium payment.

• If you are an existing Owner of the Policy submitting an additional premium payment, the Allocation Options document in effect on the date that we receive your additional premium payment will apply. In order to guarantee the current Allocation Options document will apply to your additional premium payment, we must receive your additional premium payment while the current Allocation Options document remains in effect.

See PREMIUM PAYMENTS – ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS in the prospectus for additional information.

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement must be accompanied or preceded by the current prospectus.

Please read this Supplement carefully and retain it for future reference.

[Form of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement]

TRANSAMERICA STRUCTURED INDEX ADVANTAGESM ANNUITY

Issued by Transamerica Life Insurance Company

FEATURE SHEET PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

DISCLOSING

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS AT END OF CREDITING PERIOD

Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement Dated [ ] to the Prospectus Dated [ ]

For Premium Payments [After [ ] / On or Between [ ] and [ ]]

Effective Date: [ ]

We are issuing this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement to disclose the Allocation Accounts available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period under the Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity.

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS AT END OF CREDITING PERIOD

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement discloses the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period for prior premium payments and any related earnings under the Policy to which this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies.

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies to a prior premium payment and any related earnings under the Policy, as follows:

• For an initial premium payment and related earnings, this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies if you signed the Policy application [after the date specified above] [between the dates specified above].

• For an additional premium payment and related earnings, this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies if we received the premium payment [after the date specified above] [between the dates specified above].

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement does not apply to a prior premium payment that we received [before the date specified above] [outside of the dates specified above]. Nor does it apply to any future additional premium payments, including additional premium payments submitted at the end of a Crediting Period.

AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS

Basic Index Account Option[s]

	Index	CreditingPeriod	Growth OpportunityType	Downside ProtectionType	Downside ProtectionType Rate(s)
[1]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]
[2]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]
[3]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]	[ ]

[Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Options]

Index

CreditingPeriod

GrowthOpportunityType

DownsideProtectionType

DownsideProtectionType Rate

ObservationPeriod

ObservationFrequency

Best EntryResetThreshold

[1]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[2]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[3]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Options]

Index

CreditingPeriod

GrowthOpportunityType

DownsideProtectionType

DownsideProtectionType Rate

Buffer ResetPeriod

Buffer ResetTrigger

[1]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[2]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[3]

[ ]

Cap

Buffer

Buffer Rate [ ]

[ ]

[Fixed Account]

Crediting Period[s] [ ]

Important information about Renewal Letters:

• This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement contains only a subset of the information included in the Renewal Letter that will be sent to you prior to the end of each Crediting Period. The Renewal Letter is a separate document that also includes the rates we have declared for Growth Opportunity Types, Credit Advantage Fee percentages, and current interest rates, to the extent applicable. Those declared rates may change even while this Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect.

• We will send a Renewal Letter and the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement in effect to you at least 21 days before the end of each Crediting Period. Your Renewal Letter will be based on personal circumstances, i.e., when you made your premium payment(s).

• Among other information, the Renewal Letter will: (i) remind you of your opportunity to decide how your Policy Value in the expiring Allocation Account should be re-invested; (ii) inform you of the Allocation Account(s) that will be available to you for investment, with complete information about the rates we declared for such Allocation Account(s); and (iii) remind you to submit instructions to us at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. You may also request the Renewal Letter by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement must be accompanied or preceded by the current prospectus.

Please read this Supplement carefully and retain it for future reference.

[Form of Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement]

TRANSAMERICA STRUCTURED INDEX ADVANTAGESM ANNUITY

Issued by Transamerica Life Insurance Company

RATE SHEET PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

DISCLOSING

FEE PERCENTAGES FOR GMDB RIDER ELECTIONS

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Dated [ ] to the Prospectus Dated [ ]

Effective Date: [ ]

We are issuing this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement to disclose the fee percentages for the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider that we are currently offering with the Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity. It should be read in conjunction with the prospectus and retained for future reference. Capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the prospectus.

As of its effective date, this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will remain in effect until it is superseded by a future Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. A superseding Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will be issued at least 10 days prior to its effective date.

If you would like another copy of the prospectus or a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, please call us at (800) 525-6205 or visit www.transamerica.com. All Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements are also available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov. The EDGAR Central Index Key (CIK) for Transamerica Life Insurance Company is 0001164098.

FEE PERCENTAGES FOR GMDB RIDER ELECTIONS

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies to:

• Any prospective purchaser of a Policy electing the GMDB rider;

• Any existing Owner of a Policy who is eligible to re-elect the GMDB rider; and

If you are electing or re-electing the rider, only one of the fee percentages listed in the table below will apply to your rider, depending on the age of the Annuitant on the date that you sign the Policy application or at the time your re-election request is received in good order.

Age of Annuitant Fee Percentage [ ] – [ ] [ ]% [ ] – [ ] [ ]% [ ] – [ ] [ ]%

Important information about electing the GMDB rider:

• If you do not elect the GMDB rider, your Policy will not be subject to the GMDB rider fee. If you elect the GMDB rider, the GMDB rider fee percentage applicable to your rider will not change for the life of your rider.

• If you are eligible to elect or re-elect the GMDB rider and it would not subject your Policy to an additional fee, which could happen based on the age of the Annuitant, the GMDB rider will be automatically added to your Policy. We may not always offer an Annuitant age range with a 0% fee percentage.

• If you are a prospective purchaser of the Policy, in order for you to receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage in the table above, your application must be signed while this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect. We must also receive your initial premium payment within 14 calendar days of your signature date (or 60 calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or rollover). If these conditions are not met, your application will be considered not in good order. If you decide to proceed with the purchase of the Policy, additional paperwork may be required to issue the Policy and the fee percentages that we are offering at that time will apply to the GMDB rider.

• If you are re-electing the GMDB rider, assuming that you are eligible to re-elect the rider, you will receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage that we are offering at the time your re-election request is received in good order. In order for you to receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage in the table above, we must receive your re-election request in good order while this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect.

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement must be accompanied or preceded by the current prospectus.

Please read this Supplement carefully and retain it for future reference.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Preliminary Prospectus Dated January 1525, ~~2021~~2023

TRANSAMERICA STRUCTURED INDEX ADVANTAGE^SM ANNUITY

An Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity Policy

Issued by Transamerica Life Insurance Company

~~Administrative~~This ~~Office~~prospectus includes important information about the Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity (the “Policy”), which you can use to accumulate funds for retirement or other long-term financial planning purposes on a tax-deferred basis. This prospectus describes all material terms of the Policy, including material state variations. You should carefully read this prospectus and speak with your financial professional about whether the Policy is appropriate for you. You should also consult with a tax professional.

~~4333~~The ~~Edgewood~~Policy ~~Road~~allows NEyou to allocate your premium payments and earnings (if any) among the Policy’s investment options, which currently include index-linked investment options (“Index Account Options”) and a fixed interest option (“Fixed Account Option”).

~~Cedar~~• ~~Rapids,~~Index ~~Iowa~~Account ~~52499~~Options. Each Index Account Option is tied (or “linked”) to the performance of a specific market index or exchange-~~0001~~traded fund for a defined time period (a “Crediting Period”). Each Index Account Option currently has a Buffer downside feature that provides limited protection against any negative Index rate of return that may be charged to your investment for a Crediting Period. Each Index Account Option currently also has a Cap or Participation upside feature that may limit any positive Index rate of return that may be credited to your investment for a Crediting Period.

~~(800)~~• ~~525~~Fixed Account Option. The Fixed Account Option guarantees principal and a rate of interest for a 1-~~6205~~year Crediting Period.

~~www~~We expect to add and remove investment options from time to time.~~transamerica~~ We will always offer the following Index Account Option: S&P 500® Index, 1-Year Crediting Period, Buffer (Buffer Rate: 10%), Cap (Cap Rate: No lower than 2.~~com~~00%), no Credit Advantage Fee.

~~This~~You ~~prospectus includes~~should ~~important~~not ~~information~~buy ~~you~~this ~~should~~Policy ~~know~~if ~~before~~ you ~~purchase~~are ~~the~~not ~~Transamerica~~willing ~~Structured~~to ~~Index~~assume ~~AdvantageSM~~its ~~Annuity~~investment ~~(the~~risks. ~~“Policy”),~~See anPRODUCT ~~individual flexible premium deferred~~RISK ~~index-linked~~ ~~annuity~~FACTORS ~~policy~~beginning ~~that~~on ~~you~~page ~~can~~20. ~~use~~Index-linked toannuities ~~accumulate~~are ~~funds~~complicated ~~for~~investments. ~~retirement~~You ormay ~~other~~lose ~~long-term~~money, ~~financial~~including ~~planning~~your ~~purposes~~principal oninvestment aand ~~tax-deferred~~previously ~~basis~~credited earnings. ~~When~~Charges ~~you~~and ~~purchase~~adjustments under the Policy, itcould iscause ayour ~~contract~~losses ~~between~~to be greater ~~you,~~ asthan the ~~owner~~downside orprotection ~~joint~~of ~~owner,~~the ~~and~~Index ~~Transamerica~~Account ~~Life~~Options. ~~Insurance~~Your ~~Company~~losses ~~(“us,”~~may ~~“we,”~~be ~~“our,” or the “Company”)~~significant.

~~The~~Before ~~Policy~~the ~~allows~~end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, if you totake ~~allocate~~a ~~your~~surrender ~~premium~~or ~~payments~~withdrawal, ~~and~~or ~~earnings~~if (you exercise the Performance Lock feature, or if ~~any)~~you ~~among~~annuitize, or if the death benefit is paid, or if a fee or charge is deducted, the transaction will be based on the interim value of your investment ~~options~~in that weIndex ~~may~~Account ~~make~~Option. ~~available~~Interim tovalues ~~you~~fluctuate daily, ~~which~~positively ~~include one~~or negatively. Interim values could reflect significantly less gain or more ~~index-linked~~loss ~~investment~~than ~~options~~would (“be applied at the end of a Crediting Period. For as long as you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options”), ~~and~~there amay ~~fixed~~be ~~account~~no ~~investment~~time ~~option~~that (any such transaction listed above can be performed without the ~~“Fixed~~application ~~Account”)~~of at least one interim value.

•Before ~~Each Index Account Option is linked to~~ the ~~performance~~end of a ~~specific~~Crediting ~~market~~Period ~~index or exchange-traded fund~~ for aan ~~defined~~Index ~~time~~Account ~~period~~Option, (aif ~~“Crediting~~you ~~Period”)~~take ~~and~~any ~~includes~~type ~~limited~~of ~~protection~~partial ~~against~~withdrawal, ~~loss.~~or Weif ~~may~~a ~~make~~fee ~~various~~or ~~types~~charge ofis deducted ~~“Basic~~from that Index Account, ~~Options”~~your ~~and~~investment ~~“Enhanced~~base ~~Index~~will ~~Account~~be ~~Options”~~proportionately ~~available for investment~~reduced. This ~~prospectus~~negative ~~describes~~adjustment ~~the~~could ~~different~~be ~~features~~greater ~~associated~~than ~~with~~ the ~~Index~~amount ~~Account~~withdrawn ~~Options~~or deducted and ~~how~~could negatively impact your gains ~~and~~or losses ~~are calculated~~significantly.

•A ~~The~~six-year ~~Fixed~~surrender ~~Account~~charge ~~guarantees~~period ~~principal~~applies to the initial and any additional premium payment. In addition, a surrender ~~rate~~or ofwithdrawal ~~interest~~may ~~for~~be subject to federal and state income taxes and a ~~Crediting~~10% ~~Period~~federal penalty tax if made before age 591⁄2.

You ~~should~~may ~~not~~be ~~buy~~able to pay investment advisory fees directly from this Policy. ifAdvisory ~~you~~fee ~~are~~withdrawals ~~not~~will ~~willing~~reduce toyour ~~assume~~Policy ~~its~~value ~~investment~~and will be subject to the same risks and consequences of withdrawals, including surrender charges, interim value adjustments, negative adjustments, and income taxes and tax penalties and proportionate reductions to the death benefit. ~~See~~For tax-qualified ~~PRODUCT~~Policies, ~~RISK~~there ~~FACTORS~~is ~~beginning~~no maximum limit on ~~page~~advisory fee withdrawals. For non-qualified Policies, advisory fee withdrawals are subject to a maximum limit of ~~[ ]~~1.5% of the Policy’s cash value (determined without regard to any surrender charges) each Policy Year. We will not report advisory fee withdrawals as taxable distributions to the IRS. However, we cannot guarantee that federal and/or state taxing authorities will not subject advisory fee withdrawals to income taxes or tax penalties. You should consult a tax professional.

~~We periodically issue Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are part of this prospectus. The Feature Sheet Prospectus~~Our ~~Supplements~~financial ~~disclose~~obligations under the ~~investment~~Policy ~~options that~~ are ~~currently~~subject ~~available~~to ~~for~~our ~~investment.~~financial Westrength ~~also periodically issue Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are part of this prospectus~~ and ~~disclose~~claims-paying ~~the fee percentages that we are currently offering for the optional death benefit rider~~ability.

~~Before~~The ~~you~~Securities ~~select~~and ~~investment~~Exchange ~~options~~Commission (the ~~under~~“SEC”) ~~the~~has ~~Policy,~~not ~~you~~approved ~~should~~or ~~carefully~~disapproved ~~review~~these securities or passed upon the ~~Allocation~~adequacy ~~Options document~~of orthis ~~Renewal~~prospectus. ~~Letter~~Any ~~that~~representation to the contrary is ~~applicable~~a tocriminal ~~you~~offense.

•If ~~The~~you ~~Allocation~~are ~~Options~~a ~~document~~new ~~will~~investor ~~include~~in the ~~investment~~Policy, ~~options~~you tomay ~~which~~cancel ~~initial~~your orPolicy ~~additional~~within ~~premium~~10 ~~payments~~days (30 days for replacement Policies). In some states or circumstances, this period may be ~~allocated~~longer. ~~The~~Upon ~~current~~cancellation, ~~Allocation~~you ~~Options~~will ~~document~~receive the value of your Policy, plus any fees or charges deducted on the date of cancellation, unless a different amount is ~~available~~required ~~online~~by atlaw. ~~www~~If you invest in an Index Account Option, you will be subject to risk of loss during the right to cancel period because the amount refunded will be based on an interim value.~~transamerica.com/[~~ ]State ~~and~~law ~~upon~~may ~~request~~require byus ~~contacting~~to ~~our~~refund ~~Administrative~~the ~~Office~~greater of your Policy value or your ~~financial~~premium ~~intermediary~~payment(s). ~~You~~For IRAs, we will berefund ~~provided~~your premium ~~with~~payment(s) ~~the~~if ~~current~~cancelled ~~Allocation~~within ~~Options~~the ~~document~~first ~~during~~seven days of the ~~application~~right ~~process~~to cancel period.

•Transamerica ACapital, ~~Renewal~~Inc. ~~Letter~~is ~~will include~~ the ~~investment~~principal ~~options~~underwriter ~~that you may select~~ for ~~investment at~~ the ~~end of a Crediting Period~~Policy. WeThe ~~will~~minimum ~~send~~initial ~~you~~premium ais ~~personalized~~$25,000. ~~Renewal~~This ~~Letter~~prospectus atis ~~least~~not 21an ~~days~~offer ~~before~~to sell the ~~end~~securities, ofand ~~each~~it ~~investment~~is ~~term.~~not ~~You~~soliciting ~~may~~an ~~also~~offer ~~request~~to buy the ~~Renewal~~securities, ~~Letter~~in byany ~~contacting~~state ~~our~~where ~~Administrative~~offers ~~Office~~ or ~~your~~sales ~~financial~~are ~~intermediary~~not permitted.

~~An Allocation Options document or Renewal Letter is distinct from a Feature Sheet~~ Prospectus ~~Supplement.~~Date: ~~Like~~May ~~a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement~~1, an2023 Allocation Options document or Renewal Letter contains the investment options that are currently available for investment, but it also contains certain rates that may change from time-to-time while a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect.

LOGO

Index-linked annuity contracts are complicated investments. You may lose money, including a significant amount of your principal investment. Before you purchase the Policy, you should carefully read this prospectus and speak with your financial professional about whether the Policy is appropriate for you based on your personal circumstances and financial goals. You should also consult with a tax professional.


GLOSSARY			1
SUMMARY			6
BUYING THE POLICY			6
PHASES OF THE POLICY			6
FEES AND CHARGES			11
TYPES OF ACCOUNTS			12
AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS			17
PRODUCT RISK FACTORS			20
RISK OF LOSS			20
ALLOCATION ACCOUNT AVAILABILITY RISK			20
LIQUIDITY RISK			21
INDEX PERFORMANCE RISK			21
WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER RISK			24
BUFFER RISK			25
GROWTH OPPORTUNITY TYPE RISK			26
INTERIM VALUE RISK			26
NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX BASE RISK			27
PERFORMANCE LOCK RISK			28
CREDIT ADVANTAGE RISK			29
DEATH BENEFIT SELECTION RISK			29
INDEX SUBSTITUTION RISK			30
RISK OF LOSS DURING CANCELLATION PERIOD			30
FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND CLAIMS-PAYING ABILITY			30
CYBER SECURITY AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISKS			31
FEES AND CHARGES			31
SURRENDER CHARGES			32
MAXIMUM POTENTIAL LOSS DUE TO INTERIM VALUE			33
SERVICE CHARGE			33
GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER FEE			33
CREDIT ADVANTAGE FEE			34
SPECIAL SERVICE FEES			35
REDUCED FEES AND CHARGES			36
ORDERING OF FEES AND CHARGES			36
PREMIUM TAXES			36
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES			36
ADVISORY FEES			36
THE ANNUITY			36
PREMIUM PAYMENTS			38
INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT			38
ADDITIONAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS			39
ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS			40
POLICY VALUE AND CASH VALUE			41
POLICY VALUE			41
CASH VALUE			41
TYPES OF ACCOUNTS			41
FIXED HOLDING ACCOUNT			41
FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION			42
INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS			42
PERFORMANCE LOCK ACCOUNT			43
VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION			43
INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION VALUE			43
NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE			44
INTERIM VALUES			45

If you are a new investor in the Policy, you may cancel your Policy within 10 days. In some states or circumstances, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive the value of your Policy plus any fees or charges deducted under the Policy on the date of cancellation unless a different amount is required by law. You should review this prospectus, or consult with your financial professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.


INDEX SUBSTITUTIONS			48
PERFORMANCE LOCK			49
THE INDEXES			51
EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (ETFS)			52
AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS			53
FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION			53
AVAILABLE INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS			53
SELECTING ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT			65
ABILITY TO TRANSFER BETWEEN ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS			67
CREDITING PERIODS EXTENDING BEYOND THE LATEST ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE			67
DEFAULT OPTION			67
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY			68
SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS			69
GROSS AND NET WITHDRAWALS			70
SURRENDER CHARGE WAIVERS			71
ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS			72
SYSTEMATIC PAYOUT OPTION			73
INVOLUNTARY CASHOUT			73
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE			73
DEATH BENEFIT			74
GENERAL			74
BENEFICIARIES			76
GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER			76
THE DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT			77
DEATH AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE			80
BENEFICIARY CONTINUATION			80
ANNUITY PAYMENTS (INCOME PHASE)			82
TAX INFORMATION			84
DISTRIBUTION			94
OTHER INFORMATION			95
COMPANY OVERVIEW			102
BUSINESS			102
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			124
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			1
APPENDIX A			A-1
INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES			A-1
INTERIM VALUE FORMULA			A-1
CALCULATING OPTION VALUE			A-2
DERIVATIVE DESCRIPTIONS			A-3
EXAMPLES			A-3
APPENDIX B			B-1
ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS			B-1
APPENDIX C			C-1
REDUCTION TO GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT FOR WITHDRAWALS UNDER GMDB RIDER			C-1
APPENDIX D			D-1
ADDITIONAL INDEX INFORMATION.			D-1
S&P 500^® INDEX			D-1
FIDELITY WORLD FACTOR LEADERS INDEXSM 0.5% AR			D-2
iSHARES^® RUSSELL 2000 ETF			D-2
iSHARES^® U.S. TECHNOLOGY ETF			D-3

~~Additional~~GLOSSARY ~~information about certain investment products, including indexed annuities, has been prepared by the SEC’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.~~

~~Neither~~Account ~~the~~– ~~Securities~~An ~~and~~Index ~~Exchange~~Account, ~~Commission (~~the ~~“SEC”)~~Fixed ~~nor~~Account, ~~any~~the ~~state~~Fixed ~~securities~~Holding ~~commission has approved or disapproved these securities~~Account, or ~~passed upon~~ the ~~adequacy~~Performance ofLock ~~this prospectus~~Account. ~~Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.~~

WeAccrued ~~are~~Credit ~~not~~Advantage anFees ~~investment adviser~~– ~~nor~~Accrued ~~are~~Credit weAdvantage ~~registered~~Fees ~~as such with the SEC or any state securities regulatory authority. We~~ are ~~not~~used ~~acting in any fiduciary capacity with respect~~ to ~~your~~calculate ~~Policy,~~Interim ~~and~~Values ~~nor~~for ~~are~~an weIndex ~~acting~~Account inOption ~~any~~subject ~~capacity~~to ona ~~behalf~~Credit Advantage ~~of any tax-advantaged retirement plan~~Fee. ~~This~~Interim ~~information~~Values ~~does~~will ~~not~~reflect ~~constitute~~a ~~personalized~~dollar ~~investment~~for ~~advice~~dollar orreduction ~~financial~~equal ~~planning~~to ~~advice.~~Accrued ~~This~~Credit ~~prospectus~~Advantage isFees, ~~not~~which ~~intended~~accrue toon ~~provide~~a ~~tax,~~daily ~~accounting,~~basis orduring ~~legal~~the ~~advice~~Crediting Period.

~~Prospective~~Administrative ~~purchasers~~Office ~~may~~– ~~obtain an application to purchase the Policy through broker-dealers that have been appointed by us as insurance agents and that have selling agreements with~~ Transamerica ~~Capital,~~Life ~~Inc.~~Insurance ~~(“TCI”)~~Company, ~~the~~Attention: ~~principal~~Customer ~~underwriter~~Care ~~for~~Group, ~~the~~6400 ~~Policy.~~C ~~TCI~~Street isSW, ~~not~~Cedar ~~required to sell any specific number of Policies. This prospectus is not an offer to sell the securities~~Rapids, ~~and~~IA ~~it is not soliciting an offer to buy the securities~~52499, in(800) ~~any state where offers or sales are not permitted~~525-6205.

~~The~~Advisory ~~minimum~~Fee ~~initial~~Withdrawals ~~premium~~(advisory ~~payment~~fee withdrawals) – If you are receiving investment advice from a financial professional who charges you investment advisory fees for their services, you may request that your financial professional or financial professional’s firm be permitted to request withdrawals from the Policy for the purpose of paying your investment advisory fees. Investment advisory fees are in addition to and separate from the Policy’s fees and charges. For tax-qualified Policies issued as an IRA or in connection with certain tax-qualified retirement plans, there is ~~$25~~no maximum limit on advisory fee withdrawals. For non-qualified Policies,~~000~~ advisory fee withdrawals are subject to a maximum limit of 1.5% of the Policy’s cash value (determined without regard to any surrender charges) each Policy Year. Please contact our Administrative Office to inquire about setting up advisory fee withdrawals.

~~Prospectus~~Allocation ~~Date:~~Account ~~[ ]~~– An Index Account Option or the Fixed Account Option.

~~TABLE~~Allocation OFAnniversary ~~CONTENTS~~– Each twelve-month anniversary of the Crediting Period start date of an Index Account Option. The number of Allocation Anniversaries is equal to the length of the Crediting Period in years.

~~[Insert~~• ~~Table~~For ofa ~~Contents~~1-year ~~Once~~Crediting ~~Prospectus~~Period, isthere ~~Finalized]~~would be only one Allocation Anniversary. For example, if you begin a 1-year Crediting Period for an Index Account Option on January 1, 2022, the only Allocation Anniversary would be January 1, 2023.

~~Please~~• ~~note~~For ~~this~~a ~~prospectus~~2-year ~~includes~~Crediting ~~various~~Period, ~~special~~there ~~terms~~would tobe ~~describe~~two ~~the~~Allocation ~~Policy~~Anniversaries. ~~Often~~For example, ~~these~~if ~~special~~you ~~terms~~begin ~~will~~a be2-year ~~defined~~Crediting asPeriod ~~you~~for ~~read~~an ~~this~~Index ~~prospectus, typically~~Account ~~when~~Option ~~first~~on ~~used.~~January We1, ~~encourage~~2022, ~~you to cross-reference~~ the ~~section~~Allocation ~~titled~~Anniversaries ~~GLOSSARY,~~would ~~which~~be ~~contains~~January a1 ~~list~~ of ~~special~~2023 ~~terms~~ and ~~their definitions~~2024.

•

For a 6-year Crediting Period, there would be six Allocation Anniversaries. For example, if you begin a 6-year Crediting Period for an Index Account Option on January 1, 2022, the Allocation Anniversaries would be January 1 of 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026, 2027, and 2028.

Annuitant – The person on whose life any annuity payments involving life contingencies will be based.

Annuity Commencement Date – The date upon which annuity payments are to commence.

Beneficiary (beneficiary) – A person designated to receive the death benefit.

Best Entry Reset Maximum – For a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, a percentage representing the maximum total reduction in the Initial Index Value allowed due to one or more resets.

Best Entry Reset Minimum Value – For a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, the lowest value to which the Initial Index Value can be reset. The Best Entry Reset Minimum Value equals the Index Value at the beginning of the Crediting Period multiplied by (1 plus the Best Entry Reset Maximum).

Best Entry Reset Threshold – For a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, the net percentage decrease in the Index Value necessary to reset the Initial Index Value on an Observation Day, comparing the Index Value at the beginning of the Crediting Period to the Index Value on that Observation Day.

Bond Reference Portfolio Yield – A reference portfolio yield rate which is the sum of a treasury rate and an option adjusted spread from a widely utilized bond index. The Bond Reference Portfolio Yield used to calculate Interim Value on a given Business Day will be based on the option adjusted spread as of the prior Business Day.

Buffer – The Downside Protection Type for the available Index Account Options. If you select an Index Account Option, your investment will incur loss at the end of the Crediting Period for negative Index performance beyond the Buffer Rate. If the negative Index performance does not go beyond the Buffer Rate, you will not incur loss as a result of that negative Index performance. For example, if you select an Index Account Option with a Buffer Rate of 10%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is -5%, your Index Credit Rate would be 0% (i.e., no loss due to negative Index performance). If the Index Change were -15%, your Index Credit Rate would be -5% and you would incur loss.

Buffer Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option when the Index Change is negative.

Business Day – Any day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading.

Cap – A Growth Opportunity Type. If you select an Index Account Option with Cap, you will participate in positive Index performance at the end of the Crediting Period up to the Cap Rate, but no positive Index performance beyond the Cap Rate. For instance, if you select an Index Account Option with a Cap Rate of 10%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is 5%, your Index Credit Rate (i.e., your Index rate of return) would be +5%. If the Index Change were 15%, your Index Credit Rate would be limited to +10%.

Cap Rate – For an Index Account Option with Cap, the percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate if the Index Change is positive.

Company (we, us, our) – Transamerica Life Insurance Company.

Credit Advantage – We currently offer certain Index Account Options with Growth Opportunity Types that are designated as “Credit Advantage.” You will pay an additional fee if you select one of these Index Account Options for investment. In exchange for the additional fee, these Index Account Options provide more upside potential, based on the rates we declare for their Growth Opportunity Types, than would be provided if their Growth Opportunity Types were not designated as “Credit Advantage.”

Credit Advantage Fee – The additional fee charged when you invest in an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type.

Crediting Period – The duration of an Allocation Account’s investment term, expressed in years. The Crediting Period is also the period of time during which the performance of an Index Account Option is linked to the performance of an Index.

Default Option – Currently, the Fixed Account Option.

Downside Protection Type – A feature of an Index Account Option that provides limited protection from negative Index performance. (Buffer is the only Downside Protection Type that we are currently offering as part of the Index Account Options.)

Final Index Value – The Index Value for the final day of a Crediting Period.

Fixed Account – The fixed interest account supporting the Fixed Account Option and the Performance Lock Account.

Fixed Account Option – The fixed interest investment option under the Policy.

Fixed Holding Account – The interest-bearing account generally in which premium payments are held until allocated to an Allocation Account.

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (guaranteed minimum death benefit) – The minimum death benefit provided by the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider, which may be elected for an additional charge at the time you purchase the Policy. The guaranteed minimum death benefit will equal 100% of the Policy Value as of the rider effective date. Thereafter, over the life of the rider, the guaranteed minimum death benefit will increase dollar for dollar for subsequent premium payments, and will be proportionately reduced by withdrawals. If the GMDB rider has been elected, the guaranteed minimum death benefit is only payable upon the death of the Annuitant during the accumulation phase.

GMDB Benefit Base – Under the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit rider, the GMDB Benefit Base equals the guaranteed minimum death benefit under the rider (including any increases for additional premium payments and proportionate reductions for withdrawals).

Good Order (good order) – The receipt by the Company, at our Administrative Office, of all information, documentation, instructions, and/or premium payment deemed necessary by the Company to issue the Policy or execute any transaction pursuant to the terms of the Policy.

Growth Opportunity Type – A feature of an Index Account Option that determines how and the extent to which an Index Account Option will participate in positive Index performance. (Cap and Participation are the only Growth Opportunity Types that we are currently offering as part of the Index Account Options.)

Index – The market index or exchange-traded fund to which an Index Account Option may be linked.

Index Account / Index Account Option – An index-linked investment option under the Policy.

Index Account Option Value – The value of your investment in an Index Account Option at the end of a Crediting Period.

Index Base – The portion of the Policy Value allocated to an Index Account Option, less the sum of any adjustments for withdrawals or fees and charges deducted from the Index Account Option since inception of a Crediting Period.

Index Change – The net percentage change in the Index Value between the first day of a Crediting Period and the last day of the Crediting Period.

Index Credit – A dollar amount of gain or loss reflected in your Index Account Option Value at the end of a Crediting Period. Index Credit may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

Index Credit Rate – A percentage gain or loss used to calculate your Index Account Option Value at the end of a Crediting Period. The Index Credit Rate may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

Index Value – The value of an Index at the end of a day. When the Index is a market index, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing value of the Index for that day. When the Index is an exchange-traded fund, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing share price of the fund for that day on the fund’s primary stock exchange. The Index Value on any day that is not a Business Day is the value of the Index at the end of the next Business Day. The Company relies on the Index Values reported by a third-party.

Initial Index Value – The Index Value on the first day of a Crediting Period. The Initial Index Value may be reset to a lower Index Value under a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option.

Interim Value – The value of an Index Account Option on any Business Day during the Crediting Period, except the first and last day of the Crediting Period, used to determine the amount available in the Index Account for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees and charges. If you exercise Performance Lock, the “locked-in” gain or loss will be based on an Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges). The Interim Value for a Business Day is calculated at the end of that Business Day.

Interim Values could reflect significantly less gain or more loss than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. As such, there could be significantly less money available to you for a transaction that is processed based on an Interim Value. If a premium payment allocated to an Index Account Option is still within its six-year surrender charge period, then in addition to applicable surrender charges, your Interim Values may be lower than they would be if there wasn’t an ongoing surrender charge period depending on market conditions.

Interim Value Index Credit Rate – A percentage gain or loss used to calculate an Interim Value for an Index Account Option. The Interim Value Index Credit Rate may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

Minimum Required Cash Value – The minimum benefits under the Policy required by applicable state law.

Negative Adjustment (negative adjustment) – A proportional reduction in your Index Base if (i) a fee or charge is deducted from an Index Account Option before the conclusion of the Crediting Period; or (ii) you take any type of withdrawal (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal) from an Index Account Option before the conclusion of the Crediting Period. A negative adjustment could be greater than the amount withdrawn, and could significantly reduce your gains (if any) or contribute to losses at the end of the Crediting Period (because the Index rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base). A negative adjustment will also result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period (because the interim rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base).

Observation Day – For a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, any day on which we observe the Index Value to determine whether to reset the Initial Index Value.

Observation Frequency – For a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, the length of time (i) between the Crediting Period start date and the first Observation Day and (ii) between Observation Days.

Option Value – The value of a hypothetical portfolio of options used to estimate the value of your Index Credit prior to the end of the Crediting Period. The replicating portfolio of options are designated by us for each Index Account Option and are used to estimate the fair value of the risk of loss and the possibility of gain at the end of a Crediting Period, expressed in percentage terms. If Option Value calculation data is not available on a Business Day, we will use the last available Option Value calculation data for Interim Values.

Owner (you, your) – The person who may exercise all rights and privileges under the Policy, including the Owner and any joint Owner.

Payee – The person to whom annuity payments will be made.

Participation – A Growth Opportunity Type. Currently, all Index Account Options with Participation are designated as “Credit Advantage,” which means an additional charge will apply to any Index Account Option with Participation. If you select an Index Account Option with Participation, you will participate in a percentage of positive Index performance at the end of the Crediting Period, and that percentage will be the Participation Rate. For instance, if you select an Index Account Option with Participation and a Participation Rate of 80%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is 10%, your Index Credit Rate would be +8%.

Participation Rate – For an Index Account Option with Participation, the percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate if the Index Change is positive.

Performance Lock – A feature that may be exercised for any Index Account Option on any Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period. If you exercise the Performance Lock feature, your Interim Value as of the Performance Lock Date (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) will be “locked-in.” You will no longer participate in any Index performance (positive or negative) for that Index Account Option, and no Index Credit will be applied at the end of the Crediting Period for that Index Account Option.

You may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of your Index Account Options. If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option, you may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of them. You may decide not to exercise Performance Lock at all.

Performance Lock Account – An interest-bearing account to which your locked-in Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) will be transferred upon exercising Performance Lock for an Index Account Option. The amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be credited compound interest daily based on the annual interest rate in effect on that day, and will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis for any fees, charges, or withdrawals deducted from the Performance Lock Account. The Performance Lock Account is part of our Fixed Account. If you exercise Performance Lock multiple times (for different Index Account Options or different Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option) within a one year period, amounts held in the Performance Lock Account that are attributable to one exercise of Performance Lock will be treated as distinct from any amounts attributable to another exercise of Performance Lock.

Performance Lock Date – If you exercise the Performance Lock feature for an Index Account Option, the date as of which your Interim Value for that Index Account Option (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) is locked-in.

Policy – The Transamerica Structured Index Advantage^SM Annuity.

Policy Anniversary – The anniversary of the Policy Date for each year the Policy remains in force. If a certain date does not exist in a given month, the first day of the following month will be used.

Policy Date – The date on which the Policy becomes effective.

Policy Quarter – Each three month period beginning on the Policy Date.

Policy Value – The amount that represents the value of your investment in the Accounts.

Policy Year – The 12-month period following the Policy Date. The first Policy Year starts on the Policy Date. Each subsequent Policy Year starts on the Policy Anniversary.

Premium Payment (premium payment) – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of an Owner, as consideration for the benefits provided under the Policy.

Remaining Credit Advantage Fees – Applicable only to an Index Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee. Before the end of the Crediting Period, Remaining Credit Advantage Fees equal the total Credit Advantage Fee less any Credit Advantage Fees that were previously assessed. At the end of the Crediting Period, Remaining Credit Advantage Fees equal the total Credit Advantage Fee less any Credit Advantage Fees that were previously assessed.

Renewal Letter – We will send existing Owners a personalized letter at least 21 days before the end of each Crediting Period (or at least 21 days before the next Allocation Anniversary after exercising Performance Lock for an Index Account Option). Among other information, your Renewal Letter will: (i) remind you of your opportunity to decide how your Policy Value should be re-invested; (ii) remind you of the Allocation Account(s) that will be available for investment, as set forth in the prospectus for the Policy at that time; (iii) provide the current upside rates for the available Allocation Account(s); and (iv) remind you to submit instructions to us at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period (or the next Allocation Anniversary, if you exercised Performance Lock).

Surrender – A full withdrawal of cash value and termination of the Policy.

Withdrawal (withdrawal) – A withdrawal of cash value from the Policy that is less than a Surrender. Any withdrawal that you request includes: one-time withdrawals, automatic withdrawals under the systematic payout option, withdrawals taken to satisfy minimum required distributions under the Internal Revenue Code, withdrawals of the surrender charge-free amount (a surrender charge-free withdrawal), withdrawals under the Nursing Care and Terminal Condition Waiver, withdrawals under the Unemployment Waiver, and advisory fee withdrawals.

Written Notice – Written notice, signed by the Owner, that gives us the information we require and is received in good order at the Administrative Office. For some transactions, we may accept an electronic notice or telephone instructions. Such electronic notice must meet the requirements for good order that we establish for such notices.

SUMMARY

PURPOSE OF THE POLICY

The Transamerica Structured Index Advantage^SM Annuity is an individual flexible premium deferred index-linked annuity policy. You can use the Policy to accumulate funds for retirement or other long-term financial planning purposes on a tax-deferred basis, and you may choose to convert those accumulated funds into a stream of guaranteed income payments from us. The amount of money that you are able to accumulate under your Policy will depend upon the performance of the investment options you select, the fees and charges deducted from your Policy, and the actions that you take with respect to your Policy, such as whether and when you take withdrawals. The Policy also includes a death benefit to help you financially protect your designated beneficiaries.

~~This~~The Policy is designed primarily for investors who expect to remain invested in an Allocation Account until the end of its Crediting Period and may be appropriate for you if you have a long investment time horizon. This Policy is not designed for people who expect to take early or frequent withdrawals. See PRODUCT RISK FACTORS for information about the Policy’s investment risks.

Transamerica Life Insurance Company is the issuer of the Policy. An investment in the Policy is subject to the risks related to us. Any obligations, guarantees, and benefits under the Policy are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. See ~~APPENDIX~~ ~~E – TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE~~ COMPANY ~~AND~~OVERVIEW and FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for detailed information about the Company, including financial information.

BUYING THE POLICY

If you, any joint Owner, and the designated Annuitant are younger than age 86 as of the date the Policy application is signed, you may buy the Policy. ~~Here~~You may obtain an application to purchase the Policy through a financial intermediary appointed by us as an insurance agent who sells the Policy. Submit your completed, signed, and dated application and your initial premium payment to us through your financial intermediary. The minimum initial premium payment is ~~how:~~$25,000. See THE ANNUITY, PURCHASE, PREMIUM PAYMENTS – INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT, and SELECTING ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT for additional information about buying the Policy.

1.We currently ~~Request~~issue anPolicies ~~Application~~that are treated as “qualified” or “non-qualified” under the Internal Revenue Code. ~~You~~Earnings ~~may~~accumulate ~~obtain~~under anthe ~~application~~Policy toon a tax-deferred basis and will be taxed as ordinary income only when withdrawn or otherwise paid out. If you purchase the Policy through an individual retirement account (IRA) or through a ~~financial~~tax-qualified ~~intermediary~~plan, ~~appointed~~you bydo usnot asget anany ~~insurance~~additional ~~agent~~tax ~~who~~benefit ~~sells~~under the Policy. See TAX INFORMATION.

2.You ~~Choose~~may cancel ~~Between~~your ~~Qualified~~Policy ~~and~~after ~~Non-Qualified.~~you Wepurchase ~~currently~~it, ~~issue~~but ~~Policies~~only ~~that~~if ~~are~~you ~~treated~~cancel asit ~~qualified~~within ~~or non-qualified under~~ the ~~Internal~~prescribed ~~Revenue Code~~period. ~~Earnings~~See ~~accumulate~~PURCHASE ~~under~~– ~~the~~Right ~~Policy~~to onCancel aPeriod. ~~tax-deferred~~State ~~basis~~variations ~~and~~may ~~will~~apply beto ~~taxed~~your ~~as ordinary income only when withdrawn or otherwise paid out~~Policy. IfSee ~~you~~OTHER ~~purchase~~INFORMATION ~~the~~– ~~Policy~~State ~~through~~Variations anfor state ~~individual~~by ~~retirement~~state ~~account (IRA) or through a tax-qualified plan, you do not get any additional tax benefit under the Policy~~differences.

3. Choose Your Investment Options. During the application process, you will receive a list of investment options that are currently available to you (the “Allocation Options document”). You must decide how your initial premium payment will be invested among one or more of the available investment options. Your allocations must be in whole percentages and total 100%.

4. Choose Your Optional Benefits (If Desired). You may be able to elect one or more optional benefits during the application process. There may be additional charges for optional benefits. You should note whether an optional benefit can only be elected at the time you purchase the Policy, or whether you are allowed to elect it after you purchase the Policy. We may stop offering an optional benefit to new and existing investors at any time.

5. Submit the Application and Your Initial Premium Payment. Submit your completed signed application and your initial premium payment to us through your financial intermediary. The minimum initial premium payment is $25,000.

You may return your Policy for a refund, but only if you return it within the prescribed period, which is generally 10 days after you receive the Policy (or 30 days for replacement Policies) but could vary by state. The refund will generally be the Policy Value on the date of cancellation (plus any fees or charges deducted under the Policy on the date of the cancellation), in which case you bear the risk of any decline in your Policy Value during the right to cancel period. State law may require us to refund the greater of your Policy Value or your premium payment(s). For IRAs, we will refund your premium payment(s) if cancelled within the first seven days.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 1

PHASES OF THE POLICY

The Policy, like all deferred annuity policies, has two phases: (1) an “accumulation phase” for retirement savings and (2) an “income phase” for a stream of income.

The Accumulation Phase

You should consider the following important features of the accumulation phase:

• ~~Policy~~Index-Linked ~~Value~~and Fixed Interest Investment Options. AtTo ~~all~~help ~~times~~you accumulate assets during the accumulation phase, ~~the~~you ~~current~~can ~~value~~invest of your ~~investment~~premium ispayments ~~reflected~~in as(and ~~your~~at ~~Policy~~certain ~~Value.~~times ~~Your~~transfer Policy Value ~~generally~~among) ~~equals~~ the ~~total~~Policy’s ~~value~~available ofinvestment ~~your~~options. The available investment inoptions ~~the~~currently ~~Policy’s~~include certain index-linked investment options, as(“Index ~~well~~Account asOptions”) ~~any~~and ~~amounts~~a ~~being~~fixed ~~held~~interest inoption (“Fixed Account Option”) (together “Allocation Accounts”). The performance of your Policy will vary depending on the ~~Fixed~~performance ~~Holding~~of the Allocation Accounts that you choose. Each Allocation Account has its own unique risks.

•6 Index-Linked and Fixed Interest Investment Options. To help you accumulate assets during the accumulation phase, you can invest your premium payments in (and at certain times transfer Policy Value among) the investment options that we make available. These investment options may include index-linked options (“Index Accounts” or “Index Account Options”) and a fixed interest option (the “Fixed Account”).

WeIf ~~may~~you ~~also~~invest ~~refer~~in ~~to these investment options individually as~~ an ~~“Allocation~~Index Account” ~~and~~Option, ~~collectively as “Allocation Accounts.” The performance of your Policy will vary depending on~~ the ~~performance~~Index ofAccount ~~the~~Option’s ~~Allocation Accounts that you choose. Each~~downside ~~Allocation~~protection ~~Account has its own unique risks. Please note that a specific Allocation Account, including the Fixed Account,~~ may not ~~always~~fully beprotect ~~available~~you ~~for~~from ~~investment~~loss. byYour ~~new~~losses orcould ~~existing~~be ~~investors~~significant.

IfSee ~~you~~AVAILABLE ~~invest~~ALLOCATION inACCOUNTS anfor information ~~Index~~about ~~Account,~~ the ~~Index~~Allocation ~~Account~~Accounts ~~may~~that ~~provide~~are ~~only~~currently ~~limited~~available ~~protection~~for ~~against loss~~investment. ~~Your~~See ~~losses~~also ~~could~~SELECTING beALLOCATION ~~significant~~ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT for important information about how to obtain current upside rates for the Allocation Accounts.

•

Crediting Periods. Each Allocation Account has an investment term, expressed in years, representing the duration of an investment in that Allocation Account (a “Crediting Period”).

• For an Index Account Option, gain or loss is generally applied to your Policy at the end of the Crediting Period. ~~Gain~~See orVALUING ~~loss~~YOUR ~~may~~INVESTMENT ~~also~~IN beAN ~~applied~~INDEX ~~before~~ACCOUNT ~~the~~OPTION ~~end~~– ofINDEX ~~the~~ACCOUNT ~~Crediting~~OPTION ~~Period when certain transactions are performed under the Policy, but there are additional risks associated with such interim gain or loss calculations that may decrease gains or increase losses~~VALUE.

• ~~For~~Also ~~the~~for ~~Fixed~~an Index Account Option, ~~interest~~gain isor ~~credited~~loss towill ~~your~~be ~~Policy~~applied ~~each~~when ~~day~~any ~~until~~of the following transactions are performed before the end of the Crediting Period: (i) Surrender of the Policy; (ii) any type of withdrawal from that Index Account Option (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal); (iii) exercise of Performance Lock; (iv) annuitization of the Policy; (v) payment of the death benefit; or (vi) deduction of a fee or charge from that Index Account Option (including the service charge, a GMDB rider fee, or a Credit Advantage Fee, except Accrued Credit Advantage Fees). Such interim gain and loss calculations are based on Interim Values.

AtInterim ~~the~~Values ~~end~~fluctuate ofdaily, ~~the~~positively ~~Crediting~~or ~~Period~~negatively. ~~for~~Depending anon ~~Allocation~~market ~~Account~~conditions, ~~you~~Interim ~~may~~Values ~~choose~~could tobe ~~reinvest~~unfavorable into ~~the same Allocation Account~~you ~~for~~because ~~another~~they ~~Crediting~~could ~~Period,~~reflect ~~based~~significantly onless ~~the~~gain ~~rates~~or ~~that~~more weloss ~~declare~~than ~~for~~would ~~the~~be ~~upcoming~~applied ~~Crediting~~at ~~Period, if we make that Allocation Account available for investment. At least 21 days before~~ the end of ~~each~~a Crediting Period,. weThere ~~will~~could ~~send~~be ~~you~~significantly ~~a personalized~~less ~~letter~~money ~~informing~~available to you, ~~among~~for ~~other~~any ~~information,~~transaction ofthat ~~the~~is ~~Allocation~~processed ~~Accounts~~based ~~that~~on ~~will~~an beInterim ~~available~~Value, ~~for~~which could ~~investment~~significantly atreduce the ~~end~~values ofreceived ~~the~~under ~~Crediting Period (~~the ~~“Renewal Letter”)~~Policy.

~~Please~~See ~~note~~VALUING ~~that~~YOUR ifINVESTMENT ~~you~~IN ~~invest~~AN inINDEX ~~the~~ACCOUNT ~~same~~OPTION ~~Allocation~~– INTERIM ~~Account~~VALUES atand ~~different~~APPENDIX ~~times,~~A: itINTERIM isVALUE ~~possible~~CALCULATIONS ~~that~~AND ~~you may have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Allocation Account~~EXAMPLES.

• ~~Transfers~~For ~~Between~~the ~~Investment~~Fixed ~~Options.~~Account ~~You~~Option, ~~may~~interest ~~transfer~~is ~~Policy~~credited ~~Value between Allocation Accounts only at certain times. You are permitted~~ to ~~transfer~~your Policy ~~Value~~each ~~from~~day anuntil ~~Allocation Account in which you are currently invested only at~~ the end of ~~that~~the ~~Allocation Account’s~~ Crediting Period. ~~Policy~~See ~~Value~~TYPES ~~transferred~~OF ~~into~~ACCOUNTS an– ~~Allocation~~FIXED ~~Account~~ACCOUNT ~~cannot be applied to an ongoing Crediting Period~~OPTION. ~~This means when you transfer Policy Value between Allocation Accounts, it must be at the start of a new Crediting Period for the Allocation Account receiving the transfer.~~

~~Transamerica~~At ~~Structured~~the ~~Index~~end ~~AdvantageSM~~of ~~Annuity~~the 2Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, you may choose to reinvest in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period if it is available for investment at that time. You may also choose to transfer Policy Value in that Allocation Account to any other Allocation Account that is available for investment at that time. In the absence of instructions, your Policy Value in the expiring Allocation Account will be automatically reinvested in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period. If the expiring Allocation Account is no longer available for investment, your Policy Value in the expiring Allocation Account will be transferred to the Default Option. Currently, the Default Option is the Fixed Account Option, with the annual interest rate that we have declared for new Crediting Periods. See SELECTING ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT.

•Please ~~Access~~note tothat ~~Your~~if ~~Money.~~you ~~You~~invest ~~may~~in ~~take~~an Allocation ~~withdrawals~~Account ~~from~~for ~~your~~which ~~Policy~~you atalready ~~any~~have ~~time~~an ~~during~~ongoing Crediting Period, you will have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the ~~accumulation~~same ~~phase~~Allocation Account. Under such circumstances, each ongoing Crediting Period for the same Allocation Account will be treated as a separate investment under the Policy.

•7 If you take a full withdrawal from the Policy (a Surrender), you will receive your Policy’s cash value. Your cash value is equal to the Policy Value less any surrender charges, if applicable. If your cash value is lower than the Minimum Required Cash Value upon Surrender, you will receive the Minimum Required Cash Value. Your Policy will terminate upon Surrender.

• IfNo ~~you~~Interim ~~take~~Transfers aBetween ~~withdrawal~~Investment ~~from~~Options. ~~the~~You may transfer Policy ~~that~~Value isbetween ~~less~~Allocation ~~than~~Accounts aonly ~~Surrender,~~at ~~the~~certain ~~amount~~times. ~~withdrawn~~You ~~will~~are bepermitted ~~deducted~~to ~~pro-rata~~transfer Policy Value from ~~your~~an Allocation ~~Accounts~~Account ~~unless~~in which you ~~instruct~~are uscurrently ~~otherwise.~~invested Inonly ~~general,~~at the ~~minimum~~end ~~withdrawal~~of ~~amount~~that isAllocation ~~$500~~Account’s Crediting Period as described above. ~~Withdrawals~~Policy ~~may~~Value transferred into an Allocation Account cannot be ~~subject~~applied to ~~surrender~~an ~~charges~~ongoing ~~and~~Crediting ~~may~~Period. ~~trigger~~This means that when you transfer Policy Value between Allocation Accounts, the ~~deduction~~transfer ofwill ~~other~~start ~~fees~~a ~~and~~new ~~charges~~Crediting Period for the Allocation Account receiving the transfer.

~~You~~• ~~should~~Access ~~carefully~~to ~~consider~~Your ~~the risks and consequences associated with a Surrender or withdrawal under the Policy~~Money. ~~Surrender~~You ~~charges that~~ may ~~apply upon~~ Surrender oryour ~~withdrawal~~Policy ~~may be significant. In addition, a Surrender~~ or ~~withdrawal~~take ~~prior~~withdrawals tofrom ~~the~~your ~~end~~Policy ofat aany ~~Crediting~~time ~~Period~~during ~~may significantly reduce~~ the ~~value~~accumulation ~~of your investment and result in losses~~phase.

• ~~Additional~~If ~~Premium~~you ~~Payments.~~Surrender ~~You may make additional premium payments during~~ the ~~accumulation phase~~Policy, ~~subject~~you towill ~~certain~~receive ~~restrictions.~~your AnPolicy’s ~~additional~~cash ~~premium~~value. ~~payment~~Your ~~may~~cash bevalue ~~invested~~is inequal ~~one~~to ~~or more of~~ the ~~Allocation~~Policy ~~Accounts~~Value ~~that~~less ~~are~~any ~~available~~surrender ~~for~~charges, ~~investment~~if atapplicable. ~~that~~If ~~time.~~your ~~The~~cash ~~allocation~~value ofis ~~your~~lower ~~additional~~than ~~premium~~the ~~payment~~Minimum ~~among~~Required ~~the~~Cash ~~Allocation~~Value ~~Accounts~~upon ~~must~~Surrender, beyou inwill ~~whole~~receive ~~percentages~~the ~~and~~Minimum ~~total~~Required ~~100%~~Cash Value. ~~The~~Your ~~minimum~~Policy ~~additional~~will ~~premium~~terminate ~~payment~~upon ~~is $50~~Surrender.

• ~~Death~~If ~~Benefit.~~you ~~The~~take ~~Policy includes~~ a ~~death~~withdrawal ~~benefit~~from ~~that will become payable if~~ the ~~Annuitant~~Policy ~~dies~~that ~~during the accumulation phase (unless the Annuitant~~ is ~~not~~less ~~the~~than ~~Owner).~~a ~~Under the Policy’s standard death benefit~~Surrender, ~~for which there is no additional charge,~~ the ~~death~~amount ~~benefit~~withdrawn will be nodeducted ~~less~~pro-rata ~~than~~from ~~the~~your ~~Policy~~Allocation ~~Value~~Accounts ~~but~~and ~~may~~the bePerformance ~~greater~~Lock ~~under~~Account ~~certain~~unless ~~circumstances.~~you ~~You~~instruct ~~may~~us ~~elect~~otherwise. ~~the~~Withdrawals ~~optional~~will ~~Guaranteed~~not ~~Minimum~~be ~~Death~~taken ~~Benefit~~from ~~(GMDB) rider when you purchase~~ the ~~Policy,~~Fixed ~~which~~Holding ~~may~~Account ~~increase~~unless ~~the~~all ~~amount~~other ~~payable~~Accounts ~~compared~~have tobeen ~~the~~exhausted ~~standard~~of ~~death benefit~~value. ~~Under~~In ~~limited circumstances~~general, the ~~GMDB~~minimum ~~rider~~withdrawal ~~may~~amount beis ~~re-elected after termination~~$500. ~~Depending~~Withdrawals ~~on the Annuitant’s age when you purchase the Policy (or re-elect the rider), there~~ may be ~~an additional fee for this optional death benefit. If your election of the GMDB rider would not~~ subject ~~your~~to ~~Policy~~surrender tocharges anand ~~additional~~may ~~fee,~~trigger the ~~GMDB~~deduction ~~rider~~of ~~will~~other befees ~~automatically~~and ~~added to your Policy~~charges.

•

A Surrender and withdrawals may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal tax penalty if made before age 59 ¹⁄₂.

•

If an amount is deducted from an Index Account Option as a result of a withdrawal or Surrender before the end of the Crediting Period, the transaction will be processed based on an Interim Value for that Index Account Option. As previously noted, Interim Values could be unfavorable to you. If you take a withdrawal or Surrender while your Policy has multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options that end at different times, an Interim Value for some or all of your Index Account Options may apply depending on your instructions to us.

•

When any type of withdrawal is taken from an Index Account Option before the end of the Crediting Period (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal), there is a proportional reduction to your investment base (a “negative adjustment”). A negative adjustment could be greater than the amount withdrawn due to the proportional nature of the reduction. See TYPES OF ACCOUNTS – Index Account Options – Negative Adjustments to Index Base for an explanation of how the negative adjustment is calculated. A negative adjustment could significantly reduce your gains (if any) or contribute to losses at the end of the Crediting Period (because the Index rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base). A negative adjustment will also result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period (because the interim rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base).

•

A withdrawal taken from an Index Account Option at the end of the Crediting Period is not subject to a negative adjustment or an Interim Value. However, any such withdrawal is subject to applicable surrender charges and taxes (including a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 59¹⁄₂) as discussed above. If you wish to take a withdrawal at the end of the Crediting Period, we must receive your withdrawal request at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period.

•

If you are receiving investment advice from a financial professional who charges you investment advisory fees for their services, you may be able to pay investment advisory fees directly from this Policy via advisory fee withdrawals. Investment advisory fees are in addition to and separate from the Policy’s fees and charges. Advisory fee withdrawals will reduce your Policy Value and will be subject to the same risks and consequences of withdrawals, including applicable surrender

charges, Interim Value adjustments, negative adjustments, and taxes (including a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 59¹⁄₂) and proportionate reductions to the death benefit. For tax-qualified Policies issued as an IRA or in connection with certain tax-qualified retirement plans, there is no maximum limit on advisory fee withdrawals. For non-qualified Policies, advisory fee withdrawals are subject to a maximum limit of 1.5% of the Policy’s cash value (determined without regard to any surrender charges) each Policy Year. We will not report advisory fee withdrawals as taxable distributions to the IRS; therefore, they may not be subject to federal income tax. However, we cannot guarantee that federal and/or state taxing authorities will not subject advisory fee withdrawals to income taxes or tax penalties. You should consult with a tax professional.

You should carefully consider the risks and consequences associated with a Surrender or withdrawal under the Policy. Surrender charges and taxes that may apply to a Surrender or withdrawal may be significant. In addition, because of the application of an Interim Value and negative adjustment, a Surrender or withdrawal prior to the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option may significantly reduce the value of your investment and result in losses. The loss may be more than the downside protection applicable to the Index Account Options from which the Surrender or withdrawal is made.

Automatic withdrawals under the systematic payout option, minimum required distributions, and regular advisory fee withdrawals will repeatedly expose you to the risks and consequences of withdrawals, including applicable surrender charges, Interim Value adjustments, negative adjustments, and income taxes and tax penalties and proportionate reductions to the death benefit.

See ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY later in this prospectus for additional information about Surrendering the Policy and taking withdrawals.

•

Additional Premium Payments. You may make additional premium payments during the accumulation phase, subject to certain restrictions. An additional premium payment may be invested in one or more of the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment at that time. See PREMIUM PAYMENTS for additional information.

•

Performance Lock. On any Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, you may exercise the Performance Lock feature. If you exercise Performance Lock, your Interim Value for that Index Account Option (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) on the Performance Lock Date is “locked-in” and transferred to the Performance Lock Account, where it will remain until the next Allocation Anniversary unless earlier withdrawn or annuitized. The amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be credited compound interest daily based on the annual interest rate in effect on that day, and will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis for any fees, charges, or withdrawals deducted from the Performance Lock Account. See TYPES OF ACCOUNTS – INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS – Performance Lock for additional information about this feature.

•

Death Benefit –

•

Standard Death Benefit. The Policy includes a standard death benefit for no additional charge. The standard death benefit amount differs depending on whether the Annuitant and Owner under the Policy are the same person.

•

If the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person, then upon the death of such person during the accumulation phase, the standard death benefit will equal the Policy Value (i.e., the total value of your investment in the Accounts, with no deduction for any surrender charges).

•

If the Annuitant and the Owner are not the same person, the amount payable under the standard death benefit will depend on whether the deceased is the Annuitant or the Owner. Upon the death of the Annuitant, the standard death benefit will equal the Policy Value. Upon the death of the Owner, the standard death benefit will equal the Policy’s cash value (i.e., the Policy Value less any applicable surrender charges).

•

Optional Death Benefit. The Policy offers an optional death benefit rider (the GMDB rider) for an additional charge. If the Annuitant is younger than age 81 as of the date that the Policy application is signed, you may elect the GMDB rider. The GMDB rider may only be elected at the time that you purchase the Policy (under limited circumstances, the GMDB rider may be re-elected after termination). The GMDB rider provides for a guaranteed minimum death benefit equal to total premium payments reduced proportionately for withdrawals (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal). The guaranteed minimum death benefit under the GMDB rider is payable only upon the death of the Annuitant during the accumulation phase. This means:

•

If the Annuitant and the Owner under the Policy are the same person, then upon the death of such person during the accumulation phase, the death benefit will be the greater of the guaranteed minimum death benefit and the Policy Value.

•

If the Annuitant and Owner are not the same person, then upon the death of the Annuitant during the accumulation phase, the death benefit will equal the greater of the guaranteed minimum death benefit and the Policy Value. If the Owner pre-deceases the Annuitant during the accumulation phase, the standard death benefit will apply (i.e., cash value). The guaranteed minimum death benefit would not be payable because it is not payable upon the death of an Owner who is not also the Annuitant.

If the Annuitant and Owner under your Policy will not be the same person, and death benefit coverage on the Owner’s life is more important to you than death benefit coverage on the Annuitant’s life, the GMDB rider is not appropriate for you because the guaranteed minimum death benefit will not be payable upon the death of an Owner who is not also the Annuitant.

We will add to the death benefit any additional amounts necessary to comply with applicable state non-forfeiture law.

See DEATH BENEFIT for additional information about the Policy’s death benefit. See also FEES AND CHARGES – GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER FEE for information about the GMDB rider’s additional charge.

The Income Phase

After your third Policy Anniversary (or earlier if required by state law), you may elect to annuitize your Policy, converting your accumulated assets into a stream of guaranteed income payments from us. This is the Policy’s income phase. The Policy includes multiple fixed income options from which you can select.

If you have not annuitized your Policy by the Policy Anniversary on or following the Annuitant’s 99^th birthday (or earlier if required by state law), your Policy will automatically enter the income phase. If you have not elected a fixed income option at that time, the fixed income option “Life with 10 Years Certain” will be selected for you unless we agree to another method of payment.

When your Policy enters the income phase, the accumulation phase ends. You cannot invest in any Allocation Accounts during the income phase, and you cannot withdraw money from your Policy during the income phase. The death benefit from the accumulation phase terminates at the beginning of the income phase (including ~~any~~the optional ~~death~~GMDB ~~benefit~~ rider, if elected), although certain fixed income options may provide for an amount payable upon death.

If your Policy is annuitized on a date other than the end of the Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, the amount to be annuitized will be based on an Interim Value. If your Policy is annuitized when you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options that end at different times, the amount annuitized will be based on an Interim Value for some or all of your Index Account Options. As such, for as long as you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options, there may be no date that you can select for annuitizing that will not result in the application of at least one Interim Value.

See ANNUITY PAYMENT (INCOME PHASE) for additional information about the income phase. See OTHER INFORMATION – State Variations for a description of material state variations related to the Policy’s income phase, as well as other state by state differences under the Policy. Surrender charges do not apply upon annuitization.

FEES AND CHARGES

Charges for Early Withdrawals (Surrender Charges). If you take a withdrawal from your Policy, or Surrender your Policy, during the first 6 years after you purchase the Policy or make an additional premium payment, you will be assessed a surrender charge of up to 8% (as a percentage of premium payments withdrawn), declining to 0% over that time period. For example, if you were to withdraw $100,000 during the surrender charge period, you could be assessed a charge of up to $8,000 on the amount withdrawn. Surrender charges do not apply to certain amounts withdrawn during the surrender charge period, regardless of whether such amounts are withdrawn as part of a withdrawal or Surrender. See FEES AND CHARGES – Surrender Charges for more information. See also ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY – SURRENDER CHARGE WAIVERS for information about surrender charge waivers.

~~Transamerica~~Maximum Potential ~~Structured~~Loss Due to Interim Value. Before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Account ~~Annuity~~Option, 3if you take a Surrender or withdrawal, or if you exercise the Performance Lock feature, or if you annuitize the Policy, or if the Policy’s death benefit is paid, or if a fee or charge is deducted from that Index Account Option, the transaction will be based on the Interim Value of your investment in that Index Account Option. The application of an Interim Value to such transactions could result in a loss beyond the downside protection for the Index Account Option. In extreme circumstances, for any Index Account Option, the total loss could be 100% (i.e., a complete loss of your principal and any prior earnings).

~~Surrender~~Ongoing Fees and Charges. Listed below are the fees and charges doyou ~~not~~may ~~apply~~pay each year under the Policy. Please refer to ~~certain~~your Policy’s ~~amounts~~specifications ~~withdrawn~~page ~~during~~for information about the ~~surrender~~specific ~~charge~~fees ~~period,~~and ~~regardless of~~charges ~~whether~~that ~~such~~apply ~~amounts~~to you. These fees and charges are ~~withdrawn~~in asaddition ~~part~~to ofand separate from any investment advisory fees you may be charged by a ~~withdrawal~~financial orprofessional ~~Surrender~~to provide you with investment advice. If such investment advisory fees were included below, your overall fees and charges would be higher.

• ~~Earnings~~Service Charge. We will deduct a service charge from your Policy on each Policy Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and when you Surrender the Policy. Each time we deduct this charge, it will not exceed 2% (ifas a percentage of your Policy Value, before the deduction of any fees or charges on that date) ~~may~~or bea ~~withdrawn~~maximum of $50, whichever is less, and we will waive the charge if your Policy Value, or if your total premium payments minus prior withdrawals, on that date is at ~~any~~least ~~time~~equal ~~without~~to ~~surrender~~the ~~charges~~minimum amount specified in your Policy.

• ~~Each~~Optional ~~Policy~~Death ~~Year~~Benefit Fee. If you elect the optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider at the time you purchase the Policy, you will be subject to an additional fee of up to 100.50% (as an annualized percentage of ~~your~~the ~~total~~GMDB ~~premium~~Benefit ~~payments~~Base) ~~(less~~depending ~~any~~on ~~amounts~~the ~~withdrawn~~Annuitant’s inage on the ~~same~~date that you sign the application for the Policy. ~~Year~~See ~~that~~FEES ~~were~~AND ~~not~~CHARGES ~~subject~~– toGUARANTEED ~~surrender~~MINIMUM ~~charges~~DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) ~~may~~RIDER beFEE ~~withdrawn~~and ~~without~~DEATH ~~surrender~~BENEFIT ~~charges.~~– GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER

• Surrender charges will be waived if you or your spouse become confined to a hospital or nursing facility, terminally ill, or unemployed and otherwise satisfy the conditions of the waiver. Withdrawals taken to satisfy Required Minimum Distribution requirements under the Internal Revenue Code are not subject to surrender charges. See ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY – SURRRENDER CHARGE WAIVERS.

Ongoing Fees and Charges. Listed below are the fees and charges you may pay each year under the Policy. Please refer to your Policy’s specifications page for information about the specific fees and charges that apply to you.

• Service Charge. We may deduct a service charge from your Policy on each Policy Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. If we deduct this annual charge, it will not exceed 2% (as a percentage of your Policy Value) or a maximum of $50, whichever is less, and we will waive the charge if your Policy Value, or if your total premium payments minus prior withdrawals, on a Policy Anniversary is at least equal to the minimum amount specified in your Policy. This charge will be deducted on a pro-rated basis if you Surrender the Policy.

• Optional Death Benefit Fee. If you elect the optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider, you may be subject to an additional fee of up to 2% (as an annualized percentage of the guaranteed minimum death benefit) depending on the Annuitant’s age on the date that you sign the application for the Policy (or, under limited circumstances, apply to re-elect the GMDB rider). This fee will be deducted on a quarterly basis. This fee will be deducted on a pro-rated basis if the rider is terminated.

The GMDB rider fee percentages that may apply to you are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. All Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov (Central Index Key (CIK) 0001164098). You may also visit www.transamerica.com or contact our Administrative Office for the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to you.

Transaction Charges. Other than surrender charges, the following transaction charges may apply under the Policy:

• Credit Advantage Fee. If you invest in an Index Account Option with a ~~Credit Advantage~~ Growth Opportunity Type designated as “Credit Advantage,” you will pay an additional fee for the increased upside potential associated with that Index Account Option. The annualized fee ~~will~~percentage ~~not~~is ~~exceed~~the ~~6.0% (as a~~ percentage of your Policy Value allocated to that Index Account Option on the first day of the Crediting Period). ~~The~~Each ~~fee~~available ~~(or a portion of the fee) will also be deducted when amounts are withdrawn from the~~ Index Account Option aswith a ~~result~~Credit ofAdvantage aGrowth ~~Surrender~~Opportunity orType ~~withdrawal~~has ~~prior~~an toannualized ~~the~~fee ~~end~~percentage of ~~the Crediting Period~~1.25%.

•11 Special Service Fees. We may deduct a charge for various special services that may be requested, such as overnight delivery and duplicate policies. The fees charged for any such service will vary, but will not exceed $50. See Special Service Fees, below for more information.

•

Special Service Fees. We may deduct a charge for various special services (e.g., overnight delivery). The fees charged for any such service will vary, but will not exceed $50 per service.

See FEES AND CHARGES later in this prospectus for additional information, including examples.

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS

Fixed Holding Account

Before an initial or additional premium payment is allocated to one or more Allocation Accounts, it will be held in the Fixed Holding Account until the next upcoming 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day of any month, whichever occurs first. On such day, the premium payment (plus any accrued interest) will be allocated to the appropriate Allocation Account(s) and the Crediting Period(s) will begin on that day.

~~Transamerica~~Amounts ~~Structured~~held ~~Index~~in ~~AdvantageSM~~the Fixed ~~Annuity~~Holding 4Account are credited compound interest daily. We may change the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account at any time at our discretion, subject to a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%. The current annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account is available online https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

IfSee aTYPES ~~premium~~OF ~~payment~~ACCOUNTS is– ~~received~~FIXED onHOLDING ~~the~~ACCOUNT ~~1st,~~later ~~8th,~~in ~~15th,~~this orprospectus ~~22nd~~for ~~calendar~~additional ~~day, it will be allocated on the next 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day of any month, whichever occurs first~~information.

~~Amounts held in the~~ Fixed ~~Holding~~ Account ~~are~~Option credited compound interest daily based on the fixed annual interest rate in effect at that time. We may change the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account at any time at our discretion, subject to the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate described in this prospectus.

~~Please~~If ~~note~~you invest in the Fixed Account Option, we guarantee your principal and a fixed annual interest rate for a 1-year Crediting Period. We will credit compound interest daily throughout the Crediting Period based on the annual interest rate we declared for that ~~while~~Crediting ~~premium~~Period. ~~payments~~The ~~are~~current ~~held~~annual ininterest rate for the Fixed ~~Holding~~ Account ~~pending~~Option ~~their~~is ~~allocation~~available toonline ~~one~~at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or ~~more~~upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial ~~Allocation~~intermediary. ~~Accounts,~~See ~~the~~SELECTING ~~Fixed~~ALLOCATION ~~Holding~~ACCOUNTS ~~Account~~FOR isINVESTMENT ~~not~~for anadditional ~~investment~~information ~~option~~about ~~that~~how ~~you~~to ~~can~~obtain ~~select~~the current annual interest rate for ~~investment~~the Fixed Account Option.

We may declare a new annual interest rate for new Crediting Periods. We determine the annual interest rates for new Crediting Periods at our discretion, subject to a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%. The annual interest rate declared for an ongoing Crediting Period will not change. However, the annual interest rate we declare for the Fixed Account Option may differ from Crediting Period to Crediting Period.

IfSee weTYPES ~~offer~~OF ~~the~~ACCOUNTS ~~Fixed~~– ~~Account~~FIXED ~~and~~ACCOUNT ~~you~~OPTION ~~select~~later itin ~~for~~this ~~investment,~~prospectus ~~we guarantee your principal and a fixed annual interest rate~~ for ~~the~~additional ~~length of the applicable Crediting Period~~information. We will credit compound interest daily throughout the Crediting Period based on the annual interest rate we declared for that Crediting Period. We may offer Crediting Periods for the Fixed Account ranging from 1 to 6 years in length.

WeIndex ~~currently offer the Fixed~~ Account ~~with~~Options a 1-year Crediting Period and we may choose to offer longer Crediting Periods for the Fixed Account from time to time. We will continue to offer the Fixed Account with a 1-year Crediting Period for so long as that Allocation Account is designated by us as the Default Option.

WeGenerally. ~~will~~When ~~declare~~you ~~the~~invest in ~~annual~~an ~~interest~~Index ~~rate~~Account ~~for~~Option, ayour investment begins on the first day of the Crediting Period ~~prior~~and togenerally ends on the ~~beginning~~last day of the Crediting Period. WeThere ~~guarantee~~are certain events that could end your investment before the ~~annual~~last day of the Crediting ~~interest~~Period, ~~rate~~such ~~declared~~as ~~for~~if you take a ~~Crediting~~full ~~Period~~withdrawal ~~will~~from ~~not~~that ~~change.~~Index ~~However~~Account Option, Surrender the ~~annual~~Policy, ~~interest~~or ~~rates~~annuitize wethe ~~declare~~Policy, ~~may~~or ~~differ~~if ~~from~~the ~~Crediting~~death ~~Period-to-Crediting~~benefit ~~Period~~becomes ~~and~~payable, ~~may differ~~or ~~based~~if onyou exercise Performance Lock, before the ~~lengths~~end of the Crediting ~~Periods offered~~Period.

WeAt ~~determine~~the ~~annual~~end ~~interest~~of ~~rates~~the ~~for~~Crediting Period, we apply gain or loss to your Policy based on how the ~~Fixed~~Index Account atOption ~~our~~performed. ~~discretion,~~The ~~subject~~Index Account Option’s performance is linked to the ~~guaranteed~~ ~~minimum~~performance ~~effective~~of ~~annual~~a ~~interest~~specific ~~rate~~market ~~described~~index or exchange-traded fund (the “Index”). The Index’s performance is measured by calculating the net percentage change in ~~this~~the ~~prospectus~~value of the Index (the “Index Change”) between the first day of the Crediting Period (the “Initial Index Value”) and the last day of the Crediting Period (the “Final Index Value”). For example, regardless of how the Index otherwise performed between the beginning and end of the Crediting Period:

Index Accounts

Generally. When you invest in an Index Account Option, your investment begins on the first day of the Crediting Period and generally ends on the last day of the Crediting Period. There are certain events that could end your investment before the last day of the Crediting Period, such as if you take a full withdrawal from that Index Account Option, Surrender the Policy, or annuitize the Policy, or if the death benefit becomes payable, before the end of the Crediting Period.

At the end of the Crediting Period, we apply gain or loss to your Policy based on how the Index Account Option performed. The Index Account Option’s performance is linked to the performance of a specific market index or exchange-traded fund (the “Index”). The Index’s performance is generally measured by calculating the net percentage change in the value of the Index (the “Index Change”) between the first day of the Crediting Period (the “Initial Index Value”) and the last day of the Crediting Period (the “Final Index Value”).

For example, regardless of how the Index otherwise performed between the beginning and end of the Crediting Period:

•

If the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Final Index Value is 1100, the Index Change would be +10% (i.e., (1100/1000) – 1 = 10%).

•

Likewise, if the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Final Index Value is 900, the Index Change would be -10% (i.e., (900/1000) – 1 = -10%).

~~Transamerica~~The amount ~~Structured~~of gain or loss applied to your investment at the end of the Crediting Period will depend on the Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Change ~~Annuity~~and 5the Index Account Option’s upside and downside features, as described below.

AsPositive aIndex ~~general~~Change. ~~matter~~When ~~(excluding~~the Index Change at the ~~impact~~end of ~~fees~~the ~~and~~Crediting ~~charges):~~Period is positive, your Policy gains value. The extent to which you participate in the positive Index performance depends on the Index Account Option’s “Growth Opportunity Type.”

• ~~When~~Cap – If you select an Index Account Option with Cap, you will participate in positive Index performance up to the Cap Rate, but no positive Index ~~Change~~performance beyond the Cap Rate. For instance, if you select an Index Account Option with a Cap Rate of 10%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is ~~positive~~5%, your ~~Policy~~Index ~~gains~~Credit ~~value~~Rate (i.e., ~~The~~your ~~extent~~Index torate ~~which~~of ~~you~~return) ~~participate~~would inbe ~~the~~+5%. ~~positive~~If the Index ~~performance~~Change ~~depends~~were on15%, ~~the~~your Index ~~Account~~Credit ~~Option’s~~Rate ~~“Growth~~would ~~Opportunity~~be ~~Type~~limited to +10%.”

•You ~~When~~will ~~the~~not participate in any Index ~~Change~~performance atbeyond the ~~end~~Cap ofRate. ~~the~~The ~~Crediting~~Cap ~~Period~~Rate islimits ~~zero,~~the ~~your~~upside ~~Policy~~potential ~~will~~of ~~not~~your ~~lose~~investment. ~~value~~The asCap is ameasured ~~result~~over the life of the ~~Index~~Crediting ~~performance.~~Period, ~~Nor~~which ~~will~~can ~~your~~be ~~Policy~~more ~~gain~~than ~~value~~one ~~unless~~year. ~~the~~In ~~Growth~~cases ~~Opportunity~~where ~~Type~~a ~~for~~Crediting ~~the~~Period ~~Index~~is ~~Account~~more ~~Option~~than ~~provides~~one year, the Cap Rate for ~~gain~~that ~~even~~Crediting ~~when~~Period ~~the~~would ~~Index~~be ~~Change~~less isif ~~zero~~measured on an annual basis.

•For ~~When~~additional ~~the~~information ~~Index~~and ~~Change~~examples atfor ~~the end of the Crediting Period is negative~~Cap, ~~your~~see ~~Policy~~AVAILABLE ~~will~~ALLOCATION ~~lose~~ACCOUNTS ~~value~~– ~~only~~GROWTH toOPPORTUNITY ~~the~~TYPE: ~~extent~~CALCULATING ~~that~~GAIN USING ~~the~~CAP ~~Index~~later ~~Account~~in ~~Option’s~~this ~~downside protection does not protect you from that loss~~prospectus. ~~The downside protection provided by an Index Account Option will depend on its “Downside Protection Type.”~~

• Participation – If you select an Index Account Option ~~Value.~~with ~~The~~Participation, ~~value~~you ofwill ~~your~~participate ~~investment~~ in ana percentage of positive Index ~~Account~~performance, ~~Option~~and atthat ~~the~~percentage ~~end~~will ofbe athe ~~Crediting~~Participation ~~Period~~Rate. isFor ~~represented~~instance, byif ~~your~~you select an Index Account Option ~~Value.~~with ~~Your~~Participation ~~Index~~and ~~Account~~a ~~Option~~Participation ~~Value~~Rate isof ~~calculated~~80%, byand ~~applying~~at the “end of the Crediting Period the Index ~~Credit~~Change ~~Rate”~~is to10%, your “Index ~~Base~~Credit Rate would be +8%.” Please note:

• ~~Index~~A ~~Credit~~Participation Rate /equal ~~Index~~to ~~Credit.~~100% ~~The~~means ~~Index Credit Rate represents the percentage gain or loss~~ that weyou ~~apply~~will tofully ~~your~~participate ~~Index~~in ~~Account~~positive ~~at the end of the Crediting Period (before any fees and charges). Your gain or loss can also be expressed as a dollar amount, which we then refer to as the “~~Index ~~Credit~~performance.”

~~The~~• ~~Index~~A ~~Credit~~Participation Rate ~~and~~less ~~the~~than ~~Index~~100% ~~Credit~~means ~~may~~that beyou ~~positive,~~will ~~negative,~~not orfully ~~zero.~~participate in positive Index performance.

• ~~Index~~We ~~Base.~~may ~~Your~~declare ~~Index~~Participation ~~Base~~Rates ~~generally~~greater ~~represents~~than ~~your~~100%, ~~principal~~which ~~investment~~would inhave the ~~Index~~effect ~~Account Option. On the first day~~ of ~~the~~increasing ~~Crediting Period,~~ your ~~Index~~gains ~~Base~~relative ~~equals the dollar amount that you allocated~~ to that Index Account Option. Your Index Base for that Index Account Option will not change unless a fee or charge is deducted from that Index Account Option, or if you take a withdrawal from that Index Account Option, before the ~~end of the Crediting Period, in which case your~~ Index ~~Base will be subject to a negative adjustment at that time~~Change.

~~When~~If ~~your~~the ~~Index~~Participation ~~Base~~Rate is ~~subject~~less tothan ~~a negative adjustment~~100%, ~~your~~you ~~Index Base~~ will benot ~~reduced~~fully byparticipate ~~a proportion equal to the reduction~~ in ~~your~~positive ~~Interim Value (discussed below), which will be reduced dollar-for-dollar based on the amount deducted from the~~ Index ~~Account Option. There is no way to increase your Index Base during a Crediting Period~~performance, ~~and~~limiting ~~therefore no way to reverse or offset~~ the ~~negative~~upside ~~impact~~potential of ~~a negative adjustment to~~ your ~~Index Base~~investment.

ACurrently, ~~negative~~all ~~adjustment to your~~ Index ~~Base~~Account ~~could~~Options ~~result~~with inParticipation ~~less gain (if any) or more loss at the end of a Crediting Period, perhaps~~are ~~significantly~~designated ~~less~~as ~~gain or more loss, because the Index~~ “Credit ~~Rate will be applied to a lower Index Base. All withdrawals taken~~Advantage,” ~~and~~which ~~fees~~means ~~and~~an ~~charges~~additional ~~deducted,~~charge ~~before the end of a Crediting Period~~ will ~~trigger~~apply afor ~~negative~~any ~~adjustment to your~~ Index ~~Base,~~ ~~even~~Account ~~fees~~Option ~~and~~with ~~charges~~Participation that ~~are~~you ~~periodically deducted from your Policy~~select. A negative adjustment to your Index Base may be greater than the reduction in your Interim Value. See APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for examples of how your Index Base could be negatively adjusted as a result of a fee or withdrawal.

~~The~~For ~~following~~additional isinformation anand ~~example~~examples offor ~~how~~Participation, ~~we calculate~~see ~~your~~AVAILABLE ~~Index~~ALLOCATION ~~Account~~ACCOUNTS ~~Option~~– ~~Value~~GROWTH atOPPORTUNITY ~~the end of a Crediting Period~~TYPE: ~~Assume~~CALCULATING GAIN ~~you~~USINGPARTICIPATION ~~invest~~later ~~$10,000~~ in anthis ~~Index Account Option~~prospectus. At the beginning of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is $10,000. At the end of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is still $10,000, assuming there were no deductions for fees or withdrawals before the end of the Crediting Period. At the end of the Crediting Period, we will apply the Index Credit Rate to your Index Base to calculate your Index Account Option Value.

Zero Index Change. When the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is zero, your Policy will not gain or lose value as a result of the Index performance.

Negative Index Change (Applying the Buffer). When the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, your Policy will lose value only to the extent that the Index Account Option’s downside protection does not protect you from loss. The downside protection provided by an Index Account Option will depend on its “Downside Protection Type.” We currently only offer Index Account Options with Buffer as the Downside Protection Type. Due to the operation of the Buffer, your investment will incur loss for negative Index performance

beyond the Buffer Rate. The Buffer Rate represents the percentage of your investment that is protected from loss. For instance, assuming a Buffer Rate of 10%, it is possible that you could lose 90% of your investment as a result of negative Index performance. A Buffer absorbs the impact of negative Index performance before the negative Index performance impacts your investment.

If the negative Index performance does not go beyond the Buffer Rate, you will not incur loss as a result of that negative Index performance. For example, if you select an Index Account Option with a Buffer and a Buffer Rate of 10%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is -5%, your Index Credit Rate would be 0% (i.e., no loss due to negative Index performance).

If the negative Index performance goes beyond the Buffer Rate, your investment will incur loss. Your Index Credit Rate will be a percentage equal to the excess Index Change over the Buffer Rate. Under these circumstances, the Buffer would provide only partial protection from loss related to the negative Index performance. For example, if you select an Index Account Option with a Buffer and a Buffer Rate of 10%, and at the end of the Crediting Period the Index Change is -15%, your Index Credit Rate would be -5% and you would incur loss.

The Buffer provides limited downside protection. You assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance in excess of the Buffer Rate. Your losses could be significant. The Buffer is measured over the life of the Crediting Period, which can be more than one year. In cases where a Crediting Period is more than one year, the Buffer for that Crediting Period is the total Buffer for the life of the Crediting Period.

For additional information and examples of how we calculate your Index Credit Rate using Buffer, see AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS – DOWNSIDE PROTECTION TYPE: CALCULATING LOSS USING THE BUFFER.

Index Account Option Value. The value of your investment in an Index Account Option at the end of a Crediting Period is your Index Account Option Value. Your Index Account Option Value is calculated by applying the “Index Credit Rate” to your “Index Base.”

•

Index Credit Rate / Index Credit. The Index Credit Rate represents the percentage gain or loss that we apply to your Index Account at the end of the Crediting Period (i.e., your Index rate of return). Your gain or loss can also be expressed as a dollar amount, which we then refer to as the “Index Credit.” The Index Credit Rate and the Index Credit may be positive, negative, or zero.

•

Index Base. Your Index Base generally represents your investment in the Index Account Option.

The following is an example of how we calculate your Index Account Option Value at the end of a Crediting Period: Assume you invest $10,000 in an Index Account Option. At the beginning of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is $10,000. At the end of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is still $10,000 if there were no deductions for fees or charges or withdrawals before the end of the Crediting Period. At the end of the Crediting Period, we will apply the Index Credit Rate to your Index Base to calculate your Index Account Option Value.

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of +10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $11,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + 10%) = $11,000). The Index Credit is +$1,000.

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of -10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $9,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + -10%) = $9,000). The Index Credit is -$1,000.

~~Transamerica~~Any ~~Structured~~fees or charges deducted at the end of the Crediting Period will be deducted on a dollar for dollar basis from your Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Account ~~Annuity~~Option 6Value after the Index Credit is applied. Continuing the examples above, if a $50 service charge were deducted from that Index Account Option on the same day that the Index Credit was applied, the Index Account Option Value would be reduced after the Index Credit to $10,950 (i.e., $11,000—$50) or $8,950 (i.e., $9,000—$50), respectively. See FEES AND CHARGES.

~~Interim~~See ~~Values.~~TYPES ~~Please~~OF ~~note that we do calculate the value of your investment in an Index Account~~ACCOUNTS ~~Option~~– ~~each~~INDEX ~~Business~~ACCOUNT ~~Day~~OPTIONS ~~between the first~~ and ~~last~~VALUING ~~day~~YOUR ofINVESTMENT ~~the~~IN ~~Crediting~~AN ~~Period~~INDEX ~~(each,~~ACCOUNT anOPTION ~~“Interim~~later ~~Value”).~~in ~~The~~this ~~Interim~~prospectus ~~Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available from that Index Account Option~~ for ~~withdrawals, Surrender,~~more ~~annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees and charges~~information. ~~The Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Business Day.~~

~~Similar~~14 to the end of a Crediting Period, we calculate Interim Values by applying a percentage gain or loss to your Index Base. However, we calculate the percentage gain or loss for each Interim Value differently than the percentage gain or loss at the end of the Crediting Period. Our process for calculating Interim Values is explained in detail in APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES.

~~Gains~~Negative ~~and losses~~Adjustments ~~for~~to ~~Interim~~Index ~~Values~~Base. ~~are~~On ~~not~~the ~~directly~~first ~~tied~~day toof the ~~performance~~Crediting ofPeriod, ~~the~~your Index ~~for~~Base equals the dollar amount that you allocated to that Index Account Option. InYour ~~general,~~Index weBase ~~calculate~~for ~~gains~~that ~~and~~Index ~~losses~~Account byOption ~~using~~will not change unless a ~~formula~~fee or charge is deducted from that ~~looks~~Index toAccount ~~the~~Option, ~~values~~or if you take any type of ~~certain~~withdrawal ~~derivative~~from ~~and~~that ~~fixed~~Index Account ~~income~~Option ~~instruments~~(including an automatic withdrawal, ~~which~~ isadvisory ~~designed~~fee towithdrawal, ~~produce~~minimum anrequired ~~estimated~~distribution, ~~fair~~surrender ~~value~~charge-free ~~for~~withdrawal, ~~your~~or ~~investment~~any inother withdrawal), before the ~~Index~~end ~~Account~~of ~~Option~~the onCrediting ~~that~~Period, ~~Business~~in ~~Day.~~which ~~The~~case ~~estimated~~your ~~fair~~Index ~~value~~Base iswill ~~intended~~be subject to ~~reflect~~a ~~factors~~negative ~~such~~adjustment asat ~~the~~that ~~likelihood,~~time. ~~and~~The ~~magnitude~~negative ~~of,~~adjustment is a ~~positive~~proportionate orreduction ~~negative~~to your Index ~~Credit~~ ~~Rate~~Base. atIt ~~the~~is ~~end~~derived ofby ~~the~~reducing ~~Crediting~~your ~~Period,~~Index ~~the~~Base ~~length~~by ofthe ~~time~~same ~~remaining~~percentage inas the ~~Crediting~~percentage ~~Period,~~reduction ~~and~~to ~~the~~your ~~risk~~Interim ofValue ~~loss~~due ~~and~~to the amount ~~possibility~~ of ~~gain~~the atwithdrawal or the ~~end~~fee ofor charge deducted (which is deducted from the ~~Crediting~~Interim ~~Period~~Value on a dollar for dollar basis).

~~The~~A ~~Interim~~negative ~~Value~~adjustment to ~~for~~your an Index ~~Account~~Base ~~Option~~could ~~may~~result ~~change~~in ~~each~~less ~~Business~~gain ~~Day,~~(if ~~and~~any) or more loss at the ~~change~~end ~~may~~of bea ~~positive~~Crediting orPeriod, ~~negative~~perhaps ~~compared~~significantly toless ~~the~~gain ~~last~~or ~~Business~~more ~~Day~~loss, ~~(even when~~because the Index ~~has~~Credit ~~increased~~Rate inwill ~~value)~~be applied to a lower Index Base. ~~You~~All ~~should~~withdrawals ~~understand~~taken, ~~that~~and ~~the~~fees and ~~Interim~~charges ~~Value~~deducted, ~~for~~from an Index Account Option onbefore the end of a ~~Business~~Crediting ~~Day~~Period will ~~not~~trigger ~~impact~~a ~~the~~negative ~~future~~adjustment ~~performance~~to ofyour Index Base, even fees and charges that are periodically deducted from your Policy. A negative adjustment to your Index Base ~~Account~~may ~~Option~~be greater than the amount withdrawn or the fee or charge deducted. A negative adjustment will also result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period ~~unless one~~(because the interim rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base). There is no way to increase your Index Base during a Crediting Period, and therefore no way to reverse or offset the ~~following~~negative ~~occurs~~impact onof ~~that~~a ~~Business~~negative ~~Day:~~adjustment to your Index Base.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE later in this prospectus for additional information, including examples. See also APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for additional examples of negative adjustments.

Interim Values. We calculate the Interim Value of your investment in an Index Account Option each Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period. The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available from that Index Account Option for withdrawals, Surrender, and the other transactions listed below. The Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Business Day.

The Interim Value for an Index Account Option will generally change each Business Day, and the change may be positive or negative compared to the last Business Day (even when the Index has increased in value). You should understand that the Interim Value for an Index Account Option on a Business Day will not impact your investment in that Index Account Option unless one of the following transactions occurs on that Business Day:

•

A fee or charge is deducted from the Index Account Option;

• An amount is deducted from the Index Account Option as a result of a Surrender or withdrawal (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or ~~Surrender~~any other withdrawal);

• The Policy is annuitized; or

• The death benefit is paid.; or

In• ~~any~~You ofexercise ~~those circumstances—including~~ the ~~deduction~~Performance ofLock afeature ~~periodic fee or charge—the transaction will be processed based on the Interim Value for~~ (that ~~Index Account Option on that~~ Business Day. ~~Interim~~being ~~Values for an Index Account Option generally reflect less upside potential and less downside protection than would otherwise apply at~~ the ~~end~~Performance ofLock ~~the Crediting Period. As such, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss~~Date) ~~than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period~~. ~~This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges, withdrawals, a Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit.~~

~~TYPES~~In any of those circumstances—including the deduction of a periodic fee or charge—the transaction will be processed based OFon ~~INDEX~~the ~~ACCOUNT~~Interim ~~OPTIONS~~Value for that Index Account Option on that Business Day. If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options that end at different times, the transactions listed above will be based on an Interim Value for some or all of your Index Account Options. For as long as you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options, there may be no time that any such transaction can be performed without the application of at least one Interim Value.

~~There~~Interim ~~are~~Values ~~two~~for ~~categories~~an of Index Account ~~Options:~~Option ~~“Basic~~generally ~~Index~~reflect ~~Account~~less ~~Options”~~upside potential and ~~“Enhanced~~less ~~Index~~downside ~~Account~~protection than would otherwise apply at the ~~Options~~end of the Crediting Period.” As such, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges, withdrawals, a Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit.

•15 Basic Index Account Options. We may offer a variety of different Basic Index Account Options. The Basic Index Account Options that we offer will have different combinations of Indexes, Crediting Periods, Growth Opportunity Types, and Downside Protection Types.

We The application of an Interim Value may ~~also~~result ~~offer~~in ~~Basic~~a loss to an Owner even if the reference Index ~~Account~~at ~~Options~~the ~~for~~time of withdrawal or Surrender or other transaction listed above is higher than at the beginning of the Crediting Period. If you use the Performance Lock feature to lock-in an ~~additional~~Interim ~~fee~~Value ~~that~~(less ~~include~~any “Remaining Credit Advantage” ~~Growth~~Fees ~~Opportunity~~and ~~Types,~~any ~~which have~~other ~~increased~~applicable ~~upside~~charges) ~~potential~~that ~~compared~~is tolower athan ~~Basic~~the amount you invested in that Index Account Option ~~that~~on ~~does~~the ~~not~~Crediting ~~have~~Period ~~the~~start ~~Credit~~date, ~~Advantage~~you ~~feature~~may ~~but~~be islocking-in ~~otherwise~~a ~~identical~~loss.

~~There~~If a premium payment allocated to an Index Account Option is nostill ~~guarantee~~within its six-year surrender charge period, then in addition to applicable surrender charges, the Interim Value of your investment will include an adjustment that could reduce or increase your Interim Value depending on market conditions. In decreasing fixed income yield environments, this adjustment will serve to reduce the ~~increased~~Interim ~~upside~~Value. ~~potential~~In ofincreasing afixed ~~Credit~~income ~~Advantage~~yield ~~Growth~~environments, ~~Opportunity~~this ~~Type~~adjustment will ~~result~~serve into ~~gains~~increase the Interim Value. The impact of the adjustment on Interim Value is at ~~least~~its ~~equal~~greatest on the first day of the tosurrender charge period and lessens as the ~~additional~~remaining ~~fee~~number orof ~~any~~days ~~gains~~in atthe ~~all~~surrender charge period decreases. ~~The~~There ~~additional~~is ~~fee~~no ~~would~~adjustment ~~increase~~if ~~any~~a ~~losses~~premium orpayment ~~decrease~~allocated to an Index Account Option is outside of the six-year surrender charge period. Please note that a six-year surrender charge period applies to each premium payment, including the initial premium payment and any additional ~~gains~~premium payment.

~~Transamerica~~For ~~Structured~~additional ~~Index~~information ~~AdvantageSM~~about ~~Annuity~~how 7Interim Values are calculated, including our Interim Value formula and examples, see VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – INTERIM VALUES. See also APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES for detailed explanations and additional examples of Interim Value calculations.

•Index ~~Enhanced~~Substitutions. During a Crediting Period, if a market index serving as an Index ~~Account~~is ~~Options.~~discontinued ~~Currently~~or if the calculation of the index is substantially changed by the index provider, or if Index Values should become unavailable for any reason, or if an exchange-traded fund (ETF) that is serving as an Index is liquidated or otherwise no longer exists or if its investment objectives, strategies, or risks substantially change, we may ~~offer~~substitute ~~two~~the ~~types~~Index ofwith ~~Enhanced~~a new Index, ~~Account~~once ~~Options:~~we ~~“Best~~obtain ~~Entry”~~all ~~and~~necessary ~~“Buffer~~regulatory ~~Auto~~approvals. ~~Reset~~We will notify you of any such substitution in writing.” We ~~refer~~will seek to ~~these~~notify you at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Account ~~Options~~Option asin ~~“enhanced”~~which ~~because~~you ~~they~~are ~~include~~invested. ~~additional~~However, ~~features~~in the event that ~~may~~it ~~help~~is ~~increase~~necessary ~~gains~~to orsubstitute ~~decrease~~on ~~losses~~less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of our control, we will provide notice of the substitution as soon as practicable. ~~There~~If ~~are~~we nosubstitute ~~additional~~an ~~fees~~Index, ifwe ~~you~~will select ana ~~Enhanced~~new Index ~~Account~~that ~~Option~~we determine in our judgment is comparable to the old Index.

~~The~~See ~~following~~VALUING ~~two~~YOUR ~~sections,~~INVESTMENT ~~ADDITIONAL~~IN ~~INFORMATION~~AN ~~ABOUT BASIC~~ INDEX ACCOUNT ~~OPTIONS~~OPTION ~~and ADDITIONAL~~– ~~INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED~~ INDEX ~~ACCOUNT~~SUBSTITUTIONS ~~OPTIONS,~~for ~~provide~~ additional information ~~about these two categories of Index Account Options~~, including ~~how~~information ~~gains~~about ~~and~~how ~~losses~~we calculate ~~are calculated at~~ the ~~end~~Index ofChange after a ~~Crediting~~substitution ~~Period~~and examples.

~~ADDITIONAL~~Performance ~~INFORMATION~~Lock. ~~ABOUT~~On ~~BASIC~~any ~~INDEX~~Business ~~ACCOUNT~~Day ~~OPTIONS~~between the first and last day of the Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, you may exercise the Performance Lock feature. You may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of your Index Account Options. If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option, you may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of them. You may decide not to exercise Performance Lock at all. If you exercise Performance Lock for an Index Account Option, your Interim Value for that Index Account Option (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) on the Performance Lock Date is “locked-in” and transferred to the Performance Lock Account. You may “manually” exercise Performance Lock by contacting us on any Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. You may also exercise Performance Lock “automatically” based on a target gain that you provide us in advance.

~~Each~~After ~~Basic~~you ~~Index~~exercise ~~Account~~Performance ~~Option~~Lock, ~~that~~until wethe ~~offer~~next ~~for~~Allocation ~~investment~~Anniversary, ~~combines~~the ~~one~~amount ~~Index,~~held ~~one~~in ~~Crediting~~the ~~Period,~~Performance ~~one~~Lock ~~Growth~~Account ~~Opportunity~~will ~~Type,~~be ~~and~~credited ~~one~~compound ~~Downside Protection~~interest ~~Type~~daily ~~from~~based ~~those~~on ~~listed~~the inannual ~~the~~interest ~~tables~~rate ~~below.~~in ~~For~~effect ~~example,~~on wethat ~~may~~day, ~~offer~~and aswill abe ~~Basic~~reduced ~~Index~~on ~~Account~~a ~~Option:~~dollar ~~S&P~~for ~~500®~~dollar ~~Index,~~basis ~~1-Year~~for ~~Crediting~~any ~~Period~~fees, ~~Cap~~charges, ~~and~~ ~~Buffer~~or ~~(with~~withdrawals ~~specific~~deducted ~~rates~~from ~~that we declare for~~ the ~~Cap~~Performance ~~and~~Lock ~~Buffer)~~Account. We ~~will~~may ~~typically~~change ~~offer~~the acurrent ~~variety~~annual ofinterest ~~Basic~~rate ~~Index~~at ~~Account~~any time ~~Options~~at ~~from~~our ~~which you may choose. However~~discretion, ~~you~~subject ~~are~~to ~~not~~a ~~permitted~~guaranteed tominimum ~~design~~effective ~~your~~annual ~~own~~interest ~~Basic~~rate ~~Index~~of ~~Account Options~~0.25%.

Indexes		CreditingPeriods		Growth Opportunity Types		DownsideProtection Types
• S&P 500® Index • S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index • Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR • iShares® Russell 2000 ETF • iShares® U.S. Technology ETF • iShares® MSCI Emerging Markets ETF • iShares® MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		1-10 Years		Includes no additional fee: • Cap • Cap+ Accelerator • Participation • Accelerated Tiered Participation • Value Trigger • Value Trigger+ Includes an additional fee: • Credit Advantage Cap • Credit Advantage Participation • Credit Advantage Value Trigger+		• Buffer • Floor • Buffer and Floor • Participation

On the next Allocation Anniversary, you may transfer the amount held in the Performance Lock Account to any Allocation Account that is available for investment. You could also withdraw such amount or annuitize the Policy, but it cannot remain in the Performance Lock Account. We must receive your instructions at least one Business Day before the next Allocation Anniversary. In the absence of instructions, the amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be automatically reinvested in the same Index Account Option for which your exercised Performance Lock. If that Index Account Option is no longer available for investment, such amount will be transferred to the Default Option. Currently, the Default Option is the Fixed Account Option.

~~Calculating~~16 ~~Gain Using the Growth Opportunity Type~~

AtIf ~~the~~you ~~end~~exercise ofPerformance ~~the~~Lock, ~~Crediting~~you ~~Period~~will be locking-in an Interim Value (and that Interim Value will be reduced dollar for adollar ~~Basic~~by any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges). If you lock-in an amount that is lower than the amount you invested in that Index Account Option on the Crediting Period start date, ifyou may be locking-in a loss. Amounts held in the ~~Index~~Performance ~~Change~~Lock isAccount will not participate in any Index performance (positive or negative). ~~zero,~~No weIndex ~~use~~Credit ~~the~~will ~~applicable~~be ~~Growth~~applied ~~Opportunity~~at ~~Type~~the ~~to calculate~~end ~~your~~of ~~gain,~~the ifCrediting ~~any.~~Period ~~Each~~of ~~Basic~~the Index Account Option ~~has~~for ~~only~~which ~~one~~you ~~Growth~~exercised ~~Opportunity~~Performance ~~Type~~Lock. Depending on when you exercised Performance Lock, your investment might not participate in Index performance for up to one year.

~~This~~We ~~section~~will ~~summarizes~~not ~~how~~provide weadvice ~~calculate~~or annotify ~~Index Credit~~you ~~Rate~~regarding ~~using~~whether ~~the~~you ~~different~~should ~~Growth~~exercise ~~Opportunity Types for~~ the ~~Basic~~Performance ~~Index~~Lock ~~Account~~feature ~~Options.~~or ~~You should refer to~~ the optimal ~~examples~~time ~~later~~for indoing ~~this~~so. ~~prospectus~~We towill ~~further~~not ~~help~~warn you ~~understand~~if ~~how~~you anexercise ~~Index Credit Rate for a Basic Index Account Option will be calculated when~~ the ~~Index~~Performance ~~Change~~Lock isfeature ~~positive~~at ora ~~zero~~sub-optimal time. ~~See~~We ~~ADDITIONAL~~are ~~INFORMATION~~not ~~ABOUT~~responsible ~~BASIC~~for ~~INDEX~~any ~~ACCOUNT~~losses ~~OPTIONS~~related –to ~~CALCULATING~~your ~~GAIN~~decision ~~USING~~whether ~~THE~~or ~~GROWTH~~not ~~OPPORTUNITY~~to ~~TYPE~~exercise ~~later~~the Performance inLock ~~this prospectus~~feature.

ASee ~~Growth~~VALUING ~~Opportunity~~YOUR ~~Type~~INVESTMENT ~~may~~IN ~~limit~~AN ~~your~~INDEX ~~participation~~ACCOUNT inOPTION ~~positive~~– ~~Index~~PERFORMANCE ~~performance,~~LOCK ~~limiting~~for ~~the~~additional ~~upside~~information ~~potential~~about ofthis feature, ~~your~~including ~~investment~~examples.

1.AVAILABLE ~~Cap~~ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS

~~Cap.~~Summary ~~For~~of aAvailable ~~Basic~~Allocation ~~Index~~Accounts. ~~Account~~Summarized ~~Option~~below ~~with~~are ~~a Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type, if~~ the ~~Index~~Allocation ~~Change~~Accounts atthat ~~the~~are ~~end~~currently ofavailable ~~the~~for ~~Crediting~~investment. ~~Period~~For isa complete ~~positive,~~listing ~~the value~~ of ~~your~~Allocation ~~investment~~Accounts ~~will~~that ~~increase.~~are Ifcurrently ~~the~~available ~~Index~~for ~~Change is zero~~investment, ~~the~~see ~~value~~AVAILABLE ofALLOCATION ~~your~~ACCOUNTS ~~investment~~later ~~will~~in ~~neither~~this ~~increase nor decrease~~prospectus.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Fixed ~~Index~~Account ~~AdvantageSM~~Option. ~~Annuity~~We 8are offering one Fixed Account Option. It has a 1-year Crediting Period and a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%.

• Basic Index Account Options. We ~~calculate~~are ~~your~~offering 26 “Basic Index ~~Credit~~Account ~~Rate~~Options.” ~~using~~Each Basic Index Account Option has the ~~Cap~~following asdesign ~~follows~~elements:

• IfAn ~~the~~ Index, ~~Change~~either isthe ~~positive~~S&P ~~and~~500® ~~less~~Index, ~~than~~Fidelity orWorld ~~equal~~Factor toLeaders ~~the~~IndexSM ~~Cap~~0.5% ~~Rate~~AR, ~~your~~iShares® ~~Index~~Russell ~~Credit~~2000 ~~Rate~~ETF, ~~will~~or ~~equal~~iShares® ~~the~~U.S. ~~Index~~Technology ~~Change~~ETF.

• IfA ~~the~~Crediting ~~Index~~Period, ~~Change~~either is1 ~~positive~~year, ~~and~~2 ~~exceeds the Cap Rate~~years, ~~your~~or ~~Index~~6 ~~Credit Rate will equal the Cap Rate~~years.

• IfBuffer ~~the~~as ~~Index~~its ~~Change~~Downside isProtection ~~zero~~Type, ~~your~~with ~~Index~~a ~~Credit~~Buffer Rate ~~will~~of ~~equal~~either ~~zero~~10%, 15%, or 20%.

~~Under~~• ~~this~~A Growth Opportunity Type, ~~you~~either ~~will~~(a) ~~not~~Cap ~~participate~~, insubject ~~any~~to ~~Index~~a ~~performance~~guaranteed ~~above~~minimum ~~the~~ Cap Rate., ~~The~~or ~~Cap~~(b) ~~Rate~~Participation, ~~limits~~subject ~~the~~to ~~upside~~a ~~potential~~guaranteed ofminimum ~~your investment.~~Participation Rate.

~~Credit~~• ~~Advantage~~Enhanced ~~Cap. When we offer a Basic~~ Index Account ~~Option~~Options ~~that~~(Best ~~has a Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type, we may offer for an additional fee an identical Basic Index Account Option except with a Credit Advantage Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type~~Entry). We ~~calculate~~are ~~the~~offering ~~Index~~four ~~Credit~~“Enhanced ~~Rate using a Credit Advantage Cap the same way as a Cap, except that the Cap Rate for the Basic~~ Index Account ~~Option~~Options,” ~~with~~all ~~the~~of ~~Credit~~which ~~Advantage~~are ~~Cap~~“Best ~~will~~Entry” ~~be higher than the otherwise identical Basic Index Account Option with the Cap~~options. ~~The~~Each ~~Credit~~Best ~~Advantage~~Entry ~~Cap~~option ~~therefore~~has ~~provides more upside potential in exchange for~~ the ~~additional fee.~~following design elements:

2.• ~~Cap+~~An ~~Accelerator~~Index, either the S&P 500® Index or Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR.

~~For~~• aA ~~Basic Index Account Option with Cap+ Accelerator as its Growth Opportunity Type, if the Index Change at the end of the~~ Crediting Period ~~is positive, the value~~ of ~~your~~6 ~~investment will increase~~years. ~~If the Index Change is zero, the value of your investment will neither increase nor decrease.~~

We• ~~calculate~~A ~~your Index~~Buffer ~~Credit~~as ~~Rate~~its ~~using~~Downside ~~Cap+~~Protection ~~Accelerator~~Type, aswith ~~follows:~~a Buffer Rate of 10%.

• IfA ~~the~~Cap ~~Index~~as ~~Change~~its isGrowth ~~less~~Opportunity ~~than~~Type, orwith ~~equal~~a toguaranteed ~~the~~minimum Cap Rate, ~~your~~to ~~Index~~which ~~Credit~~we ~~Rate~~are ~~will~~subject ~~equal~~when ~~the~~we ~~Index~~declare ~~Change~~new Cap Rates for new Crediting Periods.

• IfFour ~~the~~additional ~~Index~~design ~~Change~~elements ~~exceeds~~related ~~the~~to ~~Cap~~Best ~~Rate~~Entry’s ~~but~~Initial ~~does~~Index ~~not~~Value ~~exceed~~reset ~~the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~feature, ~~your~~as ~~Index~~discussed ~~Credit~~under ~~Rate~~“Summary ~~will~~Explanation ~~equal~~of ~~the~~Best ~~Cap~~Entry” ~~Rate~~below.

•17 If the Index Change exceeds both the Cap Rate and the Cap+ Accelerator Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Cap Rate plus a percentage equal to the excess Index Change over the Cap+ Accelerator Rate.

•The IfGrowth ~~the~~Opportunity Type for certain Index ~~Change~~Account Options is ~~zero,~~designated ~~your~~as “Credit Advantage.” You will pay an additional annualized fee of 1.25% if you select an Index Account Option with a Credit ~~Rate~~Advantage Growth Opportunity Type for investment. In exchange for the additional fee, the Growth Opportunity Type will provide more upside potential, based on the upside rates we declare, than would be provided if the Growth Opportunity Type were not designated as “Credit Advantage.” There is no guarantee that the increased upside potential of a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type will result in gains at least equal ~~zero~~to the additional fee or any gains at all. The additional fee will increase any losses or decrease any gains.

~~While~~The ~~Cap+~~availability ~~Accelerator~~of ~~potentially~~Allocation ~~presents~~Accounts ~~more~~may ~~upside~~vary ~~potential compared to the Cap Growth Opportunity Type~~ by ~~allowing~~financial ~~you~~intermediary. toYou ~~potentially~~may ~~participate~~obtain ~~in Index~~information ~~performance~~about ~~that exceeds~~ the ~~Cap~~Allocation ~~Rate,~~Accounts ~~this~~that ~~Growth~~are ~~Opportunity~~available through ~~Type~~your ~~also~~financial ~~limits~~intermediary ~~the~~by ~~upside~~contacting ~~potential of~~ your ~~investment~~financial ~~because~~professional ~~you~~or ~~will~~our ~~not~~Administrative ~~participate in any Index performance between the Cap Rate and the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~Office.

3Selecting Allocation Accounts For Investment. ~~Participation~~When you are purchasing the Policy, coming to the end of a Crediting Period, making an additional premium payment, or coming to the next Allocation Anniversary after you exercise Performance Lock for an Index Account Option, you will have an opportunity to select from among the available Allocation Accounts for investment.

~~Participation~~A complete listing of Allocation Accounts that are currently available for investment can be found in tables under AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS later in this prospectus. ~~For~~Those atables ~~Basic~~do ~~Index~~not ~~Account~~include ~~Option~~the ~~with~~current ~~Participation~~annual asinterest ~~its~~rate ~~Growth~~for ~~Opportunity~~the ~~Type~~Fixed Account Option, ifthe current Cap Rates for the Index ~~Change~~Account atOptions with Cap, or the ~~end~~current ofParticipation Rates for the ~~Crediting~~ ~~Period~~Index isAccount ~~positive~~Options with Participation (together, “current upside rates”) because we may declare new current upside rates for new Crediting Periods, subject to the ~~value~~guaranteed oflimits ~~your~~set ~~investment~~forth ~~will~~in ~~increase~~those tables. IfThe current upside rates determine the ~~Index~~Allocation ~~Change~~Accounts’ ispotential ~~zero~~for gain. Therefore, ~~the~~it ~~value~~is ofimportant ~~your~~that ~~investment~~you ~~will~~obtain ~~neither~~and ~~increase~~carefully ~~nor~~review ~~decrease~~the current upside rates when selecting your Allocation Accounts.

WeSee ~~calculate~~SELECTING ~~your~~ALLOCATION ~~Index~~ACCOUNTS ~~Credit~~FOR ~~Rate~~INVESTMENT bylater ~~multiplying~~in ~~the~~this ~~Index~~prospectus ~~Change~~for bydetailed ~~the~~information ~~Growth~~about ~~Opportunity~~how to ~~Participation~~obtain ~~Rate~~current upside rates and what to expect when selecting your Allocation Accounts.

IfSummary ~~the~~Explanation ~~Growth~~of ~~Opportunity~~Best ~~Participation~~Entry. ~~Rate~~When isyou ~~less~~invest ~~than~~in any ~~100%~~Index Account Option, ~~you~~we ~~will~~measure ~~not~~your ~~fully~~Index ~~participate~~rate inof ~~positive~~return based on your Initial Index ~~performance,~~Value. ~~limiting~~If ~~the~~there ~~upside~~is ~~potential of~~a market downturn after your ~~investment.~~Crediting WePeriod ~~may~~starts, ~~offer~~your ~~Growth~~gains ~~Opportunity~~could ~~Participation~~be ~~Rates~~less ~~greater~~and ~~than~~your ~~100%,~~losses ~~which~~could ~~would~~be ~~have~~greater at the ~~effect~~end of ~~increasing~~the ~~your~~Crediting Period. ~~gains~~Best ~~relative~~Entry, toon ~~the~~a limited basis, can help reduce this risk through its Initial Index ~~Change~~Value reset feature, as described further below.

~~Transamerica~~Each ~~Structured~~Best Entry option has a Cap and Buffer. We will calculate your Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Change ~~Annuity~~for 9a Best Entry option the same way as a Basic Index Account Option. We will apply the Cap if the Index Change is positive or zero, or Buffer if the Index Change is negative. There is only one difference between Best Entry and a Basic Index Account Option:

~~Credit~~• ~~Advantage~~Under ~~Participation. When we offer~~ a Basic Index Account Option ~~with Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type~~, wethe ~~may~~Initial ~~offer for an additional fee an identical Basic~~ Index ~~Account~~Value ~~Option~~is ~~except~~always ~~with Credit Advantage Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type. We calculate~~ the Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~on ~~using Credit Advantage Participation~~ the ~~same~~Crediting ~~way~~Period asstart Participation, except that the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate for the Basic Index Account Option with Credit Advantage Participation will be higher than the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate for the otherwise identical Basic Index Account Option with Participationdate. ~~Credit Advantage Participation therefore provides more upside potential in exchange for the additional fee.~~

4.• ~~Accelerated~~Under ~~Tiered~~a ~~Participation~~Best Entry option, the Initial Index Value may automatically reset from the Index Value on the Crediting Period start date to a lower Index Value that occurred after the Crediting Period began.

~~For~~Best aEntry’s ~~Basic~~Initial Index ~~Account~~Value ~~Option~~reset feature ~~with~~is ~~Accelerated~~based ~~Tiered~~on ~~Participation~~the asfollowing ~~its~~four ~~Growth~~design ~~Opportunity~~elements: ~~Type,~~(i) a ifmonthly ~~the~~Observation ~~Index~~Frequency; ~~Change~~(ii) either atthree ~~the~~or ~~end~~six ofObservation ~~the~~Days; ~~Crediting~~(iii) a ~~Period is~~Best ~~positive,~~Entry ~~the~~Reset ~~value~~Threshold of ~~your~~-5%; ~~investment~~and ~~will~~(iv) a Best ~~increase.~~Entry IfReset ~~the~~Maximum ~~Index~~of ~~Change~~either is-5% ~~zero,~~or ~~the~~-20%. ~~value~~How ofthe ~~your~~Initial ~~investment~~Index ~~will~~Value ~~neither~~reset ~~increase~~feature ~~nor~~works: ~~decrease.~~

~~We calculate~~• ~~your~~The Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~on ~~using~~the ~~Accelerated~~first ~~Tiered~~day ~~Participation~~of asthe ~~follows:~~Crediting Period is the starting Initial Index Value.

• IfThe ~~the~~Initial Index ~~Change~~Value ~~does~~may ~~not~~reset ~~exceed~~only on an “Observation Day.” Depending on the ~~first~~option ~~Tier~~you ~~Level~~choose, ~~your~~there ~~Index~~are ~~Credit~~only ~~Rate~~three ~~will~~or ~~equal~~six ~~the~~Observation ~~Index~~Days, ~~Change~~and ~~multiplied~~therefore byonly ~~the~~three ~~Tier~~or ~~Participation~~six ~~Rate~~calendar ~~for~~days on which the ~~first~~Initial ~~Tier~~Index ~~Level~~Value is eligible to reset.

•18 If the Index Change exceeds the first Tier Level and there are only two Tier Levels, your Index Credit Rate will equal the sum of (i) the portion of the Index Change within the first Tier Level multiplied by the Tier Participation Rate for that Tier Level and (ii) the portion of the Index Change within the second Tier Level multiplied by the Tier Participation Rate for that Tier Level.

• IfEach weObservation ~~have~~Day ~~declared~~will ~~more~~correspond ~~than~~to ~~two~~the ~~Tier~~same ~~Levels,~~calendar weday ~~calculate~~on ~~your~~which ~~Index~~the ~~Credit~~Crediting ~~Rate~~Period ~~using~~began ~~the~~and ~~same~~is ~~process,~~determined ~~applying~~based on the ~~additional~~monthly ~~Tier~~Observation ~~Level~~Frequency. This means there is one month (si) between the Crediting Period start date and ~~Tier~~the ~~Participation~~first ~~Rate~~Observation Day and (sii) asbetween ~~appropriate~~Observation ~~based~~Days. onObservation Days will begin with the ~~Index~~month ~~Change~~immediately following the Crediting Period start date. For example: if the Crediting Period start date is January 1, 2022 and there are six Observation Days, the six Observation Days would be February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, and July 1, 2022.

If• ~~the~~On ~~Tier Participation~~an ~~Rate~~Observation ~~that we declare for any Tier Level is less than 100%~~Day, ~~you may not fully participate in~~ the ~~positive~~Initial Index ~~performance,~~Value ~~limiting~~will ~~the~~automatically ~~upside~~reset ~~potential~~if of your investment. We may offer Tier Participation Rates greater than 100%, which could have the effect of increasing your gains relative to the Index Change depending on the other Tier Participation Rates and the Index Change. both:

(i) The value of the Index has decreased by the “Best Entry Reset Threshold” (which is expressed as -5.%) compared to the Index Value ~~Trigger~~on the first day of the Crediting Period; and

~~For~~(ii) aThe ~~Basic~~ Index ~~Account Option with~~ Value ~~Trigger~~on asthat ~~its~~Observation ~~Growth~~Day ~~Opportunity~~is ~~Type,~~lower ifthan the current Initial Index ~~Change~~Value at(taking ~~the~~into ~~end~~account ofany ~~the~~prior ~~Crediting~~reset ~~Period~~that ishas ~~positive~~occurred ~~or zero,~~since the ~~value~~beginning of ~~your~~the ~~investment~~Crediting ~~will increase~~Period).

~~Your~~For example, assume you select a Best Entry option with six Observation Days and the Crediting Period start date is January 1. Also assume the Initial Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~on January 1 is 1000. On February 1 (the first Observation Day), if the Index Value is 950 or lower (which represents a 5% decrease from the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period, i.e., 1000 – (1000 x 0.05) = 950)), the Initial Index Value will ~~equal~~automatically reset to the Index Value ~~Trigger~~on ~~Rate~~February 1, subject to the “Best Entry Reset Minimum Value” discussed below. However, if the Index Value on February 1 is higher than 950, the Initial Index Value would remain at 1000. Continuing this example, assuming the Initial Index Value reset to 950 on February 1, if the Index Value on March 1 (the second Observation Day) is lower than 950, the Initial Index Value would automatically reset to the Index Value on March 1, subject to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value. If the Index Value on March 1 is 950 or higher, the Initial Index Value would remain at 950. The same analysis would be performed on each of the remaining four Observation Days (April 1, May 1, June 1, and July 1).

~~While~~• ~~Value~~In ~~Trigger~~no event will ~~result in an increase in~~ the ~~value~~Initial ~~of your investment so long as the~~ Index ~~Change~~Value atbe ~~the~~reset ~~end~~to ofa ~~the~~higher ~~Crediting Period is positive or zero, you will not participate in any~~ Index ~~performance in excess of the~~ Value ~~Trigger Rate, which limits the upside potential of your investment~~.

6• In no event will the Initial Index Value reset below a certain Index Value called the “Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.” The Best Entry Reset Minimum Value ~~Trigger+~~is derived by multiplying the Index Value on the Crediting Period start date by the “Best Entry Reset Maximum,” which is equal to either -5% or -20%. No future resets are allowed if the Initial Index Value has been reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.

~~Value~~For ~~Trigger+~~example, assume the Crediting Period start date is January 1. ~~For~~Also aassume ~~Basic~~the Index ~~Account~~Value ~~Option~~on ~~with~~January 1 is 1000 and the Best Entry Reset Maximum is -20%. The Best Entry Reset Minimum Value ~~Trigger~~would be 800 (i.e., 1000 x (1 + as-20%) ~~its~~= ~~Growth~~800). ~~Opportunity~~The ~~Type~~Initial Index Value could never reset below 800. On February 1 (the first Observation Day), ifassume the Index ~~Change~~Value is 750. The Initial Index Value would reset from 1000 to 800, not from 1000 to 750. The Initial Index Value would then remain at 800 for the ~~end~~remainder of the Crediting Period. isOn ~~positive~~the orremaining ~~zero~~Observation Days, there would be no reset, even if the ~~value~~Index ofValue ~~your~~is ~~investment~~lower ~~will~~than ~~increase~~800.

~~Your~~Please ~~Index~~note, ~~Credit~~two ~~Rate~~Best ~~will~~Entry options have a Best Entry Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum that are both equal ~~the~~to ~~greater~~-5%. ofUnder ~~(a)~~ these two options, which are available for no additional charge, the Initial Index Value ~~Trigger+~~may ~~Rate~~reset orno more than one time. Any such reset will equal -5% (b) because the ~~Index~~reset ~~Change~~threshold ~~multiplied~~and byreset maximum are the ~~Value~~same). ~~Trigger+~~For ~~Participation~~the ~~Rate~~other Best Entry options, multiple resets and aggregate resets of up to -20% are possible, but those options are subject to a Credit Advantage Fee.

~~While~~• ~~Value~~The ~~Trigger+~~Initial ~~potentially has increased upside potential compared to the Value Trigger Growth Opportunity Type because Value Trigger+ potentially allows you to participate in positive~~ Index ~~performance in excess of the~~ Value, ~~Trigger+~~as ~~Rate~~reset, ~~this~~if ~~Growth~~applicable, ~~Opportunity~~will ~~Type~~be ~~may~~used ~~also~~to ~~limit~~calculate the ~~upside~~ ~~potential of your investment. This is because you will not fully participate in any positive~~ Index ~~performance~~Change inat ~~excess of~~ the ~~Value~~end ~~Trigger+~~of ~~Rate if~~ the ~~Value~~Crediting ~~Trigger+ Participation Rate is less than 100%~~Period.

~~Transamerica~~19 ~~Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 10~~

~~Credit~~For ~~Advantage~~example, assume the Index Value ~~Trigger+.~~on ~~When~~the weCrediting ~~offer~~Period astart ~~Basic~~date is 1000. Also assume the Initial Index ~~Account~~Value ~~Option~~reset ~~with~~from 1000 to 945 on an Observation Day and there were no other resets. Based on these assumptions, the Initial Index Value ~~Trigger+~~ asat ~~its~~the ~~Growth~~end ~~Opportunity~~of ~~Type~~the Crediting Period would be 945. Accordingly, when calculating the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period, we ~~may~~would ~~offer~~use ~~for~~the anreset ~~additional~~Initial ~~fee~~Index anValue ~~identical~~of ~~Basic~~945 rather than the original Initial Index ~~Account~~Value ~~Option~~of ~~except~~1000. ~~with~~Assuming ~~Credit~~a ~~Advantage~~Final Index Value ~~Trigger~~of 1100, the Index Change would be +16.4% as(i.e., ~~its~~(1100/945) ~~Growth~~– ~~Opportunity~~1 ~~Type~~= +16.4%). WeIf ~~calculate~~the original Initial Index Value of 1000 had applied instead, the Index ~~Credit~~Change would have been only +10% (i.e., (1100/1000) – 1 = +10%). Please note that the reset increases gains in this example only if the Cap Rate ~~using~~is higher than 10%. If the Cap Rate is 10% or lower, the Index Credit ~~Advantage Value~~Rate ~~Trigger+~~would be the same ~~way~~regardless asof the reset due to the upside limitations of the Cap. Assuming a Final Index Value ~~Trigger+~~of 825, ~~except~~the ~~that~~Index Change would be -12.69% (i.e., (825/945) – 1 = -12.69%). If the original Initial Index Value ~~Trigger+~~of ~~Rate~~1000 ~~and~~had applied instead, the Index Change would have been -17.5% (i.e., (825/or1000) ~~Value~~– ~~Trigger+~~1 ~~Participation~~= ~~Rate~~-17.5%). ~~for~~In this example, the ~~Basic~~reset decreases losses because the Index ~~Account~~Change ~~Option~~using ~~with~~the ~~Credit~~original ~~Advantage~~Index Value ~~Trigger+~~(-17.5%) ~~would~~exceeds bethe ~~higher~~Buffer Rate of 10% to a greater extent than the ~~otherwise~~Index ~~identical~~Change ~~Basic Index~~using ~~Account~~the ~~Option~~reset ~~with~~Initial Index Value ~~Trigger+~~(-12.69%). ~~Credit~~Hypothetically, ~~Advantage~~if the Index Change using the original Initial Index Value ~~Trigger+~~was ~~therefore~~instead ~~provides~~-10% ~~more~~and ~~upside~~the ~~potential~~Index Change using the reset Initial Index Value was instead -5%, the reset would have no impact on your Index rate of return, because the Index Change in ~~exchange~~either ~~for~~case would not exceed the ~~additional~~Buffer ~~fee.~~Rate of 10%.

~~Calculating~~While ~~Loss~~Best ~~Using~~Entry may help you increase your gains or decrease your losses, it is subject to the ~~Downside~~same ~~Protection~~risks ~~Type~~associated with Cap and Buffer. You will not participate in any positive Index performance above the Cap Rate, and the Buffer provides only limited downside protection. Your losses could be significant. In addition, on any calendar day that is not an Observation Day, which represent the overwhelming number of days in a Best Entry option Crediting Period, the Initial Index Value will not be eligible for reset, regardless of how badly the Index performs.

~~At the~~For ~~end~~additional ofinformation ~~the~~and ~~Crediting~~examples ~~Period~~of ~~for~~Best ~~a Basic Index Account Option~~Entry, ifsee ~~the~~AVAILABLE ~~Index~~ALLOCATION ~~Change~~ACCOUNTS is– ~~negative,~~ENHANCED weINDEX ~~use~~ACCOUNT ~~the~~OPTIONS ~~applicable~~– ~~Downside~~Best ~~Protection Type to calculate your loss (if any)~~Entry. ~~Each Basic Index Account Option has only one Downside Protection Type.~~

This section summarizes how we calculate an Index Credit Rate using the different Downside Protection Types for the Basic Index Account Options. You should refer to the examples later in this prospectus to further help you understand how an Index Credit Rate for a Basic Index Account Option will be calculated when the Index Change is negative. See ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS – CALCULATING LOSS USING THE DOWNSIDE PROTECTION TYPE later in this prospectus.

A Downside Protection Type may provide only limited protection against loss. Your losses could be significant.

1. Buffer

For a Basic Index Account Option with a Buffer as its Downside Protection Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, the value of your investment will decrease only to the extent that the Buffer does not protect you from loss.

We calculate your Index Credit Rate using the Buffer as follows:

• If the Index Change does not exceed the Buffer Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal 0%. Under these circumstances, the Buffer would provide complete protection from loss related to the negative Index performance.

• If the Index Change exceeds the Buffer Rate, your Index Credit Rate will be a percentage equal to the excess Index Change over the Buffer Rate. Under these circumstances, the Buffer would provide only partial protection from loss related to the negative Index performance.

The Buffer Rate represents the percentage of your investment that is protected from loss. For instance, assuming a Buffer Rate of 10%, it is possible that you could lose 90% of your investment as a result of negative Index performance. Unlike with a Floor, however, a Buffer absorbs the impact of negative Index performance before negative Index performance impacts your Policy.

The Buffer’s downside protection is limited. You assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance in excess of the Buffer Rate. Your losses could be significant.

2. Floor

For a Basic Index Account Option with a Floor as its Downside Protection Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, the value of your investment will decrease, but it will not decrease beyond the downside protection provided by the Floor.

We calculate your Index Credit Rate using the Floor as follows:

• If the Index Change does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Index Change.

• If the Index Change exceeds the Floor based on the Floor Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Floor.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 11

The Floor Rate represents the percentage of your investment that is protected from loss. For instance, assuming a Floor Rate of 80%, it is possible that you could lose up to 20% of your investment as a result of negative Index performance, which means the Index Credit Rate could be as low as -20%. Unlike with a Buffer, however, your Policy is impacted by negative Index performance before any negative Index performance is absorbed by the Floor.

If the Floor Rate is 100%, the Floor provides complete protection from loss related to the negative Index performance. The Index Credit Rate cannot be lower than 0% when the Floor Rate equals 100%.

When the Floor Rate is less than 100%, the Floor provides only limited downside protection. You assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance that does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate. Your losses could be significant depending on the Floor Rate. A Floor Rate of 100% would provide complete protection against loss, but is likely to be part of an Index Account Option with significantly limited upside potential.

3. Buffer and Floor

The Buffer and Floor Downside Protection Type is a combination of the Buffer Downside Protection Type and the Floor Downside Protection Type. If the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, the value of your investment may or may not decrease.

For a Basic Index Account with Buffer and Floor as its Downside Protection Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, we will apply either the Buffer (based on the Buffer Rate) or the Floor (based on the Floor Rate) to calculate your loss (if any), whichever results in less loss (or no loss) for you.

Buffer and Floor does not provide complete downside protection. You may lose any amounts not protected by the Buffer or Floor, whichever ultimately applies. Your losses could be significant.

4. Participation

For a Basic Index Account Option with Participation as its Downside Protection Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, the value of your investment will decrease, but you will participate in only a portion of the negative Index performance.

Your Index Credit Rate will equal the Index Change multiplied by the Downside Protection Participation Rate.

Participation as a Downside Protection Type does not provide complete downside protection. Participation as a Downside Protection Type provides only limited downside protection by limiting the extent to which you participate in negative Index performance. Your losses could be significant.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS

Currently, we may offer two types of Enhanced Index Account Options. The first type is called “Best Entry.” The second type is called “Buffer Auto Reset.” Each Enhanced Index Account Option that we may currently offer includes the following four components: (1) an Index, (2) a Crediting Period, (3) a Cap for the Growth Opportunity Type, and (4) a Buffer for the Downside Protection Type, as reflected in the following tables:

Indexes		Crediting Periods		GrowthOpportunity Type		DownsideProtection Type
• S&P 500® Index • S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index • Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR • iShares® Russell 2000 ETF • iShares® U.S. Technology ETF • iShares® MSCI Emerging Markets ETF • iShares® MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		1-10 Years		Cap		Buffer

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 12

In addition to the Index, Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, and Downside Protection Type, each Enhanced Index Account Option includes a reset feature that may help you increase gains or decrease losses, as explained further below.

Best Entry

Best Entry includes an Initial Index Value reset feature. This feature may help you increase gains or decrease losses because the Initial Index Value used to calculate the Index Change may be lower than the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period. As such, at the end of the Crediting Period, this feature may result in a higher Index Change (potentially increasing your gains or decreasing your losses).

At the end of the Crediting Period, we will calculate the Index Credit Rate the same way as a Basic Index Account Option with a Cap (if the Index Change is positive or zero) or Buffer (if the Index Change is negative). The only potential difference is that the Initial Index Value used to calculate the Index Change may not equal the Index Value from the first day of the Crediting Period. It may be lower.

How the Initial Index Value reset feature works:

• During a defined time period starting at the beginning of the Crediting Period (the “Observation Period”), we will observe the Index Value on a periodic basis (daily, weekly, monthly, or quarterly) for the purpose of determining whether the Initial Index Value should be reset to a lower Index Value (the “Observation Frequency”). The days on which we observe the Index Value are called “Observation Days.”

• Each Observation Day, the Initial Index Value will automatically reset if both (i) the value of the Index has decreased by at least a certain threshold percentage (the “Best Entry Reset Threshold”) compared to the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period and (ii) the Index Value on that Observation Day is lower than the current Initial Index Value (taking into account any prior reset that has occurred since the beginning of the Observation Period).

• By the end of the Observation Period, the reset feature will have automatically reset the Initial Index Value to the lowest observed Index Value during the Observation Period that triggered a reset (if any). The Initial Index Value at the end of the Observation Period will be used to calculate the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period.

For an example of the Initial Index Value reset feature, see ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS – Best Entry later in this prospectus.

While Best Entry may help you increase your gains or decrease your losses, it is subject to the same risks associated with the Cap Growth Opportunity Type and the Buffer Downside Protection Type.

• You will not participate in any positive Index performance above the Cap Rate. If your Initial Index Value has reset, you may be more likely to realize gains at the end of the Crediting Period than if the Initial Index Value had not been reset, but the upside potential of your investment continues to be limited by the same Cap Rate.

• The Buffer provides only limited downside protection. If your Initial Index Value has reset, you may be less likely to realize loss at the end of the Crediting Period than if the Initial Index Value had not been reset, but you still assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance in excess of the same Buffer Rate. Your losses could be significant.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 13

Buffer Auto Reset

This Enhanced Index Account Option includes a Buffer reset feature. This feature utilizes the Buffer in a manner that is different than any other Index Account Option by not only providing limited protection from loss, but also potentially protecting gains.

For all other Index Account Options that have a Buffer as a Downside Protection Type, the Buffer applies only when the Index Change is negative. As a result, the Buffer for any such Index Account Option only provides downside protection. If the Index Change is positive, the Buffer for any such Index Account Option plays no role in calculating gain.

Under Buffer Auto Reset, the Buffer not only applies when the Index Change is negative, but it may also apply when the Index Change is positive. By potentially applying the Buffer when the Index Change is positive, Buffer Auto Reset may protect potential gains from downward fluctuations in the performance of an Index during a Crediting Period.

How the Buffer reset feature works:

• Under Buffer Auto Reset, the Buffer’s protection is tied to the “Buffer Reference Level.” At the beginning of the Crediting Period, the Buffer Reference Level will be the Initial Index Value (i.e., the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period).

• On a periodic basis throughout the Crediting Period (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, annually, or bi-annually), we will observe the Index Value for the purpose of determining whether the Buffer Reference Level should be reset to a higher Index Value (the “Buffer Reset Period”). The days on which we observe the Index Value are called “Buffer Reset Days.”

• On each Buffer Reset Day, if both (i) the Index Value is higher than the current Buffer Reference Level and (ii) the percentage difference is equal to or greater than a certain threshold percentage (the “Buffer Reset Trigger”), the Buffer Reference Level automatically resets to that higher Index Value, subject to the maximum Buffer Reference Level.

The maximum Buffer Reference Level is based on the Initial Index Value and the Cap Rate. For instance, if the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Cap Rate is 20%, the maximum Buffer Reference Level is 1200 (i.e., 1000 x (1 + 20%) = 1200).

• The Buffer Reference Level will never reset to a lower value.

• By the end of the Crediting Period:

• If the Buffer Reference Level did not reset, the Buffer Reference Level will equal the Initial Index Value.

• If the Buffer Reference Level has reset at least once, the Buffer Reference Level will equal the last observed Index Value that triggered a reset, unless that Index Value was greater than the maximum Buffer Reference Level, in which case the Buffer Reference Level will equal the maximum Buffer Reference Level.

At the end of the Crediting Period, the Buffer reset feature may impact your Index Credit Rate as follows:

• If No Reset Occurred. If the Buffer Reference Level did not reset during the Crediting Period, we will calculate your Index Credit Rate the same way as a Basic Index Account Option with a Cap (if the Index Change is positive or zero) or Buffer (if the Index Change is negative). The Buffer reset feature will have no role in calculating your gain or loss under these circumstances.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 14

• If Reset Occurred and the Final Index Value at Least Equals the Buffer Reference Level. If the Buffer Reference Level reset at least once during the Crediting Period, but the Final Index Value is equal to or greater than the Buffer Reference Level, we will calculate your Index Credit Rate the same way as a Basic Index Account Option with a Cap (the Index Change will be positive). The Buffer reset feature will have no role in calculating your gain under these circumstances.

• If Reset Occurred and the Final Index Value is Lower than the Buffer Reference Level. If the Buffer Reference Level reset at least once during the Crediting Period, and the Final Index Value is lower than the Buffer Reference Level, the Buffer reset feature will either increase your gains or decrease your losses because the Buffer will absorb at least some of the downward Index performance that occurred after the Buffer Reference Level last reset. The Buffer will not absorb any of the downward Index performance that exceeds the Buffer Rate.

To calculate your Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period, we use a mathematical formula described later in this prospectus. This formula is based on the same principles as any other Index Account Option with a Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type and Buffer as its Downside Protection Type, except it includes additional components that reflect the potential application of the Buffer when the Index Change is positive or negative.

For examples illustrating how the Buffer Reference Level may reset during a Crediting Period, and an explanation of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of a Crediting Period, see ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS – Buffer Auto Reset later in this prospectus.

While Buffer Auto Reset may help protect potential gains during the Crediting Period, it is subject to the same risks associated with the Cap Growth Opportunity Type and Buffer Downside Protection Type.

• Please note that you could lose money even if the Buffer Reference Level has reset during the Crediting Period. If your Buffer Reference Level has reset, you may be more likely to realize gain or less likely to realize loss at the end of the Crediting Period, but there is no guarantee that you will realize any gain or that you will not realize loss.

• You will not participate in any Index performance above the Cap Rate. Your Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period will never exceed the Cap Rate, even if your Buffer Reference Level has reset.

• The Buffer provides only limited protection for your potential gains or from potential losses. You still assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance in excess of the Buffer’s protection even if your Buffer Reference Level has reset. Your losses could be significant.

SUMMARY OF ACTIONS YOU MAY TAKE AT THE END OF A CREDITING PERIOD

On the last day of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, you may take any of the actions listed below (in addition to annuitizing your Policy, if applicable). We must receive your instructions no later than one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. In the absence of instructions, your Policy Value will be automatically reinvested in the same Allocation Account or transferred to a default Allocation Account. See TRANSFERS AND REINVESTMENTS later in this prospectus for additional information.

• Reinvest. You may invest some or all of the Policy Value invested in the expiring Allocation Account in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period, provided that the same Allocation Account is available for investment. Your investment in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period will be based on the rates we declared for the new Crediting Period.

• Transfer. You may transfer some or all of the Policy Value invested in the expiring Allocation Account to one or more of the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment. We must receive your transfer instructions no later than one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 15

• Withdraw. You may fully or partially withdraw the Policy Value at the end of the Crediting Period. The withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges. If you wish to take a withdrawal at the end of the Crediting Period, we must receive your withdrawal request at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period.

Please note that you may fully or partially withdraw your Policy Value from any Allocation Account at any time during the accumulation phase, but there are additional risks associated with withdrawals taken prior to the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option.

SUMMARY OF ACTIONS YOU MAY TAKE BEFORE THE END OF A CREDITING PERIOD

Before the last day of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, the only action you may take (other than annuitizing your Policy, if applicable) with respect to the Policy Value invested to that Allocation Account is to fully or partially withdraw it from the Policy. However, this Policy is designed for investors who expect to remain invested in an Allocation Account until the end of its Crediting Period. If you expect to take early or frequent withdrawals, this Policy may not be appropriate for you.

While the Policy permits you to take a withdrawal or Surrender at any time during the accumulation phase, including before the end of a Crediting Period, you should carefully consider the special consequences of taking a withdrawal or Surrender before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option. The following consequences are in addition to the fees and charges (including surrender charges) that may be triggered whenever you take a withdrawal or Surrender:

• Interim Values May Be Significantly Less Favorable To You. If you take a withdrawal or Surrender before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, the amount available for withdrawal will be calculated based on the Interim Value for that Index Account Option. As discussed earlier in this summary section and elsewhere in this prospectus, we calculate Interim Values differently than how we calculate Index Account Option Value at the end of a Crediting Period. Interim Values could reflect significantly less gain or more loss than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. As such, there could be significantly less money available to you for a withdrawal or Surrender that is processed based on an Interim Value.

• Negative Adjustments to Your Index Base May Significantly Impact Gains and Losses. If you take a withdrawal from an Index Account before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, your Index Base for that Index Account will be reduced by a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value as a result of the withdrawal (including any fees and charges deducted). The negative adjustment could be greater than the amount withdrawn, and could significantly reduce your gains (if any) or contribute to losses at the end of the Crediting Period, because the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period will be applied to a smaller Index Base. These negative adjustments will also result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period.

See APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for examples of how your Index Base could be negatively adjusted as a result of a fee or withdrawal.

SELECTING YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS

This prospectus describes the Allocation Accounts that we may make available for investment. The Allocation Accounts that we are currently making available for investment will change from time to time. As a result, it is possible that an Allocation Account described in this prospectus will not be available to you at the time you purchase the Policy or make an additional premium payment, or at the end of a Crediting Period.

If we stop making an Allocation Account available, it will be closed such that no new premiums, reallocations, or transfers will be allowed into that Allocation Account. If you are currently invested in an Allocation Account and it is discontinued, you may remain in that Allocation Account until the end of the Crediting Period.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 16

If you are not comfortable with the risk that we may not offer Allocation Accounts in the future that are attractive to you based on your personal preferences, risk tolerances, or time horizon, this Policy may not be appropriate for you. You may Surrender your Policy if there are no Allocations Accounts that you wish to select, but the Surrender may be subject to surrender charges, will be based on an Interim Value if taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, and your Policy will terminate.

Allocation Options Document, Renewal Letter, and Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements

It is important for you to obtain and carefully review the current Allocation Options document when purchasing the Policy and when making an additional premium payment, and to obtain your Renewal Letter before the end of each Crediting Period.

These documents will provide you with complete information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment, including:

• For any Basic Index Account Option, the Index, Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, and Downside Protection Type, as well as the specific rates we declared for that Basic Index Account Option.

• For any Enhanced Index Account Option that we make available for investment, the Index, Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, and Downside Protection Type, as well as the specific rates we declared for that Enhanced Index Account Option, including for its reset feature.

• For the Fixed Account, the Crediting Period(s) that we are offering and the corresponding annual interest rate(s).

In addition, the Allocation Options document will specify the annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account. It will also specify the Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) that are guaranteed to be part of at least one Index Account Option available for investment at the end of each Crediting Period, with respect to any premium payment to which that Allocation Options document applies.

For a complete list of the rates we may declare for the Allocation Accounts and the Fixed Holding Account, see SELECTING YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS – ALLOCATION OPTIONS DOCUMENT AND FEATURE SHEET PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENTS later in this prospectus.

We periodically issue Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are part of this prospectus. The Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements also contain information about the Allocation Accounts that we are offering for investment, but contain only a subset of the information included in the current Allocation Options document or a Renewal Letter. The Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements do not contain the declared rates for Growth Opportunity Types, Credit Advantage Fee percentages, and current interest rates, to the extent applicable. Those rates may change while a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect, as reflected in the Allocation Options documents or Renewal Letters that we make available. You should review the current Allocation Options document or your Renewal Letter for that important information, as explained further below. All Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov. The EDGAR Central Index Key (CIK) for Transamerica Life Insurance Company is 0001164098. Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are currently effective or pending effectiveness are available on our website, www.transamerica.com/[ ]. You may also contact our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary for a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement.

Additional Information for Prospective Purchasers Selecting Investment Options

If you are a prospective purchaser of the Policy, you will receive the current Allocation Options document during the application process. In order to guarantee that the information in that Allocation Options document will apply to your initial premium payment, you must sign your application while that Allocation Options document remains in effect. After you sign your application, we must also receive your initial premium payment within 14 calendar days of your signature date (or 60 calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or rollover). If these conditions are not met, your application will be considered not in good order. If you decide to proceed with the purchase of the Policy after we determine that your application is not in good order, additional paperwork may be required to issue the Policy, and the Allocation Options document in effect at that time will apply your initial premium payment.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 17

When you receive the prospectus during the application process, it will be accompanied by the effective Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to new premium payments. There is only one Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to new premium payments in effect at any time. This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will contain certain information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment with respect to your initial premium payment; however, you should refer to the Allocation Options document for complete information.

You should not purchase the Policy until you have obtained and carefully reviewed the current Allocation Options document.

Additional Information for Existing Policy Owners Selecting Investment Options – Additional Premium Payment

If you decide to make an additional premium payment, you may invest in any Allocation Account that we are currently offering for investment in connection with new premium payments. Before you select your investment options, you should obtain and carefully review the current Allocation Options document, which will be available online at www.transamerica.com/[ ] or upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

When submitting an additional premium payment, in order to guarantee the current Allocation Options document will apply to your additional premium payment, we must receive your additional premium payment while the current Allocation Options document remains in effect.

Information about the Allocation Accounts that we are making available for investment in connection with new premium payments will also be delivered to you from time-to-time in Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements applicable to new premium payments. There is only one Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to new premium payments in effect at any time. A Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will contain only certain information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment in connection with new premium payments. You should refer to the current Allocation Options document for complete information.

If your additional premium payment is not accompanied by allocation instructions and your standing allocation instructions are not in good order, your premium payment (or a portion thereof) will be automatically allocated to a default Allocation Account. See PREMIUM PAYMENTS – ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS later in this prospectus for additional information.

Additional Information for Existing Policy Owners Selecting Investment Options – End of Crediting Period

At least 21 days before the end of each Crediting Period, we will send you a Renewal Letter and the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement in effect. Among other information, the Renewal Letter will: (i) remind you of your opportunity to decide how your Policy Value in the expiring Allocation Account should be invested; (ii) inform you of the Allocation Account(s) that will be available to you for investment, with complete information about the rates we declared for such Allocation Account(s); and (iii) remind you to submit instructions to us at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. You may also request the Renewal Letter by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

We periodically issue Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements disclosing the Allocation Account(s) that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period. These Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements are distinct from the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements for new premium payments, and there may be multiple of these Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements in effect at any time. Each Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement for the end of a Crediting Period applies only to Policy Value tracing back to premium payments made after or between certain dates, which is determined as follows:

• If the premium payment was an initial premium payment, the date of the premium payment will be the date you signed the Policy application.

• If the premium payment was an additional premium payment, the date of the premium payment will be the date we received the premium payment.

If you make multiple premium payments, different Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements may apply at the ends of different Crediting Periods.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 18

The applicable Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement(s) will contain certain information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period; however, you should refer to your Renewal Letter for complete information. Your Renewal Letter will contain complete, personalized information about the Allocation Accounts that are available to you based on when you made your premium payment(s).

For more information about the Policy or to submit a request, you should contact us by:

• Visiting: www.transamerica.com

• Emailing: [ ]

• Calling: (800) 525-6205

• Mailing: 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52499-0001

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 19

PRODUCT RISK FACTORS

RISK OF LOSS

An investment in this Policy is subject to the risk of loss. You may lose money, including ayour ~~significant~~principal ~~amount~~investment ofand ~~your~~previously ~~principal~~credited ~~investment~~earnings. Your losses may be significant.

ALLOCATION ACCOUNT AVAILABILITY RISK

We reserve the right to add and remove Allocation Accounts as available investment options. Allocation Accounts will only be added or removed through an amendment to this prospectus. We also reserve the right to make different Allocation Accounts available for investment in connection with only new premium payments (i.e., initial or additional premium payments) as opposed to at the end of a Crediting Period. There is no guarantee that an Allocation Account that you select for investment will always be available to you in the future or available with the same current upside rates.

Our only guarantee regarding the availability of Allocation Accounts is that we will always offer at least the following Basic Index Account Option for investment: S&P 500^® Index, 1-Year Crediting Period, Buffer (Buffer Rate: 10%), Cap (Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%), and no Credit Advantage Fee. Please note the Index for that Index Account Option remains subject to our right of substitution. See INDEX SUBSTITUTION RISK below.

If we remove an Allocation Account, it will be closed such that no new premiums, reinvestments, or transfers will be allowed into that Allocation Account. If you are currently invested in an Allocation Account and it is removed, you may remain in that Allocation Account until the end of the Crediting Period.

If you are not comfortable with the risk that we may not offer Allocation Accounts in the future that are attractive to you based on your personal preferences, risk tolerances, or time horizon, or with the risk that we may offer only a single Index Account Option in the future, this Policy is not appropriate for you. You may Surrender your Policy (i.e., take a full withdrawal) if there are no Allocations Accounts that you wish to select, but the Surrender may be subject to surrender charges, will be based on an Interim Value if taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, may be subject to taxes (including a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 59¹⁄₂), and your Policy will terminate.

LIQUIDITY RISK

We designed the Policy to be a long-term investment. If you are not a long-term investor, this Policy may not be appropriate for you.

• Transfer Limitations. The Policy restricts transfers between investment options, which will limit your ability to reallocate your Policy Value in response to changes in market conditions or your personal circumstances. You may transfer Policy Value invested in an Allocation Account only at the end of that Allocation Account’s Crediting Period. We(or ~~must~~on ~~receive your transfer instructions in good order no later than one Business Day before~~ the ~~end~~next ofAllocation ~~the Crediting Period. Otherwise~~Anniversary, if you ~~will~~exercised ~~not~~Performance ~~be able to transfer that Policy Value until the end of the next Crediting Period~~Lock). ~~See DEFAULT OPTION RISK.~~

• Withdrawal and Surrender Consequences. You may take a withdrawal or a Surrender at any time during the accumulation phase; however, there may be significant risks and negative consequences associated with any such withdrawal or Surrender, including potential surrender charges, taxes and tax penalties, and negative impacts to the value of your investment. See WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER RISK.

• ~~Delays~~Interim ~~in Payment~~Values. WeThere ~~generally~~may ~~make~~be ~~payment~~long periods of ~~any~~time ~~amount~~when ~~due~~you ~~from~~cannot perform a transaction under the Policy ~~within~~that ~~seven~~is ~~days~~not ~~from~~based ~~the~~on ~~date~~one weor ~~receive~~more inInterim ~~good~~Values. ~~order~~For ~~all~~as ~~required~~long ~~information.~~as ~~When~~you ~~permitted~~have bymultiple ~~law,~~ongoing ~~however~~Crediting Periods for Index Account Options, wethere may ~~defer~~be ~~payment~~no oftime that any ~~withdrawals~~such ortransaction ~~Surrender~~can ~~proceeds~~be ~~for~~performed upwithout tothe ~~six~~application ~~months~~of ~~from~~at ~~the~~least ~~date~~one weInterim ~~receive~~Value. ~~your~~See ~~request~~INTERIM VALUE RISK.

•

Taxes. Income taxes and certain tax restrictions may apply to any withdrawal or Surrender. If taken before age 59¹⁄₂, a withdrawal or Surrender may also be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax.

•

Delays in Payment. We generally make payment of any amount due from the Policy within seven days from the date we receive in good order all required information. When permitted by law, however, we may defer payment of any withdrawal or Surrender proceeds for up to six months from the date we receive your request.

INDEX PERFORMANCE RISK

The following risks related to Index performance apply when you invest in ~~any~~an Index Account Option.:

•

Negative Index Performance Could Result in Loss. The performance of any Index may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Both short-term and sustained negative Index performance, over one or multiple Crediting Periods, may cause you to lose principal or previous earnings. The historical performance of an Index does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of a Crediting Period or multiple Crediting Periods.

• Exposure to Investment Risks. When you invest in an Index Account Option, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the linked Index. When the Index is a market index, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks that could cause the stocks or other assets that make-up the Index to decrease in value. When the Index is an ETF, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the ETF’s investment objective and strategies, as well as its market trading risks, all of which could cause the market price for the ETF’s shares to decrease in value. The Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated and all of which may adversely affect the performance of the Index. If you invest in an Index Account Option with an Index that exposes you to higher investment risks, your risk of loss may be higher depending on the Index Account Option’s downside protection.

The ~~Indexes~~specific ~~are subject to a variety of~~ investment risks, ~~many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may impact capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The risk levels~~ associated with the ~~Indexes~~market ~~also~~indexes ~~vary.~~and IfETFs ~~you~~serving ~~invest~~as inIndexes anare ~~Index~~discussed ~~Account~~under ~~Option~~“Investment ~~with~~Risks anfor ~~Index that exposes~~the ~~you~~Market toIndexes” ~~higher~~and ~~investment~~“Investments ~~risks,~~Risks ~~your~~for ~~risk of loss may be higher depending on~~ the ~~Index~~Exchange ~~Account~~Traded ~~Option’s~~Funds ~~downside~~(ETFs)” ~~protection~~respectively below.

~~Among other~~21 investment risks, each Index is exposed to market, issuer, and equity risk. Market risk is the risk that an Index could perform negatively over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. Issuer risk is the risk that changes in the financial condition or credit rating of an issuer of securities may cause the value of the Index to decline. Equity risk is the risk that changes in the value of equity securities may be more volatile than those of other asset classes, and that equity securities may underperform in comparison to the general financial markets, a particular financial market, or other asset classes.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Point-to-Point Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Change ~~Annuity~~Calculations. 20We calculate Index Changes by comparing the value of the Index between two specific points in time, which means the performance of the Index may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time. This is true even for Index Account Options with Crediting Periods that are multiple years in length.

See INDEXES for a summary of other important investment risks to which you may be exposed when you invest in an Index Account Option that is linked to a particular Index

• Point-to-Point Index Change Calculations. We generally calculate Index Changes by comparing the value of the Index between two specific points in time, which means the performance of the Index may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time. This is true even for Index Account Options with Crediting Periods that are multiple years in length.

•

Dividends Excluded From Index Values. Index Values do not include income from any dividends or other distributions paid by a market index’s component companies or by an ETF. The exclusion of dividends and other distributions from Index Values negatively impacts an Index’s performance.

• Index Fees and Costs. The ETFs that serve as Indexes are subject to fees and expenses, including management fees and transaction costs. Also, certain market indexes that serve as an Index include deductions for fees or transaction costs in the calculation of the Index. You are not subject to any such fees and costs, but they will negatively impact an Index’s performance.

• Currency Exchange Rates/Methodologies. An ETF that serves as an Index may invest in non-U.S. currencies and may have non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, the values of which may fluctuate based on currency exchange rates. A market index that serves as an Index may include exchange rate methodologies. Currency exchange rates and methodologies may negatively impact Index performance.

•

No Rights in the Index. When the Index is a market index, you are not investing in the Index (which is impossible) and you have no rights with respect to the index, the index provider, or any aspect of the index or any companies whose securities comprise the index. When the Index is an ETF, you are not a shareholder in the ETF and you have no voting, dividend, liquidation, or other rights that belong to shareholders in the ETF.

•

Evolving and Uncertain Economic Environment. In recent years, the financial markets have experienced periods of significant volatility and negative returns, contributing to an uncertain and evolving economic environment. The performance of the markets

•

has been impacted by several interrelating factors such as, but not limited to, the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical turmoil, rising inflation, changes in interest rates, and actions by governmental authorities. It is not possible to predict future performance of the markets. Depending on your individual circumstances, you may experience (perhaps significant) negative returns under the Policy. You should consult with a financial professional about how market conditions may impact your investment decisions under the Policy.

•

Investment Risks for the Market Indexes

The following Indexes are market indexes: S&P 500^® Index and Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR. Each market index that may serve as an Index is subject to the following risks:

•

Market Risk. Each market index could decrease in value over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. Negative fluctuations in the value of a market index may be significant and unpredictable.

•

Equity Risk. Each market index is comprised of equity securities. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their values may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Equity securities may underperform in comparison to the general financial markets, a particular financial market, or other asset classes.

•

Issuer Risk. The performance of each market index depends on the performance of individual securities that make-up the index. Changes in the financial condition or credit rating of an issuer of those securities may cause the value of the securities to decline.

•

Large-Cap Risk. Large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared with smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

Additional Investment Risks Related to the Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR. In addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the market indexes that may serve as an Index, the Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR is associated with additional investment risks, such as the following:

•

Performance Drag Risk. The daily performance of this Index is reduced by 0.5% annually. Without this adjustment to the return, the performance of this Index over any one year period would be approximately 0.5% higher. While this performance adjustment is not a charge under the Policy, it reduces the performance of this Index and therefore may negatively impact the performance of your Policy if you select an Index Account Option that is linked to this Index.

•

Smaller-Cap Risk. Compared to large-capitalization companies, mid- and small-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid- and small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies. These risks are generally greater for small-capitalization companies.

•

Foreign Securities Risk. Investments in the securities of non-U.S. issuers are subject to the risks associated with investing in those non-U.S. markets, such as heightened risks of inflation or nationalization. Investments in non-U.S. companies may lose money due to political, economic, and geographic events affecting issuers of non-U.S. securities or non-U.S. markets, including geopolitical turmoil (such as the Ukraine-Russia conflict). In addition, non-U.S. securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to changes in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

•

Currency Risk. The value of the Index could decline if the currency of a non-U.S. market depreciates against the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates can be very volatile and can change quickly and unpredictably.

•

Factor-Based Methodology Risk. The Index is designed to offer exposure to companies that are deemed to have certain characteristics (or factors), including: attractive valuations, high quality profiles, lower volatility than the broader market, and positive momentum signals. Also, the non-U.S. component of the Index is designed to offer exposure to non-U.S. companies with low correlation to the U.S. equity market. There is no guarantee that a factor-based selection methodology will enhance performance or reduce risk.

•

New/Exclusive Index Risk. The Index is exclusively licensed to Transamerica for use with this Policy. If the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, the Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be discontinued. The Index does not have a performance history that pre-dates the offering of this Policy, and there may be less public information about this Index compared other market indexes like the S&P 500^® Index. Inquiries regarding this Index, including requests for daily Index Values, should be directed to our Administrative Office.

Investments Risks for the Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)

The following Indexes are ETFs: iShares^® Russell 2000 ETF and iShares^® U.S. Technology ETF. Each ETF that may serve as an Index is subject to the following risks:

•

Market Risk. Each ETF could lose money over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. Negative fluctuations in the value of an ETF may be significant and unpredictable.

•

Equity Risk. Each ETF primarily invests in equity securities. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their values may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Equity securities may underperform in comparison to the general financial markets, a particular financial market, or other asset classes.

•

Issuer Risk. The performance of each ETF depends on the performance of individual securities in which the ETF invests. Changes in the financial condition or credit rating of an issuer of those securities may cause the value of the securities to decline.

•

Fees and Expenses. Each ETF is subject to fees and expenses, including management fees and transaction costs, that reduce the performance of the ETF.

•

Tracking Error Risk. Each ETF seeks to track the investment results of a specific market index. There is no guarantee that an ETF’s investment results will have a high degree of correlation to the index it seeks to track or that an ETF will achieve its investment objective. Each ETF may be subject to tracking error, which is the divergence of an ETF’s performance from that of the index it seeks to track. This risk may be heightened during times of increased market volatility or other unusual market conditions. Among other reasons, tracking error may result because an ETF incurs fees and expenses while the index does not.

•

Market Trading Risk. Each ETF faces numerous market trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for fund shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, periods of high volatility, and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these factors, among others, may lead to an ETF’s shares trading at a premium or discount to net asset value.

Additional Investment Risks Related to the iShares^® Russell 2000 ETF. In addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the ETFs that may serve as an Index, this ETF is subject to additional investment risks, such as the following:

•

Small-Cap Risk. Compared to mid- and large-capitalization companies, small-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of mid- and large-capitalization companies.

Additional Investment Risks Related to the iShares^® U.S. Technology ETF. In addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the ETFs that may serve as an Index, this ETF is subject to additional investment risks, such as the following:

•

Technology Company Risk. Technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources, or personnel. Technology companies typically face intense competition and potentially rapid product obsolescence. They are also heavily dependent on intellectual property rights and may be adversely affected by the loss or impairment of those rights. Companies in the technology sector are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action.

•

Mid-Cap Risk. Compared to large-capitalization companies, mid-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies.

WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER RISK

You should fully understand the risks associated with any withdrawal ~~(including the deduction of any fees~~ or ~~charges) or~~ Surrender before you purchase the Policy and before you decide to take a withdrawal or Surrender. You should consult with your financial and tax professionals before you purchase the Policy or take a withdrawal or Surrender.

• A Surrender will terminate the Policy and all its benefits, including the death benefit. See ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY.

• Charges may be deducted when you take a withdrawal or Surrender, including surrender charges. These charges may be significant. See FEES AND CHARGES.

• Any type of withdrawal ~~you~~or ~~take~~a ~~will~~Surrender ~~reduce~~taken before the ~~Policy~~end ~~Value~~of ~~and~~a ~~the~~Crediting ~~amount~~Period offor ~~the~~an ~~death~~Index ~~benefit~~Account Option will be processed based on an Interim Value for that Index Account Option, ~~including~~which ~~the~~may ~~guaranteed~~reflect ~~minimum~~less ~~death~~gain ~~benefit~~or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. There could be significantly less money available to you for a withdrawal or Surrender that is processed based on an Interim Value. The application of an Interim Value may result in a loss to an Owner even if the ~~GMDB~~reference ~~rider~~Index ~~has~~at ~~been~~the ~~elected~~time of withdrawal or Surrender is higher than at the beginning of the Crediting Period. See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – INTERIM VALUES.

•24 A withdrawal or Surrender taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option will be processed based on an Interim Value for that Index Account Option, which may reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. There could be significantly less money available to you for a withdrawal or Surrender that is processed based on an Interim Value.

• AAny type of withdrawal taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option will result in a negative adjustment to your Index Base for that Index Account Option, which may reduce your gains or contribute to losses at the end of the Crediting Period and will reduce Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period. A negative adjustment to your Index Base may be greater than the amount withdrawn. See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Income ~~Index~~taxes, ~~AdvantageSM~~federal ~~Annuity~~tax 21penalties, and certain tax restrictions may apply to a withdrawal or Surrender. A withdrawal or Surrender may be taxable, and if taken before age 591⁄2, may be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax. See TAX INFORMATION – Taxation of Surrenders and Withdrawals.

• ~~Income~~Any ~~taxes,~~withdrawal ~~federal~~you ~~tax~~take ~~penalties,~~will reduce the Policy Value (because you are taking money out of your Policy) and ~~certain~~the ~~restrictions~~amount ~~may~~of ~~apply~~the todeath abenefit, ~~withdrawal~~including orthe ~~Surrender~~guaranteed minimum death benefit (perhaps significantly) if the GMDB rider has been elected. AThe ~~withdrawal~~guaranteed orminimum ~~Surrender~~death ~~may~~benefit will be ~~taxable,~~reduced ~~and~~in ifthe ~~taken~~same ~~before~~proportion ~~age~~that ~~591⁄2~~a gross withdrawal reduces your Policy Value, and this reduction may be ~~subject~~more tothan athe ~~10%~~dollar ~~federal~~amount ~~penalty~~withdrawn. ~~tax~~See POLICY VALUE AND CASH VALUE and DEATH BENEFIT.

• ~~Automatic~~If you are receiving investment advice from a financial professional who charges you investment advisory fees for their services, you may be able to pay investment advisory fees directly from this Policy via advisory fee withdrawals. ~~under~~Investment advisory fees are in addition to and separate from the ~~systematic~~Policy’s ~~payout~~fees ~~option~~and ~~are~~charges. Advisory fee withdrawals will reduce your Policy Value and will be subject to the same risks asand ~~any~~consequences ~~other~~of ~~withdrawal~~withdrawals, including ~~all~~applicable ofsurrender ~~the~~charges, ~~risks~~Interim ~~listed~~Value ~~above.~~adjustments, ~~You~~negative ~~should~~adjustments, ~~carefully~~and ~~consider~~taxes ~~the~~(including ~~potential~~a ~~consequences~~10% offederal ~~taking~~penalty ~~automatic~~tax ~~withdrawals,~~if ~~which~~taken ~~may~~before ~~repeatedly~~age ~~expose~~591⁄2) ~~you~~and proportionate reductions to the ~~risks~~death ~~above~~benefit.

~~DOWNSIDE~~For ~~PROTECTION~~tax-qualified ~~TYPE~~Policies ~~RISK~~issued as an IRA or in connection with certain tax-qualified retirement plans, there is no maximum limit on advisory fee withdrawals. For non-qualified Policies, advisory fee withdrawals are subject to a maximum limit of 1.5% of the Policy’s cash value (determined without regard to any surrender charges) each Policy Year. We will not permit advisory fee withdrawals to be taken in excess of the maximum limit. If you attempt to take advisory fee withdrawals in excess of the maximum limit, we will notify you.

NoWe ~~Downside~~will ~~Protection Type~~not ~~provides~~report ~~complete~~advisory ~~protection~~fee ~~from~~withdrawals ~~loss~~as ~~related~~taxable distributions to the ~~negative~~IRS; ~~Index~~therefore, ~~performance~~they ~~(except~~may ~~the~~not ~~Floor~~be ~~Downside~~subject ~~Protection~~to ~~Type~~federal ~~when~~income ittax. ~~has~~However, aregardless ~~Floor~~of ~~Rate~~how ofTransamerica ~~100%~~treats advisory fee withdrawals for tax reporting purposes, iffederal ~~available).~~and/or ~~Any~~state ~~Policy~~taxing ~~Value~~authorities could determine that ~~you~~advisory ~~invest~~fee withdrawals inshould anbe ~~Index~~treated ~~Account~~as ~~Option~~taxable ~~will~~withdrawals ~~benefit~~ from your Policy, in which case the ~~downside~~amount ~~protection~~of ~~afforded~~the byadvisory ~~that~~fees ~~Index~~deducted ~~Account~~from ~~Option’s~~your ~~Downside~~Policy ~~Protection~~could ~~Type~~be subject to income tax, ~~but~~and ~~that~~a ~~protection~~10% isfederal ~~generally~~penalty ~~limited.~~tax ~~You~~could ~~assume~~apply if the ~~risk~~advisory ~~that~~fee withdrawal was taken before you ~~will~~attained ~~incur~~age ~~losses~~591⁄2. toYou ~~the~~should ~~extent~~consult ~~that~~with ~~the~~a ~~Downside~~tax ~~Protection~~professional. ~~Type~~See ~~does~~ACCESS ~~not protect~~TO ~~you~~YOUR ~~from~~MONEY ~~negative~~– ~~Index~~ADVISORY ~~performance.~~FEE ~~Your~~WITHDRAWALS ~~losses~~and ~~could~~TAX INFORMATION be– ~~significant~~Special Rules for Advisory Fee Payments.

In• ~~general,~~Automatic ~~depending~~withdrawals onunder ~~declared~~the ~~rates,~~systematic anpayout ~~Index~~option, ~~Account~~minimum ~~Option~~required ~~with relatively~~distributions, ~~more~~and ~~downside~~regular ~~protection~~advisory ~~based~~fee onwithdrawals ~~its~~will ~~Downside~~repeatedly ~~Protection~~expose ~~Type~~you ~~is likely~~ to ~~have~~the ~~relatively~~risks ~~less~~and ~~upside~~consequences ~~potential~~of ~~based~~withdrawals, onincluding ~~its~~applicable ~~Growth~~surrender ~~Opportunity~~charges, ~~Type.~~Interim ~~Conversely~~Value adjustments, ~~depending~~negative onadjustments, ~~declared~~and ~~rates,~~income antaxes ~~Index~~and ~~Account~~tax ~~Option~~penalties ~~with~~and ~~relatively~~proportionate ~~less downside~~reductions ~~protection~~to ~~based~~the ondeath ~~its~~benefit. ~~Downside~~See ~~Protection~~ACCESS ~~Type~~TO isYOUR ~~likely~~MONEY to– ~~have~~SYSTEMATIC ~~more~~PAYOUT ~~upside~~OPTION ~~potential~~for ~~based~~information onabout ~~its~~the ~~Growth~~systematic ~~Opportunity~~payout ~~Type~~option.

~~We set the rates~~ ~~for~~BUFFER ~~all~~RISK Downside Protection Types in our discretion. You bear the risk that the rates we declare for any Downside Protection Type will not be any more or less favorable to you than the guaranteed limits to which we are subject. See SELECTING YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS – GUARANTEED LIMITS ON THE RATES WE DECLARE.

Buffers do not provide complete protection from loss related to negative Index performance. You assume the risk that you will incur losses to the extent that an Index Account Option’s Buffer does not protect you from negative Index performance. The following table shows the maximum potential loss due to negative Index performance at the end of a Crediting Period for each Buffer Rate that we currently offer. Please note the maximum loss at the end of a Crediting Period could be greater due to fees and charges.


Buffer Rate	Maximum Potential Loss Due to Negative Index Performance at End of Crediting Period (before fees and charges)
10%		90	%
15%		85	%
20%		80	%

The limits on loss are for the duration of a single Crediting Period. If you invest in the same Index Account Option for multiple Crediting Periods, losses over multiple Crediting Periods may be larger than the stated limit for a single Crediting Period.

The maximum potential loss due to the application of an Interim Value is greater than the maximum potential loss at the end of a Crediting Period. In extreme circumstances, it is possible to lose 100% of your investment in any Index Account Option due to the application of an Interim Value (i.e., a complete loss of your principal and any prior earnings).

In general, depending on applicable rates, an Index Account Option with relatively more downside protection based on its Buffer Rate is likely to have relatively less upside potential based on its Cap Rate or Participation Rate. Conversely, depending on applicable rates, an Index Account Option with relatively less downside protection based on its Buffer Rate is likely to have more upside potential based on its Cap Rate or Participation Rate.

For any new Index Account Option that we offer in the future, we will set the rate(s) for its Downside Protection Type in our discretion.

GROWTH OPPORTUNITY TYPE RISK

When you invest in an Index Account Option, the upside potential of your investment ismay ~~generally~~be limited by ~~that~~its ~~Index Account Option’s~~ Growth Opportunity Type. ~~The~~For ~~Growth~~Cap, ~~Opportunity~~the ~~Type~~Cap ~~may~~Rate may limit the upside potential of your investment by ~~limiting~~capping your participation in positive Index performance. Likewise, infor ~~which~~Participation, ~~case~~a Participation Rate of less than 100% will limit the upside potential of your investment by limiting your participation in positive Index performance. In either case, Index Credit Rate used to calculate gains will be lower than the Index Change. ~~No Growth Opportunity Type guarantees that your Policy will increase in value.~~

In general, depending on ~~declared~~applicable rates, an Index Account Option with relatively more upside potential based on its ~~Growth~~Cap ~~Opportunity~~Rate ~~Type~~or Participation Rate is likely to have relatively less downside protection based on its ~~Downside~~Buffer ~~Protection Type~~Rate. Conversely, depending on applicable ~~declared~~ rates, an Index Account Option with relatively less upside potential based on its ~~Growth~~Cap ~~Opportunity~~Rate ~~Type~~or Participation Rate is likely to have more downside protection based on its ~~Downside~~Buffer ~~Protection Type~~Rate.

We ~~set~~may declare new Cap Rates and Participation Rates for the ~~rates~~ available Index Account Options for ~~Growth~~new ~~Opportunity~~Crediting ~~Types~~Periods. We set these rates in our discretion, within any guaranteed limits to which we are subject as described in this prospectus. You bear the risk that the ~~rates~~rate(s) we declare for ~~any~~a ~~Growth~~new ~~Opportunity~~Crediting ~~Type~~Period will not be any more or less favorable to you than ~~the~~any guaranteed limits to which we are subject. ~~See SELECTING YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS – GUARANTEED LIMITS ON THE RATES WE DECLARE.~~

RISK OF LOSS RELATED TO FEES AND CHARGES

There is a risk of loss of principal and earnings as a result of the fees and charges under the Policy, including surrender charges, other transaction charges, and periodic charges. The deduction of fees and charges, and negative adjustments to your Policy from the deduction of fees and charges, may result in you realizing losses even when the Index Account Option(s) that you selected have performed positively. Even if you invest in an Index Account Option with the Floor Downside Protection Type and a Floor Rate of 100%, fees and charges under the Policy could cause you to realize losses.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 22

INTERIM VALUE RISK

On each Business Day between the first and last day of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, the value of your investment in that Index Account Option is represented by the Interim Value. The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available from that Index Account Option for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, ~~and~~ the death benefit ~~and to pay fees and charges. Gains and losses for Interim Values are not directly tied to the performance of the Index for the Index Account Option. In general~~, wePerformance ~~calculate~~Lock ~~gains~~ and ~~losses by using a formula that looks~~ to ~~the~~pay ~~values~~fees ~~of certain derivative~~ and ~~fixed income~~ ~~instruments, which is designed to produce an estimated fair value for your investment in the Index Account Option on that Business Day~~charges. ~~The Interim Value for an Index Account Option may change each Business Day, and the change may be positive or negative compared to the last Business Day (even when the Index has increased in value).~~

The Interim ~~Values~~Value for an Index Account Option will generally ~~reflect less~~change ~~upside~~each ~~potential~~Business Day, and ~~less~~the ~~downside~~change ~~protection~~may ~~than~~be ~~would~~positive ~~otherwise~~or ~~apply~~negative atcompared to the ~~end~~last ofBusiness ~~the~~Day ~~Crediting~~(even ~~Period. As such,~~ when ~~a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value,~~ the ~~Interim~~Index ~~Value~~has ~~could~~increased ~~reflect~~in ~~less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss~~value). ~~than~~You ~~would~~should beunderstand ~~applied~~that at the ~~end~~Interim ofValue ~~the~~for ~~Crediting~~an ~~Period.~~Index ~~This~~Account ~~means~~Option ~~that~~on ~~there~~a ~~could~~Business beDay ~~significantly~~will ~~less~~not ~~money~~impact ~~available under~~ your ~~Policy~~investment ~~for~~in ~~fees~~that ~~and~~Index ~~charges,~~Account ~~withdrawals,~~Option aunless ~~Surrender,~~one ~~annuitization,~~of ~~and~~ the ~~death~~following occurs ~~benefit.~~on ~~See~~that ~~APPENDIX~~Business ADay: ~~INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES for additional information.~~

~~INDEX~~• ~~BASE~~A ~~ADJUSTMENT~~fee ~~RISK~~or charge is deducted from the Index Account Option;

If26 you withdraw Policy Value allocated to an Index Account Option prior to the end of its Crediting Period (including an automatic withdrawal), or if a fee or charge is deducted from Policy Value allocated to an Index Account Option prior to the end of its Crediting Period (including a periodic charge), there will be a negative adjustment to your Index Base for that Index Account Option. Your Index Base will be immediately reduced in a proportion equal to the reduction in the Interim Value for that Index Account Option on that Business Day. This proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal or the fee or charge deducted. Reductions to your Index Base will negatively impact your Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period and may result in less gain or contribute to losses at the end of the Crediting Period.

~~Once~~• ~~your~~An ~~Index~~amount ~~Base~~is ~~for~~deducted anfrom the Index Account Option ~~has~~as ~~been~~a ~~negatively~~result ~~adjusted, there is no way to increase your Index Base for the remainder~~ of ~~the~~a ~~Crediting Period.~~Surrender ~~See~~or ~~VALUING~~withdrawal ~~YOUR~~(including ~~INVESTMENT~~an INautomatic ANwithdrawal, ~~INDEX~~advisory ~~ACCOUNT~~fee ~~OPTION~~withdrawal, ~~and~~minimum ~~APPENDIX~~required B:distribution, ~~ADDITIONAL~~surrender ~~EXAMPLES~~charge-free ~~FOR~~withdrawal, ~~INDEX~~or ~~ACCOUNT~~any ~~OPTIONS~~other ~~for additional information.~~ withdrawal);

~~ALLOCATION~~• ~~ACCOUNT~~The ~~AVAILABILITY~~Policy ~~RISK~~is annuitized;

We• ~~reserve~~The ~~the right~~death tobenefit offer new Allocation Accounts or stop offering any Allocation Account at any time, including any Index Account Option and the Fixed Account. We also reserve the right to declare different rates from Crediting Period to Crediting Period for the Allocation Accounts that we are offering for investment, subject to the guaranteed limits to which we are subject. There is nopaid; ~~guarantee that any Allocation Account that you select for investment will always be available to you in the future~~ or ~~available with the same declared rates. Our only guarantee regarding the availability of Allocation Accounts is that we will offer at least one Basic Index Account Option for investment.~~

If• weYou ~~stop~~exercise ~~making~~the anPerformance ~~Allocation~~Lock ~~Account~~feature ~~available, it will be closed such~~ (that noBusiness ~~new~~Day ~~premiums,~~being ~~reallocations, or transfers will be allowed into that Allocation Account. If you are currently invested in an Allocation Account and it is discontinued, you may remain in that Allocation Account until~~ the ~~end~~Performance ofLock ~~the Crediting Period~~Date).

IfIn ~~you~~any ~~are~~of ~~not~~those ~~comfortable~~circumstances—including ~~with~~ the ~~risk~~deduction ~~that~~of wea ~~may~~periodic ~~not~~fee ~~offer~~or ~~Allocation~~charge—the ~~Accounts~~transaction inwill be processed based on the ~~future~~Interim Value for that ~~are~~Index ~~attractive~~Account toOption on that Business Day. If you ~~based~~have onmultiple ~~your~~ongoing ~~personal preferences,~~Crediting ~~risk~~Periods ~~tolerances,~~for orIndex ~~time~~Account ~~horizon~~Options that end at different times, ~~this~~the ~~Policy~~transactions ~~may~~listed ~~not~~above will be ~~appropriate~~based ~~for~~on ~~you.~~an ~~You~~Interim ~~may~~Value ~~Surrender~~for ~~your~~some ~~Policy~~or all ifof ~~there~~your ~~are~~Index noAccount ~~Allocations~~Options. ~~Accounts~~For ~~that~~as ~~you~~long ~~wish~~as toyou ~~select,~~have ~~but~~multiple ~~the~~ongoing ~~Surrender~~Crediting ~~may~~Periods befor ~~subject~~Index toAccount ~~surrender charges~~Options, ~~will~~there may be ~~based~~ onno antime ~~Interim~~that ~~Value~~any ifsuch ~~taken~~transaction ~~before~~can ~~the~~be ~~end~~performed ofwithout athe ~~Crediting~~application ~~Period,~~of ~~and~~at ~~your~~least ~~Policy~~one ~~will~~Interim ~~terminate~~Value.

~~Transamerica~~Interim ~~Structured~~Values for an Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Account ~~Annuity~~Option 23generally reflect less upside potential and less downside protection than would otherwise apply at the end of the Crediting Period. As such, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges, withdrawals, a Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit. In extreme circumstances, it is possible to lose 100% of your investment in any Index Account Option due to the application of an Interim Value (i.e., a complete loss of your principal and any prior earnings).

We calculate Interim Values by using a formula that looks to changes in the values of certain financial instruments, including derivative instruments referencing the Index (Option Value) and fixed income instruments (Bond Reference Portfolio Yield). This formula is designed to produce an estimated fair value for your investment in the Index Account Option on that Business Day. In general, the lower the Option Value and/or Bond Reference Portfolio Yield, the lower the Interim Value. Interim Values are not tied directly to the Index. The application of an Interim Value may result in a loss to an Owner even if the reference Index at the time of withdrawal or Surrender or other transaction listed above is higher than at the beginning of the Crediting Period.

If you select an Index Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee, your Interim Values will also reflect a dollar for dollar reduction equal to Accrued Credit Advantage Fees. The daily accrual of Accrued Credit Advantage Fees does not impact your Index Base. However, Accrued Credit Advantage Fees will reduce Interim Value and, in turn, the amount available in the Index Account for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees and charges.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – INTERIM VALUES and APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES.

NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX BASE RISK

On the first day of the Crediting Period, your Index Base equals the dollar amount that you allocated to that Index Account Option. Your Index Base for that Index Account Option will not change unless a fee or charge is deducted from that Index Account Option, or if you take any type of withdrawal from that Index Account Option (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal), before the end of the Crediting Period, in which case your Index Base will be subject to a negative adjustment at that time. The negative adjustment is a proportionate reduction to your Index Base. It is derived by reducing your Index Base by the same percentage as the percentage reduction to your Interim Value due to the amount of the withdrawal or the fee or charge deducted (which is deducted from the Interim Value on a dollar for dollar basis).

A negative adjustment to your Index Base could result in less gain (if any) or more loss at the end of a Crediting Period, perhaps significantly less gain or more loss, because the Index Credit Rate will be applied to a lower Index Base. All withdrawals taken, and fees and charges deducted, from an Index Account Option before the end of a Crediting Period will trigger a negative adjustment to your Index Base, even fees and charges that are periodically deducted from your Policy. A negative adjustment to your Index Base may be greater than the amount withdrawn or the fee or charge deducted. A negative adjustment will also result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period (because the interim rate of return will be applied to a smaller Index Base).

Once your Index Base for an Index Account Option has been negatively adjusted, there is no way to increase your Index Base for the remainder of the Crediting Period, and therefore no way to reverse or offset the negative impact of a negative adjustment to your Index Base.

Negative adjustments will have long-term, adverse impacts on your Policy. By reducing the potential gains under your Policy, and potentially resulting in more loss under your Policy, negative adjustments will ultimately reduce the amount available for withdrawal or Surrender throughout the accumulation phase, the amount payable as a death benefit during the accumulation phase, and the amount paid out during the income phase after annuitization.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE and APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS.

PERFORMANCE LOCK RISK

On any Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, you may exercise the Performance Lock feature. If you exercise Performance Lock, your Interim Value for that Index Account Option (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) on the Performance Lock Date is “locked-in” and transferred to the Performance Lock Account, where it will remain until the next Allocation Anniversary unless earlier withdrawn or annuitized. The amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be credited compound interest daily based on the annual interest rate in effect on that day, and will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis for any fees, charges, or withdrawals deducted from the Performance Lock Account.

The Performance Lock feature is subject to the following risks:

•

If you lock-in an Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) that is lower than the amount you invested in that Index Account Option on the Crediting Period start date, you may be locking-in a loss. It is possible that you would have realized less loss or no loss if you exercised the Performance Lock feature at a different time or not at all.

•

Amounts held in the Performance Lock Account will not participate in any Index performance (positive or negative). No Index Credit will be applied at the end of the Crediting Period of the Index Account Option for which you exercised Performance Lock. The sooner after the Crediting Period start date or an Allocation Anniversary that you exercise Performance Lock, the longer you will forego participating in Index performance. Your investment will remain in the Performance Lock Account until the next Allocation Anniversary unless earlier withdrawn or annuitized. Depending on when you exercise Performance Lock, your investment might not participate in Index performance for up to one year.

•

If you exercise Performance Lock manually, we will lock-in the next calculated Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) after we receive your request in good order. You won’t know the locked-in Interim Value in advance. The locked-in Interim Value may be lower or higher than the Interim Value that was last calculated before you submitted your request. When you exercise Performance Lock automatically, you will not know the locked-in Interim Value in advance, but the locked-in Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) will be triggered by the target gain that you set in advance.

•

Withdrawals from the Performance Lock Account are not subject to Interim Values or negative adjustments to an Index Base, but are subject to the other risks associated with withdrawals or a Surrender, including applicable surrender charges and taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax if made before age 59¹⁄₂.

•

We will not provide advice or notify you regarding whether you should exercise the Performance Lock feature or the optimal time for doing so. We will not warn you if you exercise the Performance Lock feature at a sub-optimal time. We are not responsible for any losses related to your decision whether or not to exercise the Performance Lock feature. There may not be an optimal time to exercise the Performance Lock feature during a Crediting Period. It may be better for you if you do not exercise Performance Lock during a Crediting Period. It is impossible to know with certainty whether or not Performance Lock should be exercised.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – PERFORMANCE LOCK.

CREDIT ADVANTAGE RISK

WeAmong ~~may~~the available Index Account Options, we currently offer ~~Basic~~certain Index Account Options ~~for~~with Growth Opportunity Types that are designated as “Credit Advantage.” You will pay an additional fee ~~that~~if ~~include~~you ~~Credit~~select ~~Advantage~~one ~~Growth~~of ~~Opportunity~~these ~~Types,~~Index ~~which~~Account ~~have~~Options ~~increased~~for ~~upside~~investment. ~~potential compared~~In toexchange afor ~~Basic~~the additional fee, these Index Account ~~Option~~Options ~~that~~provide ~~does~~more ~~not~~upside ~~have~~potential, based on the ~~Credit~~rates ~~Advantage~~we ~~feature~~declare ~~but~~for istheir Growth ~~otherwise~~Opportunity ~~identical~~Types, than would be provided if their Growth Opportunity Types were not designated as “Credit Advantage.” There is no guarantee that the increased upside potential of a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type will result in gains at least equal to the additional fee or any gains at all, or that an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type will outperform an Index Account Option without a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type. The additional fee ~~could~~will increase your losses or decrease your gains.

~~ENHANCED~~See FEES AND CHARGES – CREDIT ADVANTAGE FEE. See also VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION ~~RESET~~– ~~FEATURE~~NEGATIVE ~~RISK~~ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE and INTERIM VALUE.

~~Any~~BEST ~~Best~~ENTRY ~~Entry~~INITIAL orINDEX ~~Buffer~~VALUE ~~Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option that we offer includes a reset feature that~~RESET ~~may~~FEATURE ~~help~~RISK increase gains or decrease losses. However, the reset features do not guarantee that you will realize gains or avoid losses, and there is no guarantee that a reset feature will ultimately have any impact on your gains or losses.

~~DEFAULT~~Each ~~OPTION~~Best ~~RISK~~Entry option includes an Initial Index Value reset feature that may increase your gains or decrease your losses, but there is no guarantee that it will actually increase your gains or decrease your losses. It is possible that the Initial Index Value will not reset because the contingencies upon which the reset depends may not occur. Under such circumstances, the reset feature will ultimately have no impact on your gains or losses. Even if a reset occurs, the Best Entry option is still subject to the same risks associated with the Cap and the Buffer.

~~Under~~See ~~certain~~AVAILABLE ~~circumstances,~~ALLOCATION ~~your premium~~ACCOUNTS ~~payment~~– orENHANCED ~~Policy~~INDEX ~~Value~~ACCOUNT ~~will~~OPTIONS be– ~~automatically~~Best ~~allocated to a default Allocation Account that we refer to as the Default Option~~Entry. Currently, the Default Option is the Fixed Account with a 1-year Crediting Period, with the annual interest rate that we have declared for a new Crediting Period, although we reserve the right to change the Default Option in the future. To help avoid automatic allocations to the Default Option, you should always provide us with allocation instructions in good order whenever you have an opportunity to select your investment options. You must provide us with allocation instructions in good order at least one Business Day before the end of any Crediting Period.

~~Once~~DEATH aBENEFIT ~~premium~~SELECTION ~~payment~~RISK or Policy Value has been allocated to the Default Option, your investment in the Default Option is generally subject to the same terms and conditions as any other investment in an Allocation Account under the Policy. For example, you may not transfer Policy Value invested in the Default Option until the end of the Crediting Period. You may withdraw amounts invested in the Default Option at any time; however, you will be subject to the risks associated with a withdrawal or Surrender.

~~INTEREST~~The ~~RATE~~Policy’s ~~RISK~~death benefit is primarily designed to provide death benefit coverage upon the death of the Annuitant. If the Annuitant and Owner under your Policy will not be the same person, and death benefit coverage on the Owner’s life is more important to you than death benefit coverage on the Annuitant’s life, the optional GMDB rider is not appropriate for you. Upon death during the accumulation phase of an Owner who is not also the Annuitant, there is only one possible death benefit amount: the Policy’s cash value (i.e., the Policy Value less any applicable surrender charges). If you elected the GMDB rider, the rider’s guaranteed minimum death benefit would not be payable because it only becomes payable upon the death of the Annuitant. You will have paid an additional fee for an optional feature that provided no financial benefit.

WeThe ~~declare~~GMDB ~~interest~~rider ~~rates~~is designed to provide a minimum death benefit, not necessarily an enhanced death benefit. The guaranteed minimum death benefit equals total premium payments reduced proportionately for ~~the~~withdrawals ~~Fixed~~(including ~~Holding~~automatic ~~Account~~withdrawals, advisory fee withdrawals, minimum required distributions, and any other withdrawal). Even if you elected the ~~Fixed~~GMDB ~~Account~~rider, inupon ~~our~~death ~~discretion~~during the accumulation phase of the Annuitant, if the Policy Value (i.e., ~~There~~the istotal novalue ~~guarantee~~of ~~that~~your weinvestment ~~will~~in ~~declare~~the ~~any~~Accounts, ~~annual~~with ~~interest rate~~no ~~that~~deduction for any surrender charges) is ~~higher~~greater than the guaranteed minimum ~~effective~~death ~~annual~~benefit ~~interest~~under ~~rate~~the GMDB rider, the death benefit will be the Policy Value, same as the standard death benefit. ~~See~~You ~~SELECTING~~will ~~YOUR~~have ~~INVESTMENT~~paid ~~OPTIONS~~an –additional ~~GUARANTEED~~fee ~~LIMITS~~for ONan ~~THE~~optional ~~VALUES~~feature WEthat ~~DECLARE~~provided no financial benefit.

~~PREMIUM~~29 ~~PAYMENT RISK~~

~~Your~~Surrender ~~ability~~charges todo ~~make~~not ~~additional premium~~apply ~~payments~~to ispayment ~~subject~~of tothe ~~limitations,~~death ~~including~~benefit ~~annual~~payable ~~and~~upon ~~lifetime~~the ~~limitations~~death onof ~~total~~the ~~premium~~Annuitant (where ~~payments.~~the Wedeath ~~reserve~~benefit ~~the~~is ~~right~~equal to ~~limit~~either Policy Value or, ~~refuse~~if ~~additional~~the ~~premium~~GMDB ~~payments~~rider ~~and~~has tobeen ~~prohibit~~elected, ~~Owners~~the ~~from~~guaranteed ~~making~~minimum ~~additional~~death ~~premium~~benefit). ~~payments~~Surrender ~~under the~~charges ~~Policy~~do inapply ~~the~~to ~~future~~payment onof athe ~~non-discriminatory~~death ~~basis.~~benefit ~~You~~payable ~~bear~~upon the ~~risk~~death ~~that~~of ~~you~~an ~~may~~Owner who is not ~~always~~also bethe Annuitant ~~permitted~~(where the death benefit is equal to ~~make~~the ~~additional~~Policy’s ~~premium~~cash ~~payments~~value).

See DEATH BENEFIT for additional information, including information on how the guaranteed minimum death benefit under the GMDB rider is calculated.

INDEX SUBSTITUTION RISK

During a Crediting Period, if a market index serving as an Index is discontinued or if the calculation of the index is substantially changed by the index provider, or if Index Values should become unavailable for any reason, or if an ETF that is serving as an Index is liquidated or otherwise no longer exists or if its investment objectives, strategies, or risks substantially change, we may substitute the Index with a new Index, once we obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. We will notify you of any such substitution in writing. We will seek to notify you at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Account Option in which you are invested. However, in the event that it is necessary to substitute on less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of our control, we will provide notice of the substitution as soon as practicable. If we substitute an Index, we will select a new Index that we determine in our judgment is comparable to the old Index. We may look at factors that include, but are not limited to, asset class, index composition, strategy, and index liquidity.

~~Transamerica~~If ~~Structured~~we substitute an Index, ~~AdvantageSM~~we ~~Annuity~~will 24select a new Index that we determine in our judgment is comparable to the old Index. We may look at factors that include, but are not limited to, asset class, index composition, strategy, and index liquidity. You will have no right to reject the substitution of an Index. The performance of the new Index may differ significantly from the performance of the old Index. If we substitute the Index for an Index Account Option in which you are invested, your investment in the Policy is subject to the same terms and conditions as any other investment in an Allocation Account under the Policy. For example, you will not be permitted to transfer Policy Value prior to the end of a Crediting Period if a substitution occurs.

~~You~~If ~~will~~we ~~have~~substitute noan ~~right~~Index toduring ~~reject~~a ~~the~~Crediting ~~substitution~~Period, ofwe anwill ~~Index.~~calculate ~~The~~the ~~performance~~Index ofChange using the ~~new~~original Index ~~may~~up ~~differ~~until the substitution ~~significantly~~date. After ~~from~~the substitution date, we will calculate the ~~performance~~Index ofChange using the ~~old~~replacement Index., Ifbut wewith ~~substitute~~a ~~the~~revised Initial Index Value for anthe replacement Index. ~~Account~~The ~~Option~~revised inInitial ~~which~~Index ~~you~~Value ~~are~~for ~~invested,~~the ~~your~~replacement ~~investment~~Index inwill reflect the Index ~~Policy~~Change isfor ~~subject~~the original Index from the start of the Crediting Period to the ~~same~~substitution ~~terms~~date. We ~~and~~will ~~conditions~~use asa ~~any~~similar ~~other~~process ~~investment~~if inmultiple substitutions occur during a Crediting Period. The substitution of an ~~Allocation~~Index will have no impact on the Index Account ~~under~~Option’s ~~the~~Crediting ~~Policy.~~Period, ~~For~~Growth ~~example~~Opportunity Type, ~~you~~Downside ~~will~~Protection ~~not~~Type, beor ~~permitted~~any toother ~~transfer~~features ~~Policy~~or ~~Value~~rates ~~prior~~for tothat Index Account Option other than the ~~end~~Index ofto awhich ~~Crediting~~the ~~Period~~Index ifAccount aOption ~~substitution~~is ~~occurs~~linked.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – INDEX SUBSTITUTIONS.

RISK OF LOSS DURING CANCELLATION PERIOD

You may ~~return~~ cancel your Policy ~~for~~after ayou ~~refund~~purchase it, but only if you ~~return~~cancel it within the prescribed period, aswhich ~~described~~is ingenerally ~~this~~10 ~~prospectus.~~days ~~Unless~~after ~~otherwise~~you ~~required~~receive bythe Policy ~~law,~~(or ~~when~~30 ~~you~~days ~~cancel~~for ~~the~~replacement ~~Policy,~~Policies) webut could vary by state. The amount refunded will ~~refund~~generally be the Policy Value on the date of cancellation, (plus any fees or charges deducted under the Policy on the date of the cancellation). If you invest ~~are~~in ~~entitled~~an toIndex aAccount ~~refund~~Option ~~equal~~when toyou purchase the Policy ~~Value~~, you ~~bear~~will ~~the~~be subject to risk of ~~any~~loss ~~decline~~during inthe ~~your~~right to cancel period because the amount refunded upon cancellation (Policy Value) ~~during~~will ~~the~~be based on an Interim Value. See INTERIM VALUE RISK above. State variations may apply to your right to cancel period. See OTHER INFORMATION – State Variations.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION RISK

FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND CLAIMS-PAYING ABILITY

An investment in the Policy is subject to the risks related to us, Transamerica Life Insurance Company. Any obligations (including under the Index Account Options, the Fixed Account ~~and~~Option, the Fixed Holding Account, and the Performance Lock Account), guarantees, and benefits under the Policy are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may be permitted by law to delay payments to you for up to six months, and we ultimately may not be able to meet our obligations to you. More information about Transamerica Life Insurance Company, including our financial strength ratings, is available by visiting www.transamerica.com or calling toll-free (800) 525-6205. We encourage you to read the information about Transamerica Life Insurance Company, including our financial statements, included in APPENDIX E – TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

The following risks relate to the Separate Account: (i) amounts under the Policy are not held in a separate account registered under Investment Company Act of 1940; (ii) Owners do not share in the investment performance of assets held in the Separate Account; and (iii) the obligations under this Policy are independent of the investment performance of the Separate Account and are the obligations of the Company.

More information about Transamerica Life Insurance Company, including our financial strength ratings, is available by visiting www.transamerica.com or calling toll-free (800) 525-6205. We encourage you to read the information about Transamerica Life Insurance Company, including our financial statements, included in COMPANY OVERVIEW and FINANCIAL STATEMENTS in this prospectus.

CYBER SECURITY AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISKS

Our operations support complex transactions and are highly dependent on the proper functioning of information technology and communication systems. Any failure of or gap in the systems and processes necessary to support complex transactions and avoid systems failure, fraud, information security failures, processing errors, cyber intrusion, loss of data, and breaches of regulation may lead to a materially adverse effect on our administration of the Policy. We cannot assure you that interruptions, failures, or breaches in security of these processes and systems will not occur, or if they do occur, that they can be timely detected and remediated. Also, our business operations may be adversely affected by volatile natural and man-made disasters, including (but not limited to) hurricanes, earthquakes, terrorism, civil unrest, geopolitical disputes, military action, fires and explosions, pandemic diseases, and other catastrophes. Such events may impact the availability and capacity of our key personnel and may have a materially adverse effect on our administration of the Policy.

~~Transamerica~~FEES ~~Structured~~AND ~~Index~~CHARGES ~~AdvantageSM Annuity 25~~

~~GLOSSARY~~There are fees and charges associated with the Policy that may reduce the return on your investment. Please note that if a fee or charge is deducted from an Index Account Option before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option (including a periodic fee or charge), the deduction will be from the Interim Value of your investment in that Index Account Option. As discussed, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges and could cause you to incur significant loss. The deduction would also result in a negative adjustment to your Index Base, which will result in lower Interim Values for the remainder of the Crediting Period and could result in less gain (if any) or more loss at the end of the Crediting Period.

~~Accelerated~~31 ~~Tiered Participation – A Growth Opportunity Type that may be offered as part of an Index Account Option.~~

~~Account~~SURRENDER –CHARGES ~~An Index Account, the Fixed Account, or the Fixed Holding Account.~~

~~Administrative~~During ~~Office~~the –accumulation ~~Transamerica~~phase, ~~Life~~you ~~Insurance~~can ~~Company,~~withdraw ~~Attention:~~part ~~Customer~~(withdrawal) ~~Care~~or ~~Group,~~all ~~4333~~(Surrender) ~~Edgewood~~of ~~Road~~your ~~NE,~~Policy’s ~~Cedar~~cash ~~Rapids,~~value. IARestrictions ~~52499~~may apply to qualified Policies. When you take a withdrawal or Surrender, ~~(800)~~we ~~525~~may apply a surrender charge to compensate us for start-~~6205~~up expenses of the Policy relating to sales, including commissions to registered representatives and other promotional expenses.

Surrender charges, if any, apply to each premium payment, regardless of how Policy Value is allocated among the Allocation ~~Account~~Accounts. –The Ansurrender ~~Index~~charge ~~Account~~decreases ~~Option~~based ~~available~~on ~~for~~the ~~investment,~~number orof years since the ~~Fixed~~premium ~~Account~~payment ~~if available~~was ~~for~~made, ~~investment~~as reflected in the table below.

Allocation Options document – A document containing the list of Allocation Account(s) that are available for investment in connection with an initial or additional premium payment, including complete information about the rates we have declared for such Allocation Account(s).


Surrender Charge (as a percentage of premium withdrawn or Surrendered)
Number of Years Since Premium Payment Date		Surrender Charge
Year 0-1		8%
Year 1-2		8%
Year 2-3		7%
Year 3-4		6%
Year 4-5		5%
Year 5-6		4%
Year 6+		0%

~~Annuitant~~You –can ~~The~~withdraw ~~person~~up onto ~~whose~~10% ~~life~~of ~~any~~your ~~annuity~~premium payments ~~involving~~each ~~life~~Policy ~~contingencies~~Year free of surrender charges. This amount is referred to as the “surrender charge-free amount” and is determined at the time of withdrawal or Surrender. This amount is not cumulative, so any surrender charge-free amount not used in one year does not increase the surrender charge-free amount in subsequent years. If the withdrawal or Surrender is in excess of the surrender charge-free amount, you will behave ~~based~~to pay any applicable surrender charge on the excess amount.

~~Annuity~~For ~~Commencement~~example, ~~Date~~assume your premium payments total $100,000 and your Policy Value is $106,000 at the beginning of the second Policy Year and you request a withdrawal of $30,000. Since that amount is more than your surrender charge-free amount ($10,000), you would pay a surrender charge of $1,600 on the remaining $20,000 (i.e., 8% x ($30,000 – ~~The~~$10,000) ~~date~~= ~~upon~~$1,600). ~~which~~Likewise, ~~annuity~~assume your Policy Value is $80,000 (total premium payments ~~are~~total to$100,000) ~~commence~~at the beginning of the second Policy Year and you Surrender your Policy. You would pay a surrender charge of $7,200 (i.e., 8% x ($100,000 – ($100,000 x 10%)) = $7,200).

~~Beneficiary~~For ~~(beneficiary)~~surrender –charge Apurposes, ~~person~~earnings ~~designated~~are considered to ~~receive~~be withdrawn first, then the ~~death~~oldest ~~benefit~~premium is considered to be withdrawn next. While there is no surrender charge on the withdrawal of earnings or premium payments that are no longer subject to surrender charges, such amounts count towards your surrender charge-free amount when withdrawn. This means that withdrawing such amounts will reduce (possibly to zero) your surrender charge-free amount for a Policy Year.

~~Best~~Keep ~~Entry~~in ~~Reset~~mind ~~Threshold~~that –withdrawals ~~For~~may abe ~~Best~~taxable ~~Entry~~and, ~~Enhanced~~if ~~Index~~taken ~~Account~~before ~~Option~~age 591⁄2, ~~the~~may ~~net~~be ~~percentage~~subject ~~decrease in the Index Value necessary~~ to ~~reset~~a ~~the Initial~~10% ~~Index~~federal ~~Value~~penalty ~~during~~tax. ~~the~~For ~~Observation~~tax ~~Period~~purposes, ~~comparing~~withdrawals ~~the~~from ~~Index~~non-qualified ~~Value~~Policies atare ~~the beginning of the Crediting Period~~ considered to ancome ~~Index~~from ~~Value~~taxable onearnings ~~an Observation Day~~first.

~~Bond~~See ~~Reference~~ACCESS ~~Portfolio~~TO ~~Yield~~YOUR MONEY – ASURRENDER ~~reference~~CHARGE ~~portfolio~~WAIVERS ~~yield~~for ~~rate~~information ~~which~~about is the ~~sum~~Policy’s ofsurrender charge awaivers. ~~treasury~~Please ~~rate~~note ~~and~~that anany ~~option~~amounts ~~adjusted~~withdrawn ~~spread~~pursuant ~~from~~to a ~~widely utilized~~surrender ~~bond~~charge ~~index~~waiver will count against the surrender charge-free amount for a Policy Year.

~~Buffer~~We –may Aelect ~~Downside~~to ~~Protection~~reduce ~~Type~~or ~~that~~eliminate ~~may~~the beamount ~~offered~~of asthe ~~part~~surrender ofcharge anwhen ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~Policy ~~Option~~is sold under circumstances which reduce our sales or other expenses, or when required by regulation or regulatory authority.

~~Buffer~~Surrender ~~and~~charges ~~Floor~~do –not Aapply ~~Downside~~to ~~Protection~~payment ~~Type~~of ~~that~~the ~~may~~death bebenefit ~~offered~~payable asupon ~~part~~the death of the Annuitant (where the death benefit is equal to either Policy Value or, if the GMDB rider has been elected, the guaranteed minimum death benefit). Surrender charges do apply to payment of the death benefit payable upon the death of an ~~Index~~Owner ~~Account~~who ~~Option~~is not also the Annuitant (where the death benefit is equal to the Policy’s cash value). Surrender charges do not apply upon annuitization.

~~Buffer~~32 ~~Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Buffer, or Buffer and Floor, as its Downside Protection Type.~~

~~Buffer~~MAXIMUM ~~Reference~~POTENTIAL ~~Level~~LOSS –DUE ~~For~~TO aINTERIM ~~Buffer~~VALUE ~~Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option, the value to which the Buffer is tied when calculating the Index Credit Rate.~~

~~Buffer~~Before ~~Reset~~the ~~Day~~end –of ~~For~~ a ~~Buffer~~Crediting ~~Auto~~Period ~~Reset~~for ~~Enhanced~~an Index Account Option, if you take a ~~day~~Surrender onor ~~which~~withdrawal, weor ~~observe~~if you exercise the Performance Lock feature, or if you annuitize the Policy, or if the Policy’s death benefit is paid, or if a fee or charge is deducted from that Index Account Option, the transaction will be based on the Interim Value toof ~~determine~~your ~~whether~~investment in that Index Account Option. The application of an Interim Value to ~~reset~~such transactions could result in a loss beyond the ~~Buffer~~downside ~~Reference~~protection ~~Level~~for the Index Account Option. In extreme circumstances, for any Index Account Option, the total loss could be 100% (i.e., a complete loss of your principal and any prior earnings).

~~Buffer~~SERVICE ~~Reset~~CHARGE ~~Period – For a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option, the frequency of Buffer Reset Days.~~

~~Buffer~~We ~~Reset~~will ~~Trigger~~deduct –a ~~For~~service acharge ~~Buffer~~from ~~Auto~~your ~~Reset~~Policy ~~Enhanced~~on ~~Index~~each ~~Account~~Policy ~~Option,~~Anniversary prior to the ~~net~~Annuity ~~percentage increase~~Commencement inDate and when you Surrender the ~~Index~~Policy. ~~Value~~Each ~~that~~time we ~~triggers~~deduct this charge, it will not exceed 2% (as a ~~reset~~percentage toof your Policy Value, before the ~~Buffer~~deduction ~~Reference~~of ~~Level~~any fees or charges on that date) or a maximum of $50, ~~comparing~~whichever tois ~~the~~less. ~~current~~We ~~Buffer~~reserve ~~Reference~~the ~~Level~~right to waive this charge for any reason, but we guarantee that we will waive the ~~Index~~charge if your Policy Value, or if your total premium payments minus prior withdrawals, on athat ~~Buffer~~date ~~Reset~~is ~~Day~~at least equal to the minimum amount specified in your Policy.

~~Business~~For ~~Day~~example, –assume ~~Any~~your ~~day~~Policy ~~when~~Value is $100,000 on a Policy Anniversary prior to the ~~New~~Annuity ~~York~~Commencement ~~Stock~~Date. ~~Exchange~~Because 2% of your Policy Value on that Policy Anniversary (i.e., $2,000) is ~~open~~more ~~for~~than ~~regular~~the ~~trading~~maximum service charge of $50, the service charge on that Policy Anniversary would be limited to $50.

~~Cap~~When –assessed, Athis ~~Growth~~charge ~~Opportunity~~will ~~Type~~be allocated among all of your Allocation Accounts and the Performance Lock Account in the same proportion to how your Policy Value in those Accounts is allocated at that ~~may~~time and will be ~~offered~~deducted ason ~~part~~a ofdollar anfor ~~Index~~dollar basis. This charge will not be deducted from the Fixed Holding Account ~~Option~~unless all other Accounts have been exhausted of value.

~~Cap~~GUARANTEED ~~Rate~~MINIMUM –DEATH ABENEFIT ~~percentage~~(GMDB) ~~used~~RIDER toFEE ~~calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Cap, Cap+ Accelerator, or Credit Advantage Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type.~~

~~Cap+~~If ~~Accelerator~~you –elect Athe ~~Growth~~optional ~~Opportunity~~GMDB ~~Type~~rider, you will be subject to an additional fee. You may elect the GMDB rider only at the time that you purchase the Policy (under limited circumstances, the GMDB rider may be ~~offered~~re-elected after termination). The fee depends on the Annuitant’s age on the date that you sign the application for the Policy (or, under limited circumstances, at the time your re-election request is received in good order), as ~~part~~set offorth anin ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~following ~~Option.~~table:

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 26


Age of Annuitant	Fee Percentage
0-50		0.05	%
51-70		0.15	%
71-80		0.50	%

~~Cap+~~The ~~Accelerator~~fee ~~Rate~~percentage –applicable Ato ~~percentage~~your ~~used~~rider towill ~~calculate~~not change for the ~~Index~~life ~~Credit~~of ~~Rate~~your ~~for~~rider. anIf ~~Index~~you ~~Account~~re-elect ~~Option~~the ~~with~~GMDB ~~Cap+~~rider, ~~Accelerator~~the asre-elected ~~its~~rider ~~Growth~~will ~~Opportunity~~be ~~Type~~subject to the annualized fee percentages we are offering at the time of re-election. The annualized fee percentage will not exceed 2.00%.

~~Company~~The ~~(we,~~fee usis charged as a percentage of your GMDB Benefit Base, ~~our)~~which –equals ~~Transamerica~~the ~~Life~~guaranteed ~~Insurance~~minimum ~~Company~~death benefit under the rider (including any increases for additional premium payments and proportionate reductions for withdrawals).

~~Credit~~The ~~Advantage~~additional ~~Cap~~fee –will Abe ~~Growth~~calculated ~~Opportunity~~and ~~Type~~deducted ~~that~~quarterly, ~~may~~on bethe ~~offered~~same day of the month as ~~part~~the rider effective date. If that day does not exist for a given month, the first calendar day of anthe ~~Index~~following ~~Account~~month ~~Option~~will be used. The quarterly fee is calculated by multiplying the GMDB Benefit Base by the GMDB rider fee percentage and dividing that amount by four. For example, assume your annualized fee percentage for anthe ~~additional~~GMDB rider is 0.50%, and at the end of a quarterly period prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, your GMDB Benefit base is $100,000. On that date, your GMDB rider fee would be $125 (i.e., $100,000 x 0.50% / 4 = $125).

~~Credit~~33 ~~Advantage Fee – The additional fee charged when you invest in an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type.~~

~~Credit~~This ~~Advantage~~fee ~~Growth~~will ~~Opportunity~~be ~~Type~~deducted –on ~~Credit~~a ~~Advantage~~pro-rated ~~Cap,~~basis ~~Credit~~(based ~~Advantage~~on ~~Participation~~the number of days that have elapsed since the end of the last Policy Quarter) if the rider is terminated. However, orthe ~~Credit~~pro-rated ~~Advantage~~charge ~~Value~~will ~~Trigger+~~not be deducted upon termination due to death.

~~Credit~~When ~~Advantage~~assessed, ~~Participation~~this –charge Awill ~~Growth~~be ~~Opportunity~~allocated ~~Type~~among all of your Allocation Accounts and the Performance Lock Account in the same proportion to how your Policy Value in those Accounts is allocated at that ~~may~~time and will be ~~offered~~deducted ason ~~part~~a ofdollar anfor ~~Index~~dollar basis. This charge will not be deducted from the Fixed Holding Account ~~Option~~unless ~~for~~all another ~~additional~~Accounts ~~fee~~have been exhausted of value.

~~Credit~~See ~~Advantage~~DEATH ~~Value~~BENEFIT ~~Trigger+~~ – AGUARANTEED ~~Growth~~MINIMUM ~~Opportunity~~DEATH ~~Type~~BENEFIT ~~that~~(GMDB) ~~may~~RIDER befor ~~offered~~information asabout ~~part~~how ofthe anguaranteed ~~Index~~minimum ~~Account~~death ~~Option~~benefit ~~for~~is ~~an additional fee~~calculated.

~~Crediting~~CREDIT ~~Period~~ADVANTAGE –FEE The duration of an Allocation Account’s investment term, expressed in years. The Crediting Period is also the period of time during which the performance of an Index Account Option is linked to the performance of an Index.

~~Downside~~If you ~~Protection~~invest ~~Participation~~in ~~Rate~~an ~~– A~~Index ~~percentage~~Account ~~used~~Option towith ~~calculate~~a ~~the~~Growth ~~Index~~Opportunity Type designated as “Credit ~~Rate~~Advantage,” ~~for~~you will pay an additional fee for the increased upside potential associated with that Index Account Option. ~~with~~The ~~Participation~~fee aspercentage ~~its~~is annualized, ~~Downside~~which ~~Protection~~generally ~~Type~~means that even if two Index Account Options are subject to the same fee percentage but the lengths of their Crediting Periods differ, you will pay more if you select the Index Account Option with the longer Crediting Period.

~~Downside~~The annualized fee percentage is the percentage of your Policy Value allocated to that Index Account Option on the first day of the Crediting ~~Protection~~Period. Each available Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type –has Aan ~~feature~~annualized fee percentage of 1.25%. The annualized fee percentage for an Index Account Option ~~that~~with ~~provides~~a ~~limited~~Credit ~~protection~~Advantage ~~from~~Growth ~~negative~~Opportunity ~~Index~~Type ~~performance~~as shown in this prospectus will not change for the life of the Policy. The ~~Floor~~dollar ~~Downside~~amount ~~Protection~~of ~~Type~~the ~~provides~~Credit ~~complete~~Advantage ~~protection~~Fee ~~from~~is ~~negative~~calculated at the beginning of the Crediting Period. The fee amount will equal the dollar amount allocated to the Index ~~performance~~Account ~~only~~Option ~~when~~on the itfirst ~~has~~day of the Crediting Period, multiplied by the Credit Advantage Fee percentage, multiplied by the length of the Crediting Period (in years). For example, assume you invest $100,000 in an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Cap, a ~~Floor~~6 ~~Rate~~year Crediting Period, and Credit Advantage Fee of 1.25% (annualized). Based on these assumptions, you would be subject to a total Credit Advantage Fee of $7,500 for that Crediting Period (i.e., ($100,000 x 1.25%) x 6 = $7,500). If the Crediting Period were instead only 1 year, you would be subject to a total Credit Advantage Fee of $1,250 (i.e., ($100,000 x 1.25%) x 1 = $1,250).

~~Feature~~The ~~Sheet~~Credit ~~Prospectus~~Advantage ~~Supplements~~Fee –is ~~Supplements~~not toassessed ~~this~~at ~~prospectus~~the ~~that~~beginning weof ~~issue~~the ~~from~~Crediting ~~time~~Period. toThe ~~time~~Credit toAdvantage ~~disclose~~Fee is assessed at the end of the Crediting Period or, in certain circumstances, before the end of the Crediting Period as explained further below. Before the end of the Crediting Period, your Interim Values will reflect reductions for Accrued Credit Advantage Fees. Accrued Credit Advantage Fees accrue ~~information~~on ~~about~~a ~~Allocation~~daily ~~Accounts~~basis, ~~that~~each ~~are~~day by a dollar amount equal to the Remaining Crediting Advantage Fees less the Accrued Credit Advantage Fees, divided by the total number of days remaining in the Crediting Period. The accrual of Accrued Credit Advantage Fees against Interim Value does not impact your Index Base (i.e., it does not trigger negative adjustments to your Index Base), but will reduce the amount available in the Index Account for ~~investment~~withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and ~~certain~~the ~~other~~death benefit and to pay fees and charges. See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE and INTERIM VALUE for additional information.

~~Final~~If ~~Index~~you ~~Value~~invest –in ~~The~~an Index ~~Value for~~Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee, the ~~final~~Credit ~~day~~Advantage ofFee awill ~~Crediting~~be ~~Period.~~assessed as follows:

~~Fixed~~(1) If you do not take a withdrawal or Surrender from the Index Account –Option ~~The~~prior ~~fixed~~to ~~interest~~the ~~investment~~end ~~option~~of ~~under~~the Crediting Period, and you do not exercise the ~~Policy~~Performance Lock feature, the full Credit Advantage Fee amount will be deducted from your Index Account Option Value at the end of the Crediting Period on a dollar for dollar basis. The Credit Advantage Fee would be in addition to any other fees or charges assessed at the end of the Crediting Period.

~~Fixed~~34 ~~Holding Account – The interest-bearing account generally in which premium payments are held until allocated to an Allocation Account.~~

~~Floor~~(2) –If Ayou ~~Downside~~take ~~Protection~~a ~~Type~~full ~~that~~withdrawal ~~may~~from bethe ~~offered~~Index asAccount ~~part~~Option or a Surrender prior to the end of anthe Crediting Period, the Remaining Credit Advantage Fees will be deducted from the amount payable from that Index Account Option on a dollar for dollar basis. Please note that any Accrued Credit Advantage Fees would already be reflected in your Interim Value. The Credit Advantage Fee would be in addition to any other fees or charges applicable to the withdrawal or Surrender.

~~Floor~~(3) ~~Rate~~If –you Atake ~~percentage~~a ~~used~~partial towithdrawal ~~calculate~~from the Index ~~Credit~~Account ~~Rate~~Option ~~for~~prior anto ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~end ~~Option~~of ~~with~~the ~~Floor~~Crediting Period, ora ~~Buffer~~portion ~~and~~of ~~Floor,~~the asCredit ~~its~~Advantage ~~Downside Protection~~Fee ~~Type~~will be assessed. The total deduction from Interim Value will equal (a) + (b) + (c), where:

~~Good Order~~ (~~good order~~a) –= ~~The receipt by~~ the ~~Company,~~amount ~~at our Administrative Office,~~ of ~~all information, documentation, instructions, and/or premium payment deemed necessary by~~ the ~~Company~~requested towithdrawal ~~issue~~from the ~~Policy~~Index orAccount ~~execute any transaction pursuant to the terms of the Policy~~Option.

~~Growth~~(b) ~~Opportunity~~= ~~Participation Rate – A percentage used to calculate~~ the ~~Index~~ Credit ~~Rate~~Advantage ~~for~~Fee anassessed, ~~Index~~less ~~Account~~Accrued ~~Option with Participation or~~ Credit Advantage ~~Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type~~Fees.

~~Growth~~Please ~~Opportunity~~note: ~~Type – A feature of an Index Account Option that determines how and the extent to which an Index Account Option will participate in positive Index performance.~~

~~Index~~• – The ~~market~~Credit ~~index~~Advantage ~~or exchange-traded~~Fee ~~fund~~assessed towill ~~which~~equal: anRemaining ~~Index~~Credit ~~Account~~Advantage ~~Option~~Fees ~~may~~x be(amount ~~linked~~withdrawn / Interim Value). Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and Interim Value in this calculation are those values immediately prior to the withdrawal.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~If ~~Index~~the ~~AdvantageSM~~Credit ~~Annuity~~Advantage 27Fee assessed is less than or equal to Accrued Credit Advantage Fees as of the date of the withdrawal, (b) in this formula will equal $0.

~~Index~~• ~~Account~~If /the ~~Index~~Credit ~~Account~~Advantage ~~Option~~Fee –assessed Anis ~~index-linked~~greater ~~investment~~than ~~option~~Accrued ~~under~~Credit Advantage Fees as of the ~~Policy.~~date of the withdrawal, (b) in this formula will equal the difference between the Credit Advantage Fee assessed and Accrued Credit Advantage Fees.

~~Index~~• ~~Account~~After ~~Option~~the ~~Value~~withdrawal, –the ~~The~~next ~~value~~calculated ofInterim ~~your~~Value ~~investment~~will reflect a reduction in anAccrued ~~Index~~Credit ~~Account~~Advantage ~~Option~~Fees. atAccrued Credit Advantage Fees will be reduced by the ~~end~~Credit ofAdvantage aFee ~~Crediting~~assessed ~~Period~~on the withdrawal. Accrued Credit Advantage Fees will not be reduced below $0.

~~Index~~(c) ~~Base~~= –Any ~~The~~other ~~portion~~fees ~~of the Policy Value allocated to an Index Account Option, less the sum of any adjustments for withdrawals~~ or ~~fees and~~ charges ~~deducted~~applicable ~~from~~to the ~~Index Account Option since inception of a Crediting Period~~withdrawal.

~~Index~~(4) ~~Change~~If –you ~~The~~exercise ~~net~~Performance ~~percentage~~Lock, ~~change~~the “locked-in” ~~the~~Interim ~~Index~~ Value ~~between~~(which ~~the~~will ~~first~~already ~~day~~reflect ofAccrued aCredit ~~Crediting~~Advantage ~~Period~~Fees) ~~and~~will ~~the~~be ~~last~~reduced ~~day~~dollar offor dollar by the ~~Crediting~~Remaining ~~Period.~~Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable fees or charges.

~~Index~~(5) ~~Credit~~If –a Adeath ~~dollar~~benefit ~~amount~~becomes ofpayable, ~~gain~~Remaining orCredit ~~loss reflected~~Advantage inFees ~~your~~as ~~Index~~of ~~Account~~the ~~Option~~date ~~Value~~we atreceive ~~the~~due ~~end~~proof of adeath ~~Crediting~~will ~~Period~~be waived. ~~Index~~If ~~Credit~~the ~~may~~death bebenefit ~~positive,~~is ~~negative~~based on Interim Value, orany ~~equal~~Accrued toCredit ~~zero.~~Advantage Fees reflected in the Interim Value and will not be waived.

~~Index~~In ~~Credit Rate~~no –event Awill ~~percentage~~the ~~gain~~Credit orAdvantage ~~loss~~Fee ~~used~~amount topaid ~~calculate~~for ~~your~~an ~~Interim~~Index ~~Value~~Account ~~during~~Option ~~the~~for a single Crediting Period ~~and~~exceed ~~your~~the ~~Index~~total ~~Account~~Credit ~~Option~~Advantage ~~Value~~Fee amount calculated at the ~~end~~beginning of athe Crediting Period. ~~The Index Credit Rate may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.~~

~~Index~~SPECIAL ~~Value~~SERVICE –FEES The value of an Index at the end of a day. When the Index is a market index, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing value of the Index for that day. When the Index is an exchange-traded fund, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing share price of the fund for that day on the fund’s primary stock exchange. The Index Value on any day that is not a Business Day is the value of the Index at the end of the next Business Day. The Company relies on the Index Values reported by a third party.

~~Initial Index~~We ~~Value~~may –deduct ~~The~~a ~~Index~~charge ~~Value~~for the following special services: overnight delivery, duplicate policies, non-sufficient checks on ~~the~~new ~~first~~business, ~~day~~duplicate ofForm a1099 ~~Crediting~~and ~~Period~~Form 5498 tax forms, check copies, printing and mailing previously submitted forms, and asset verification requests from mortgage companies. The ~~Initial~~fees ~~Index~~charged ~~Value~~for ~~may~~any besuch ~~reset~~service will vary, but will not exceed $50 per service. We will not deduct the charge from your Policy. We will require you to apay ~~lower~~by ~~Index~~credit ~~Value~~card ~~under~~or other accepted method when you request the service. If the service involves the issuance of a ~~Best~~check ~~Entry~~to ~~Enhanced~~you, ~~Index~~we ~~Account~~may ~~Option~~allow you to deduct the charge from the final check.

~~Interim~~35 Value – The value of an Index Account Option on any Business Day during the Crediting Period, except the first and last day of the Crediting Period, used to determine the amount available in the Index Account for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees. The Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Business Day.

~~Minimum~~REDUCED ~~Required~~FEES ~~Cash~~AND ~~Value~~CHARGES ~~– The minimum benefits under the Policy required by applicable state law.~~

~~Observation~~We ~~Day~~may, –at ~~For~~our adiscretion, ~~Best~~reduce ~~Entry~~or ~~Enhanced~~eliminate ~~Index~~certain ~~Account~~fees ~~Option,~~and acharges ~~day~~for oncertain ~~which~~Policies we(including ~~observe~~employer-sponsored ~~the~~savings ~~Index~~plans), ~~Value~~which ~~during~~may ~~the~~result ~~Observation Period to~~in ~~determine~~decreased ~~whether~~costs toand ~~reset the Initial Index Value~~expenses.

~~Observation~~ORDERING ~~Frequency~~OF –FEES ~~For~~AND aCHARGES ~~Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, the frequency of Observation Days during the Observation Period.~~

~~Observation~~At the end of the Crediting Period –for ~~For~~an Index Account Option, fees and charges are applied after the Index Credit. Likewise, before the end of a ~~Best~~Crediting Period ~~Entry~~for ~~Enhanced~~an Index Account Option, gains and losses resulting from Interim Value adjustments are applied before fees and charges. For the ~~time~~Fixed ~~period (expressed~~Account inOption, ~~days)~~the ~~during~~Performance ~~which~~Lock Account, or the ~~Initial~~Fixed ~~Index~~Holding ~~Value~~Account, ~~may~~fees beand ~~reset~~charges are applied after daily interest.

~~Option~~If ~~Value~~multiple –fees ~~The~~or ~~value~~charges ofare aapplied ~~hypothetical~~to ~~portfolio~~an ofAccount ~~options~~on ~~used to estimate~~ the ~~value~~same ofday, ~~your~~they ~~Index~~will ~~Credit~~be ~~prior~~applied toin the ~~end~~following oforder: ~~the~~(1) GMDB rider ~~Crediting~~fee; ~~Period.~~(2) Credit ~~The~~Advantage ~~replicating~~Fee ~~portfolio~~when ofPerformance ~~options~~Lock ~~are~~is ~~designated~~exercised; by(3) Credit usAdvantage ~~for~~Fee ~~each~~at ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~end ~~Option~~of ~~and~~a ~~are~~Crediting ~~used~~Period; to(4) Credit ~~estimate~~Advantage ~~the~~Fee ~~fair~~when ~~value~~a ofwithdrawal ~~the~~is ~~risk~~taken ofbefore ~~loss and~~ the ~~possibility~~ ~~of gain at the~~ end of a Crediting Period,; (5) service ~~expressed in percentage terms~~charge.

~~Owner~~PREMIUM ~~(you,~~TAXES ~~your) – The person who may exercise all rights and privileges under the Policy, including the Owner and any joint Owner.~~

~~Participation~~A –deduction Ais ~~Growth~~also ~~Opportunity~~made ~~Type~~for ~~and/~~premium taxes, if any, imposed on us by a state, municipality, or ~~Downside~~other government agency. We will, at our discretion, deduct the ~~Protection~~tax, ~~Type~~currently ~~that~~ranging from 0% to 3.5%, from the Policy Value when you begin receiving annuity payments, you Surrender the Policy, or death proceeds are paid. We may bedecide ~~offered~~to asdeduct ~~part~~the oftax anat ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~time ~~Option~~that you make a premium payment or when due to the applicable taxing authority.

~~Payee~~FEDERAL, –STATE, ~~The~~AND ~~person~~LOCAL toTAXES ~~whom annuity payments will be made.~~

We may in the future deduct charges from the Policy –for ~~The~~any ~~Transamerica~~taxes ~~Structured~~we ~~Index~~incur ~~AdvantageSM~~because ~~Annuity~~of the Policy. However, no deductions are being made at the present time.

~~Transamerica~~ADVISORY ~~Structured~~FEES ~~Index AdvantageSM Annuity 28~~

~~Policy~~If ~~Anniversary~~you –are receiving ~~The~~investment ~~anniversary~~advice offrom ~~the~~a ~~Policy~~financial ~~Date~~professional, ~~for~~you ~~each~~may ~~year~~be ~~the~~subject ~~Policy~~to ~~remains~~investment ~~in force.~~advisory Iffees acharged ~~certain~~by ~~date~~your ~~does~~financial ~~not~~professional ~~exist~~or your financial professional’s firm. Investment advisory fees are in aaddition ~~given~~to ~~month,~~and separate from the ~~first~~Policy’s ~~day~~fees and charges. If investment advisory fees were included in the cost of maintaining the ~~following~~Policy, ~~month~~your ~~will~~costs would be ~~used~~higher.

Policy Date – The date on which the Policy becomes effective.

Policy Quarter – Each three month period beginning on the Policy Date.

Policy Value – The amount that represents the value of your investment in the Accounts.

Policy Year – The 12-month period following the Policy Date. The first Policy Year starts on the Policy Date. Each subsequent Policy Year starts on the Policy Anniversary.

Premium Payment (premium payment) – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of an Owner, as consideration for the benefits provided under the Policy.

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement – A supplement to this prospectus that we issue from time to time to disclose the current fee percentages for the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit rider.

Renewal Letter – A document containing the list of Allocation Account(s) that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period, including complete information about the rates we have declared for such Allocation Account(s).

Surrender – A full withdrawal of cash value and termination of the Policy.

Tier Level – For an Index Account Option with Accelerated Tiered Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type, a range of potential Index Changes to which a Tier Participation Rate would apply.

Tier Participation Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Accelerated Tiered Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type.

Value Trigger – A Growth Opportunity Type that may be offered as part of an Index Account Option.

Value Trigger Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Value Trigger as its Growth Opportunity Type.

Value Trigger+ – A Growth Opportunity Type that may be offered as part of an Index Account Option.

Value Trigger+ Participation Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Value Trigger+ or Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ as its Growth Opportunity Type.

Value Trigger+ Rate – A percentage used to calculate the Index Credit Rate for an Index Account Option with Value Trigger+ or Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ as its Growth Opportunity Type.

Withdrawal (withdrawal) – A withdrawal of cash value from the Policy that is less than a Surrender.

Written Notice – Written notice, signed by the Owner, that gives us the information we require and is received in good order at the Administrative Office. For some transactions, we may accept an electronic notice or telephone instructions. Such electronic notice must meet the requirements for good order that we establish for such notices.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 29

THE ANNUITY

This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase the Policy.

An annuity is a contract between you (the Owner) and an insurance company (in this case, us), where the insurance company promises to pay you an income in the form of annuity payments. These payments begin on a designated date, referred to as the Annuity Commencement Date. Until the Annuity Commencement Date, your annuity is in the accumulation phase and the earnings (if any) are generally tax deferred. Tax deferral means you are not taxed until you take money out of your annuity. Once your Policy is annuitized, your annuity switches to the income phase.

We currently sell Policies that are “qualified” or “non-qualified” under the Internal Revenue Code. You will get no additional tax advantage from this annuity if you are investing in this annuity through a tax-advantaged retirement plan (such as a 401(k) plan or Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”)). We currently sell Policies to the following plans: Traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SEP-IRAs, 457(f) plans (in certain circumstances) and Section 401(a) plans (including profit sharing plans, defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans, 401(k) plans, and combination defined benefit/contribution plans). If you purchase the Policy as an individual retirement annuity or as part of a 403(b) plan, 457 plan, a pension plan, a profit sharing plan (including a 401(k) plan, or certain other employer sponsored programs), your Policy is a qualified Policy. If you purchase the Policy as part of any other arrangement, your Policy is a non-qualified Policy.

The Policy is a “deferred” annuity. You can use the Policy to accumulate funds for retirement or other long-term financial planning purposes. Your individual investment and your rights are determined primarily by your own Policy.

The Policy is a “flexible premium” annuity because after you purchase it, you can generally make additional premium payments until the Annuity Commencement Date. Each additional premium payment must be at least $50 unless a different minimum is stated in your Policy. You are not required to make any additional premium payments.

The Policy is “index-linked” because the value of each Index Account Option is linked to the performance of an Index. If you invest in one or more Index Account Options, the amount of money you are able to accumulate under your Policy depends (at least in part) upon the performance of your Index Account Options. You could lose a significant amount of money that you allocate to the Index Account Options.

We do not guarantee that the Fixed Account Option will always be available. If the Fixed Account Option is available and you invest amounts in the Fixed Account Option for a Crediting Period, your principal is guaranteed and will earn interest at a guaranteed annual interest rate during that Crediting Period. The amount of money you are able to accumulate depends upon the total interest credited.

Do not purchase this Policy if you plan to use it for resale, speculation, arbitrage, viatication, or any other type of collective investment scheme.

Your Policy is not intended or designed to be traded on any stock exchange or secondary market. By purchasing this Policy, you represent and warrant that you are not using the Policy for resale, speculation, arbitrage, viatication, or any other type of collective investment scheme.

PURCHASE

We will not issue a Policy unless:

•

We receive in good order all information needed to issue the Policy. See OTHER INFORMATION – Sending Forms and Transaction Requests in Good Order.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 30

•

We receive in good order (at our Administrative Office) a minimum initial premium payment (including anticipated premiums from exchanges, transfers, or rollovers as indicated on your application or electronic order form).

• The Annuitant, Owner, and any joint Owner are younger than age 86 as of the date that the application is signed. The age limit may be lower for qualified Policies. ~~Please also note that optional benefits may have different age limitations.~~

•

The Owner and Annuitant have an immediate familial relationship, unless the Owner is the Annuitant or the Owner is not an individual.

Right to Cancel Period: You may ~~return~~cancel your Policy ~~for~~after ayou ~~refund~~purchase it, but only if you return it within the prescribed period, which is generally 10 days after you receive the Policy (for replacements the right to cancel period is generally 30 days) but could vary by state. The refund will generally be the Policy Value on the date of cancellation (plus any fees or charges deducted under the Policy on the date of the cancellation),. If you invest in ~~which~~an ~~case~~Index Account Option when you ~~bear~~purchase the ~~risk~~Policy, ofyou ~~any~~will ~~decline~~be insubject ~~your~~to ~~Policy~~risk ~~Value~~of loss during the right to cancel period because the amount refunded upon cancellation (Policy Value) will be based on an Interim Value. Interim Values fluctuate daily, positively or negatively, and may be unfavorable to you. See PRODUCT RISK FACTORS – INTERIM VALUE RISK. Surrender charges do not apply upon cancellation. State law may require us to refund the greater of your Policy Value or your premium payment(s). For IRAs, we will refund your premium payment(s) if cancelled within the first seven days of the right to cancel period. We will pay the refund after we receive in good order at our Administrative Office within the applicable period Written Notice of cancellation and the returned policy. The Policy will then be deemed void.

State variations may apply to your Policy. See OTHER INFORMATION – State Variations.

~~Additional~~37 ~~fees may apply to optional benefits. Optional benefits may not be available for all Policies, in all states, at all times, or through all financial intermediaries.~~

Additional fees will apply under the Policy if you elect the optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider or an Index Account Option with a Growth Opportunity Type designated as “Credit Advantage.” The GMDB rider may not be available for all Policies, in all states, at all times, or through all financial intermediaries.

We reserve the right to reject any application.

PREMIUM PAYMENTS

You should make checks for premium payments payable to Transamerica Life Insurance Company and send them to the Administrative Office. Your check must be honored in order for us to pay any associated annuity payments and benefits due under the Policy.

We do not accept cash. We reserve the right to not accept third party checks. A third party check is a check that is made payable to one person who endorses it and offers it as payment to a second person. Checks should normally be payable to us, however, in some circumstances, at our discretion, we may accept third party checks that are from a rollover or transfer from other financial institutions. Any third party checks not accepted by us will be returned.

We reserve the right to reject or accept any form of payment. Any unacceptable forms of payment will be returned.

We reserve the right to restrict or refuse any premium payment.

INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT

The initial premium payment for qualified and non-qualified Policies must be at least $25,000 (including anticipated premiums from exchanges, transfers, or rollovers as indicated on your application or electronic order form).

You must obtain our prior approval to purchase a Policy with an amount in excess of:

• $1,000,000 provided that you, any joint Owner, and the Annuitant are all younger than age 7181; or

• $500,000 if you, any joint Owner, or the Annuitant is at least age 7181.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 31

Your initial premium payment may not be credited to your Policy on the day that you leave your premium payment with your financial intermediary. Your financial intermediary may take a period of time to assess whether buying this Policy is suitable for you. Your financial intermediary may send us your initial premium payment while they complete this assessment. Your financial intermediary must also ensure that we have all the information needed for us to process your Policy. We will not begin to process your Policy during this period.

We will credit ~~first begin our review only once we receive both~~ your initial premium payment ~~and your application (or an electronic order form). We will credit your initial premium payment~~ to your Policy within two Business Days after the Business Day that we receive your initial premium payment, your application (or order form), and once we determine that your Policy information is both complete and in good order. This time period is in addition to the time your financial intermediary may take to complete their part of the process.

If your information is not received in good order and we are unable to complete our part of the process within ~~thirty~~30 Business Days after the Business Day that we receive your initial premium payment and your application (or electronic order form), then we will return your initial premium payment at that time. We will credit your initial premium payment within two Business Days after your information is both complete and in good order. Neither we nor your financial intermediary are responsible for lost investment opportunities while we each complete our review processes. Any initial premium payments received by us will be held in our general account until credited to your Policy. You will not earn interest on your initial premium payment during these review periods.

~~Neither~~The date on which we ~~nor~~credit your ~~financial~~initial ~~intermediary~~premium ~~are~~payment ~~responsible~~to ~~for~~your ~~lost~~Policy ~~investment~~is ~~opportunities~~generally ~~while~~the wePolicy ~~each~~Date. ~~complete~~Please ~~our~~note, ~~review~~the ~~processes.~~Policy ~~Any~~Date is not the date that the initial premium ~~payments~~ ~~received~~payment byis usallocated to the selected Allocation Account(s), because the initial premium payment will be held in ~~our~~the ~~general~~Fixed ~~account~~Holding Account until ~~credited~~the tonext ~~your~~1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day after the Policy Date, whichever occurs first. ~~You~~The ~~will~~Policy ~~not~~Date ~~earn~~is ~~interest~~used onto determine certain time periods under your ~~initial~~Policy, ~~premium~~such ~~payment~~as ~~during~~Policy ~~these~~Years, ~~review~~Policy ~~periods~~Quarters, and Policy Anniversaries.

~~The~~38 date on which we credit your initial premium payment to your Policy is generally the Policy Date. The Policy Date is used to determine certain time periods under your Policy, such as Policy Years, Policy Quarters, and Policy Anniversaries.

We will consider any premium that we receive with your Policy application and within 14 calendar days of the date you sign your Policy application (or 60 calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or rollover) to be part of your initial premium payment. We will not wait until the end of the 14 calendar day (or 60 calendar day) period to apply your total initial premium payment to the Policy. We will credit the portion of your initial premium payment accompanying your Policy application or that we otherwise receive before the Policy Date as described in the paragraph immediately above. We will credit any more initial premium that we receive on or after the Policy Date within two Business Days after the Business Day we receive it. Once credited to your Policy, such premium will be held in the Fixed Holding Account until the next 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day after we receive it, whichever occurs first, and then allocated among the Allocation Accounts in accordance with your instructions. Please note, if we receive any portion of the initial premium after the Policy Date, the Crediting Periods associated with your initial premium payment may have different start dates.

ADDITIONAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS

You are not required to make any additional premium payments. However, you can generally make additional premium payments during the accumulation phase. Additional premium payments must be at least $50. We will credit an additional premium payment to your Policy within two Business Days after the Business Day we receive the premium payment and required information in good order at our Administrative Office.

~~When~~Before ~~you allocate~~ an additional premium payment tois ~~one~~allocated orto ~~more~~the selected Allocation ~~Accounts~~Account(s), ait ~~new Crediting Period~~ will be ~~begin~~held ~~for~~in ~~each Allocation Account receiving~~ the ~~premium~~Fixed ~~payment.~~Holding ~~Any portion of an additional premium payment into an Allocation~~ Account ~~cannot~~until bethe ~~applied~~next toupcoming an1st, ~~ongoing~~8th, ~~Crediting~~15th, ~~Period.~~or ~~Please~~22nd ~~note~~calendar ~~that~~day ifafter ~~you~~we ~~invest~~credit in the ~~same~~additional ~~Allocation~~premium ~~Account~~payment atto ~~different~~your ~~times~~Policy, itwhichever isoccurs ~~possible that you may have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Allocation Account~~first.

When you allocate an additional premium payment to one or more Allocation Accounts, a new Crediting Period will begin for each Allocation Account receiving the premium payment. No portion of an additional premium payment can be applied to an ongoing Crediting Period. Please note that if you invest in an Allocation Account for which you already have an ongoing Crediting Period, you will have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Allocation Account. Under such circumstances, each ongoing Crediting Period for the same Allocation Account will be treated as a separate investment under the Policy.

After the first Policy Year, we reserve the right to require our prior approval for any cumulative premium payments in a single Policy Year in excess of the following limits:

•

Non-qualified Policies – $25,000.

•

Qualified Policies – the lesser of any minimums required by the Internal Revenue Service or $60,000.

~~We may approve premium payments over the maximum limit but restrict access to certain optional benefits.~~ If you do not obtain prior approval for premium payments in excess of the dollar amounts listed above, any prohibited premium payment will be deemed not in good order.

We will not allow additional premium payments under a Policy after the Owner (or oldest joint Owner) attains the age of 90. We reserve the right to further limit or refuse additional premium payments. We may prohibit Owners from making additional premium payments under the Policy in the future on a non-discriminatory basis. If we exercise this right, Owners will lose the ability to increase Policy Value and the optional death benefit, if elected, through additional premium payments.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 32

MAXIMUM TOTAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS

We reserve the right to require our prior approval of any cumulative premium payments in excess of:

• $1,000,000 provided that you, any joint Owner, and the Annuitant were all younger than age 7181 on the date you signed the application; or

• $500,000 if you, any joint Owner, or the Annuitant were at least age 7181 on the date you signed the application.

~~The~~39 maximum limit on total premium payments includes premium payments under the Policy and other policies with the same Owner or same Annuitant issued by us or an affiliate. We may approve premium payments over the maximum limit but restrict access to certain optional benefits. If you do not obtain prior approval for premium payments in excess of the dollar amounts listed above, any prohibited premium payment will be deemed not in good order.

The maximum limit on total premium payments includes premium payments under the Policy and other policies with the same Owner or same Annuitant issued by us or an affiliate. If you do not obtain prior approval for premium payments in excess of the dollar amounts listed above, any prohibited premium payment will be deemed not in good order.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

Initial Premium Payment

When you purchase the Policy, we will allocate your initial premium payment to the Allocation Account(s) you selected based on the allocation instructions in your application. The allocations in your allocation instructions must be in whole percentages and must total 100%.

InAdditional ~~the~~Premium ~~event~~Payments that your application is received in good order, but an Allocation Option that you selected for investment in your application is discontinued before your Policy is fully funded, we will issue the Policy and process your initial premium payment as follows:

•The ~~For~~allocation ~~each~~instructions in ~~Allocation~~your ~~Account~~application ~~that~~will ~~you~~initially ~~selected,~~serve ifas ~~the~~your ~~“same”~~standing ~~Allocation~~allocation ~~Account~~instructions isfor ~~available~~additional premium payments. You may change your standing allocation instructions for ~~investment~~additional premium payments by sending written instructions to our Administrative Office, weby ~~will~~telephone, ~~allocate~~or ~~the~~other ~~applicable~~electronic ~~percentage~~means ofacceptable ~~your~~to ~~premium~~us, ~~payment~~subject to ~~that~~the ~~Allocation~~limitations ~~Account~~described under inOTHER ~~accordance~~INFORMATION ~~with~~– ~~your~~Telephone and Electronic Transactions. The new instructions will apply to premium payments received on or after the date we receive the change request in good order.

• For each Allocation Account that you selected, if the “same” Allocation Account is not available for investment, we will attempt to contact you and your financial intermediary to request new instructions with respect to the applicable portion of your premium payment. We will make multiple attempts over a 30-day period. During this 30-day period, the applicable portion of your premium payment will be held in the Fixed Holding Account. If we do not receive new instructions in good order within 30 days of the date we received the premium payment, we will allocate that portion of your premium payment to the Default Option on the next upcoming 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day of any month, whichever occurs first. See DEFAULT OPTION.

For these purposes, we will consider an Allocation Account identified in your application instructions and an Allocation Account that is available for investment to be the “same” Allocation Account based on the criteria described below.

The allocation instructions in your application will initially serve as your standing allocation instructions for additional premium payments. You may change your standing allocation instructions for additional premium payments by sending written instructions to our Administrative Office, by telephone, or other electronic means acceptable to us, subject to the limitations described under OTHER INFORMATION – Telephone and Electronic Transactions. The allocation change will apply to premium payments received on or after the date we receive the change request in good order.

If you make an additional premium payment and it is accompanied by allocation instructions, we will allocate the premium payment to the Allocation Account(s) you selected based on those instructions. The allocation instructions accompanying your additional premium payment will not replace your standing allocation instructions unless you specifically instruct us otherwise.

~~Transamerica~~If ~~Structured~~you ~~Index~~make ~~AdvantageSM~~an ~~Annuity~~additional 33premium payment and it is not accompanied by allocation instructions, we will process the additional premium payment based on your standing allocation instructions. If those standing allocation instructions are not in good order because they instruct us to allocate the premium payment (or a portion thereof) to an unavailable Allocation Account, we will process the additional premium payment as follows:

If• ~~you~~For ~~make~~each anAllocation ~~additional~~Account ~~premium~~in ~~payment~~your ~~and~~standing itallocation isinstructions, ~~not~~if ~~accompanied~~that byAllocation ~~allocation~~Account ~~instructions~~(or another Allocation Account that we designate in an amendment to this prospectus) is available for investment, we will ~~process~~allocate the ~~additional~~applicable percentage of your premium payment asto ~~follows:~~that Allocation Account in accordance with your standing allocation instructions.

• For each Allocation Account in your standing allocation instructions, if ~~the~~that ~~“same”~~ Allocation Account is not available for investment, we will ~~allocate~~attempt to contact you and your financial intermediary to request new instructions with respect to the applicable ~~percentage~~portion of your premium payment. toWe ~~that~~will ~~Allocation~~make multiple attempts over a 30-day period. During this 30-day period, the applicable portion of your premium payment will be held in the Fixed Holding Account. If we do not receive new instructions in ~~accordance~~good ~~with~~order within 30 days, we will allocate that portion of your ~~standing~~premium ~~allocation~~payment ~~instructions~~to the Default Option on the next upcoming 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day of any month, whichever occurs first.

~~• For each Allocation Account in your standing allocation instructions~~Currently, if the ~~“same”~~Default ~~Allocation~~Option ~~Account~~ is ~~not available for investment, we will attempt to contact you and your financial intermediary to request new instructions with respect to~~ the ~~applicable portion of your premium payment. We will make multiple attempts over a 30-day period. During this 30-day period, the applicable portion of your premium payment will be held in the~~ Fixed ~~Holding~~ Account. ~~If we do not receive new instructions in good order within 30 days of the date we received the premium payment, we will allocate that portion of your premium payment to the Default~~ Option ~~on the next upcoming 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day of any month, whichever occurs first~~. See DEFAULT OPTION.

~~For~~40 purposes of this section, we will consider an Allocation Account identified in your instructions and an Allocation Account that is available for investment to be the “same” Allocation Account based on the following criteria:

• If the Allocation Account identified in your instructions is a Basic Index Account Option, a Basic Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, Growth Opportunity Types, Downside Protection Types, and the rates declared for the Downside Protection Type are identical. Such Basic Index Account Options will be considered the “same” even if the rates declared for the Growth Opportunity Type differ (including the Credit Advantage Fee percentage, if applicable).

• If the Allocation Account identified in your instructions is a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, and Buffer Rates are identical. Such Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Options will be considered the “same” even if the declared Cap Rates, Observation Periods, Observation Frequencies, and Best Entry Reset Thresholds differ.

• If the Allocation Account identified in your instructions is a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option, a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, and the Buffer Rates are identical. Such Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Options will be considered to be the “same” even if the declared Cap Rates, Buffer Reset Periods, and Buffer Reset Triggers differ.

• If the Allocation Account identified in your instructions is the Fixed Account, and the Fixed Account is available for investment, it will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if we are offering a Crediting Period of the same length, even if the declared interest rates differ.

FEES AND CHARGES

There are fees and charges associated with the Policy that may reduce the return on your investment.

SURRENDER CHARGES

During the accumulation phase, you can withdraw part (withdrawal) or all of (Surrender) your Policy’s cash value. Restrictions may apply to qualified Policies. When you take a withdrawal or Surrender, we may apply a surrender charge to compensate us for start-up expenses of the Policy relating to sales, including commissions to registered representatives and other promotional expenses.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 34

Surrender charges, if any, apply to each premium payment, regardless of how Policy Value is allocated among the Allocation Accounts. The surrender charge decreases based on the number of years since the premium payment was made, as reflected in the table below.

Surrender Charge

(as a percentage of premium withdrawn or Surrendered)

Number of Years Since Premium Payment Date		Surrender Charge
Year 0-1		8%
Year 1-2		8%
Year 2-3		7%
Year 3-4		6%
Year 4-5		5%
Year 5-6		4%
Year 6+		0%

You can withdraw up to 10% of your premium payments each Policy Year free of surrender charges. This amount is referred to as the “surrender charge-free amount” and is determined at the time of withdrawal or Surrender. This amount is not cumulative, so any surrender charge-free amount not used in one year does not increase the surrender charge-free amount in subsequent years. If the withdrawal or Surrender is in excess of the surrender charge-free amount, you might have to pay a surrender charge on the excess amount.

For example, assume your premium payments total $100,000 and your Policy Value is $106,000 at the beginning of the second Policy Year and you request a withdrawal of $30,000. Since that amount is more than your surrender charge-free amount ($10,000), you would pay a surrender charge of $1,600 on the remaining $20,000 (i.e., 8% x ($30,000 – $10,000) = $1,600). Likewise, assume your Policy Value is $80,000 (total premium payments total $100,000) at the beginning of the second Policy Year and you Surrender your Policy. You would pay a surrender charge of $7,200 (i.e., 8% x ($100,000 – ($100,000 x 10%)) = $7,200).

For surrender charge purposes, earnings are considered to be withdrawn first, then the oldest premium is considered to be withdrawn next. While there is no surrender charge on the withdrawal of earnings or premium payments that are no longer subject to surrender charges, such amounts count towards your surrender charge-free amount when withdrawn. This means that withdrawing such amounts will reduce (possibly to zero) your surrender charge-free amount for a Policy Year.

Keep in mind that withdrawals may be taxable and, if taken before age 591⁄2, may be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax. For tax purposes, withdrawals from non-qualified Policies are considered to come from taxable earnings first

See ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY – SURRENDER CHARGE WAIVERS for information about the Policy’s surrender charge waivers. Please note that any amounts withdrawn pursuant to a surrender charge waiver will count against the surrender charge-free amount for a Policy Year.

We may elect to reduce or eliminate the amount of the surrender charge when the Policy is sold under circumstances which reduce our sales or other expenses, or when required by regulation or regulatory authority.

SERVICE CHARGE

We may deduct a service charge from your Policy on each Policy Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. If we deduct this charge, it will not exceed 2% (as a percentage of your Policy Value, before the deduction of any fees or charges on that Policy Anniversary) or a maximum of $50, whichever is less, and we will waive the charge if your Policy Value, or if your total premium payments minus prior withdrawals, on the Policy Anniversary is at least equal to the minimum amount specified in your Policy.

This charge will be deducted from each Account in proportion to the portion of Policy Value in each Account, excluding the Fixed Holding Account until all other Accounts have been depleted of value. This charge will be deducted on a pro-rated basis if you Surrender the Policy.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 35

GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER FEE

If you elect the optional GMDB rider, you may be subject to an additional fee. The fee (if any) depends on the Annuitant’s age on the date that you sign the application for the Policy (or, under limited circumstances, at the time your re-election request is received in good order). If your election of the GMDB rider would not subject your Policy to an additional fee and you are eligible to elect the rider, the GMDB rider will be automatically elected for you.

If you elect the GMDB rider and are subject to an additional fee, the fee percentage will not exceed 2.0% (as an annualized percentage of the guaranteed minimum death benefit). The fee percentage applicable to your rider will not change for the life of your rider. The additional fee will be calculated and deducted quarterly, on the same day of the month as the rider effective date. If that day does not exist for a given month, the first calendar day of the following month will be used. The quarterly fee is calculated by multiplying the guaranteed minimum death benefit by the GMDB rider fee percentage, and dividing that amount by four.

See DEATH BENEFIT – GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT (GMDB) RIDER for information about how the guaranteed minimum death benefit is calculated.

This fee will be deducted from each Account in proportion to the portion of Policy Value in each Account, excluding the Fixed Holding Account until all other Accounts have been depleted of value. This fee will be deducted on a pro-rated basis upon termination of the rider.

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The current GMDB rider fee percentages are disclosed in the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement covering GMDB rider elections. We periodically issue new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements that may reflect different fee percentages. All Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov (Central Index Key (CIK) 0001164098). You may also visit www.transamerica.com or contact our Administrative Office for the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to you. Superseded fee percentages from prior Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements can be found in an exhibit to the Policy’s current registration statement filed with SEC.

• New Elections. If you are a prospective purchaser of the Policy electing the rider, in order for you to receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement delivered to you during the application process, your application must be signed while that Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect. We must also receive your initial premium payment within 14 calendar days of your signature date (or 60 calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or rollover). If these conditions are not met, your application will be considered not in good order. If you decide to proceed with the purchase of the Policy, additional paperwork may be required to issue the Policy and the fee percentages that we are offering at that time will apply to the GMDB rider.

• Re-Elections. If you are re-electing the GMDB rider, assuming that you are eligible to re-elect the rider, you will receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage that we are offering at the time that we receive your re-election request in good order. In order for you to receive the applicable GMDB rider fee percentage in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement we must receive your re-election request in good order while that Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect.

You should not purchase (or, in limited circumstances, re-elect) the GMDB rider without first obtaining the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement.

CREDIT ADVANTAGE FEE

If you invest in an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type, you will pay an additional fee for the increased upside potential associated with that Index Account Option. If you are invested in multiple Index Account Options with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type, you will pay the Credit Advantage Fee with respect to each of those Index Account Options. You will not pay a Credit Advantage Fee if you do not invest in an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 36

The Credit Advantage Fee is calculated at the beginning of the Crediting Period. The fee will equal the dollar amount allocated to the Index Account Option on the first day of the Crediting Period, multiplied by the Credit Advantage Fee percentage. We will declare the Credit Advantage Fee percentage prior to the beginning of the Crediting Period. This percentage will not exceed 6.0%.

See SELECTING YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS for information about how to obtain the Credit Advantage Fee percentage for an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type.

The Credit Advantage Fee is deducted as follows:

• If you do not take a withdrawal or Surrender from the Index Account Option prior to the end of the Crediting Period, the full Credit Advantage Fee will be deducted from the Index Account Option Value at the end of the Crediting Period.

• If you take a full withdrawal from the Index Account Option or a Surrender prior to the end of the Crediting Period, the full Credit Advantage Fee (or the remaining Credit Advantage Fee, if you previously took a withdrawal from the Index Account Option) will be deducted at that time.

• If you take a withdrawal from the Index Account Option prior to the end of the Crediting Period, a portion of the Credit Advantage Fee will be assessed at that time. The amount of the fee assessed will equal:

Remaining Credit Advantage Fee x (amount withdrawn / Interim Value)

The remaining Credit Advantage Fee at any time equals the Credit Advantage Fee calculated at the beginning of the Crediting Period minus the cumulative portion of the Credit Advantage Fee assessed at the time of any prior withdrawals during the Crediting Period. Please note that the remaining Credit Advantage Fee and Interim Value used in the calculation above are those values immediately prior to the withdrawal.

In no event will the Credit Advantage Fee paid for an Index Account Option exceed the Credit Advantage Fee calculated at the beginning of the Crediting Period.

If a death benefit becomes payable, the remaining Credit Advantage Fee, less the accrued Credit Advantage Fee, will be waived as of the date we receive due proof of death from any beneficiary.

PREMIUM TAXES

A deduction is also made for premium taxes, if any, imposed on us by a state, municipality, or other government agency. We will, at our discretion, deduct the tax, currently ranging from 0% to 3.5%, from the Policy Value when you begin receiving annuity payments, you Surrender the Policy, or death proceeds are paid. We may decide to deduct the tax at the time that you make a premium payment or when due to the applicable taxing authority.

FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES

We may in the future deduct charges from the Policy for any taxes we incur because of the Policy. However, no deductions are being made at the present time.

SPECIAL SERVICE FEES

We currently deduct a charge for overnight delivery and duplicate policies. We reserve the right to deduct a charge for special services in the future, including non-sufficient checks on new business; duplicate Form 1099 and Form 5498 tax forms; check copies; printing and mailing previously submitted forms; and asset verification requests from mortgage companies. We may charge a fee for each service performed and fees may vary based on the type of service but will not exceed $50.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 37

REDUCED FEES AND CHARGES

We may, at our discretion, reduce or eliminate certain fees and charges for certain Policies (including employer-sponsored savings plans), which may result in decreased costs and expenses.

POLICY VALUE AND CASH VALUE

POLICY VALUE

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, your Policy Value represents the value of your investment in your Accounts, which may include the Fixed Holding Account, the Fixed Account Option, ~~and~~ one or more Index ~~Accounts~~Account Options, and the Performance Lock Account. If you invest in an Index Account Option, your Policy Value will reflect the Interim Values of your investment between the first and last day of the Crediting Period.

On any day during the accumulation phase, your total Policy Value is equal to:

•

Your total premium payment(s); minus

•

Your total gross withdrawals from the Policy (including amounts deducted for surrender charges); plus

•

Your accumulated gains on amounts allocated to Index Account(s); minus

•

Your accumulated losses on amounts allocated to Index Account(s); plus

•

Interest credited on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and Fixed Holding Account; minus

• ~~Service~~Amounts ~~charges,~~deducted ~~rider~~for fees, and ~~premium~~charges ~~taxes if any (including fees~~ and taxes ~~imposed~~if ~~upon termination)~~any.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, your Policy does not have a Policy Value.

CASH VALUE

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, your cash value represents the total amount that is available for withdrawal or Surrender. Your cash value is equal to the Policy Value less any surrender charges, if applicable. Your cash value may be lower than or equal to your Policy Value.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, your Policy does not have a cash value.

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS

FIXED HOLDING ACCOUNT

IfThe ainitial premium payment iswill ~~received~~be onallocated from the Fixed Holding Account as described above after the Policy Date. An additional premium payment will be allocated as described above after we credit the additional premium payment to your Policy. If the Policy Date, or the date we credit an additional premium payment, is the 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day, it will be allocated on the next 1st, 8th, 15th, or 22nd calendar day ~~of any month~~, whichever occurs first.

Amounts held in the Fixed Holding Account are credited compound interest daily based on the ~~fixed~~ annual interest rate in effect aton that day. We may change the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account at any time at our discretion, subject to a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%. You bear the risk that we will not credit interest at a rate greater than the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate.

WeYou may ~~change~~obtain the current annual interest rate online ~~for the Fixed Holding Account~~ at ~~any time at our discretion, subject to the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate~~https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila ~~You~~or ~~bear~~upon ~~the~~request ~~risk~~by ~~that~~contacting weour ~~will~~Administrative ~~not~~Office ~~credit~~or ~~interest~~your atfinancial ~~a rate greater than the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate~~intermediary.

~~See~~When ~~SELECTING~~your allocation ~~YOUR~~instructions ~~INVESTMENT~~for ~~OPTIONS~~an ~~for~~initial ~~information~~or ~~about~~additional ~~how~~premium payment are not in good order because they instruct us to ~~obtain~~allocate ~~the~~your ~~current~~premium ~~annual~~payment ~~interest~~to ~~rate~~an Allocation Account that is no longer available for investment, your premium payment may be held in the Fixed Holding Account for a longer period of time than described above. See PREMIUM PAYMENTS – ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS for additional information.

~~Transamerica~~41 ~~Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 38~~

~~When~~FIXED ~~you~~ACCOUNT ~~submit~~OPTION an additional premium payment, if the premium payment is not accompanied by allocation instructions and your standing allocation instructions are not in good order, your premium payment may be held in the Fixed Holding Account for a longer period of time than described above. See PREMIUM PAYMENTS – ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS for additional information.

~~THE~~If ~~FIXED~~you ~~ACCOUNT~~invest in the Fixed Account Option, we guarantee your principal and a fixed annual interest rate for a 1-year Crediting Period. We will credit compound interest daily throughout the Crediting Period based on the annual interest rate we declared for that Crediting Period. The current annual interest rate for the Fixed Account Option is available online at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary. See SELECTING ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT for additional information about how to obtain the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Account Option.

IfWe wemay ~~offer~~declare ~~the~~a ~~Fixed~~new ~~Account~~annual ~~and~~interest ~~you~~rate ~~select it~~ for ~~investment,~~new weCrediting ~~guarantee~~Periods. ~~your~~We ~~principal~~determine ~~and~~the ~~a fixed~~ annual interest rates ~~rate~~ for ~~the~~new ~~length~~Crediting ofPeriods ~~the~~at ~~applicable Crediting~~our ~~Period.~~discretion, Wesubject ~~will~~to ~~credit~~a ~~compound~~guaranteed ~~interest~~minimum ~~daily~~effective ~~throughout~~annual ~~the~~interest ~~Crediting~~rate ~~Period~~of ~~based~~0.25%. onYou bear the ~~annual~~risk ~~interest~~that ~~rate~~ we ~~declared~~will ~~for~~not ~~that~~credit ~~Crediting~~interest ~~Period.~~for Wea ~~may~~new ~~offer~~ Crediting ~~Periods~~Period ~~for~~at ~~the~~a ~~Fixed~~rate ~~Account~~greater ~~ranging~~than ~~from~~the 1guaranteed tominimum effective 6annual ~~years~~interest ~~in length~~rate.

WeThe ~~currently~~annual ~~offer~~interest ~~the~~rate ~~Fixed~~declared ~~Account~~for ~~with~~an aongoing ~~1-year~~ Crediting Period ~~and~~will wenot ~~may~~change. ~~choose~~However, tothe ~~offer~~annual ~~longer Crediting~~interest ~~Periods~~rate we declare for the Fixed Account ~~from~~Option ~~time~~may todiffer ~~time.~~from WeCrediting ~~will~~Period ~~continue~~ to ~~offer~~Crediting ~~the~~Period. ~~Fixed~~For ~~Account~~example, ~~with~~assume ayou ~~1-year~~have ~~Crediting~~Policy ~~Period~~Value ~~for~~invested atin ~~least~~the asFixed ~~long as that Allocation~~ Account isOption ~~designated~~with byan usongoing as1-year ~~the~~Crediting ~~Default Option~~Period. WeIf ~~will~~the ~~declare~~Fixed ~~the~~Account ~~annual~~Option ~~interest~~is ~~rate~~still available for ainvestment ~~Crediting~~and ~~Period~~you ~~prior~~invest toadditional ~~the~~amounts ~~beginning~~in of the ~~Crediting~~Fixed ~~Period.~~Account WeOption, ~~guarantee~~you ~~that~~will ~~the~~have ~~annual~~two ~~interest~~separate ~~rate~~ongoing ~~declared~~1-year ~~for a~~ Crediting ~~Period~~Periods ~~will~~for ~~not~~the ~~change.~~Fixed Account ~~However~~Option, and the ~~annual~~ interest rates wefor ~~declare~~those ~~may differ from~~ Crediting ~~Period-to-Crediting~~Periods ~~Period and~~ may differ ~~based on the lengths of the Crediting Periods offered~~.

~~For~~We ~~example,~~do ~~assume~~not ~~you~~guarantee ~~have~~that ~~Policy~~a ~~Value invested in the~~ Fixed Account ~~for~~Option anwill ~~ongoing~~always ~~1-year Crediting Period. If the~~be ~~Fixed Account is still~~ available for investment and you invest additional amounts in the Fixed Account for a 1-year Crediting Period, you will have two separate ongoing 1-year Crediting Periods for the Fixed Account, and the interest rates for those Crediting Periods may differ.

~~We determine~~INDEX ~~annual~~ACCOUNT ~~interest~~OPTIONS rates for the Fixed Account at our discretion, subject to the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate. You bear the risk that we will not credit interest at a rate greater than the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate.

~~See~~When ~~SELECTING~~you ~~YOUR~~invest ~~INVESTMENT~~in ~~OPTIONS~~an ~~for~~Index ~~information~~Account ~~about~~Option, ~~how~~your toinvestment ~~obtain~~begins on the first day of the Crediting Period~~(s)~~ and ~~current~~generally ~~annual~~ends on the last day of the Crediting ~~interest~~Period. ~~rate(s)~~There are certain events that wecould ~~are~~end ~~offering~~your ~~for~~investment before the ~~Fixed~~last day of the Crediting Period, such as if you take a full withdrawal from that Index Account Option, Surrender the Policy, or annuitize the Policy, or if the death benefit becomes payable, or if you exercise Performance Lock, before the end of the Crediting Period.

WeAt dothe ~~not~~end ~~guarantee~~of ~~that~~the Crediting Period, we apply gain or loss to your Policy based on how the ~~Fixed~~Index Account Option performed. The Index Account Option’s performance is linked to the performance of an Index, which will ~~always~~either be ~~available~~a ~~for~~market ~~investment~~index or an exchange-traded fund. WeSee THE INDEXES. The ~~reserve~~Index’s performance is measured by calculating the ~~right~~Index toChange, ~~refuse~~which ~~any~~is ~~premium~~the ~~payments~~percentage todifference bebetween ~~allocated~~the ~~to,~~Initial orIndex ~~transferred~~Value ~~into,~~and the ~~Fixed~~Final ~~Account~~Index Value.

INDEX ACCOUNTS

When you invest in an Index Account Option, your investment begins on the first day of the Crediting Period and generally ends on the last day of the Crediting Period. There are certain events that could end your investment before the last day of the Crediting Period, such as if you take a full withdrawal from that Index Account Option, Surrender the Policy, or annuitize the Policy, or if the death benefit becomes payable before the end of the Crediting Period.

At the end of the Crediting Period, we apply gain or loss to your Policy based on how the Index Account Option performed. The Index Account Option’s performance is linked to the performance of an Index, which will either be a market index or an exchange-traded fund. See THE INDEXES. The Index’s performance is generally measured by calculating the Index Change, which is the percentage difference between the Initial Index Value and the Final Index Value.

For example, regardless of how the Index otherwise performed between the beginning and end of the Crediting Period:

•

If the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Final Index Value is 1100, the Index Change would be +10% (i.e., ((1100/1000) – 1 = 10%).

•

Likewise, if the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Final Index Value is 900, the Index Change would be -10% (i.e., ((900/1000) – 1 = -10%).

~~Transamerica~~The ~~Structured~~amount of gain or loss applied to your investment at the end of the Crediting Period will depend on the Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Change ~~Annuity~~and 39the Index Account Option’s upside and downside features:

As• aWhen ~~general~~the ~~matter~~Index ~~(excluding~~Change at the ~~impact~~end of ~~fees~~the ~~and~~Crediting ~~charges)~~Period is positive, your Policy gains value. The extent to which you participate in the positive Index performance depends on the Index Account Option’s Growth Opportunity Type. We currently only offer Index Account Options with Cap or Participation as the Growth Opportunity Type. Due to the operation of the Cap Rate or Participation Rate, as applicable, you may not fully participate in positive Index performance. See AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS GROWTH OPPORTUNITY TYPE: CALCULATING GAIN USING CAP or PARTICIPATION for more information about Cap and Participation, including examples.

•42 When the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive, your Policy gains value. The extent to which you participate in the positive Index performance depends on the Index Account Option’s Growth Opportunity Type.

• When the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is zero, your Policy will not gain or lose value as a result of the Index performance. ~~Nor will your Policy gain value unless the Growth Opportunity Type for the Index Account Option provides for gain even when the Index Change is zero.~~

• When the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, your Policy will lose value only to the extent that the Index Account Option’s downside protection does not protect you from ~~that~~ loss. The downside protection provided by an Index Account Option will depend on its Downside Protection Type. We currently only offer Index Account Options with Buffer as the Downside Protection Type. Due to the operation of the Buffer, your investment will incur loss for negative Index performance beyond the Buffer Rate. If the negative Index performance does not go beyond the Buffer Rate, you will not incur loss as a result of that negative Index performance. See AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS – DOWNSIDE PROTECTION TYPE: CALCULATING LOSS USING THE BUFFER for more information, including examples.

~~See~~For ~~ADDITIONAL~~more ~~INFORMATION~~information ~~ABOUT~~about ~~BASIC~~how ~~INDEX~~gains ~~ACCOUNT OPTIONS~~ and ~~ADDITIONAL~~losses ~~INFORMATION~~are ~~ABOUT~~calculated ~~ENHANCED~~at ~~INDEX~~the ~~ACCOUNT~~end ~~OPTIONS~~of ~~for~~the ~~detailed~~Crediting ~~information about~~Period, ~~how~~as ~~gains~~well ~~and~~as ~~losses~~about ~~are~~Interim ~~calculated~~Values ~~for~~and the ~~different~~Performance ~~types~~Lock feature, ofincluding ~~Index~~examples, ~~Account~~see ~~Options~~VALUING atYOUR ~~the~~INVESTMENT ~~end~~IN ofAN aINDEX ~~Crediting~~ACCOUNT ~~Period~~OPTION below.

~~Please~~PERFORMANCE ~~note~~LOCK that we do calculate the value of your investment in an Index Account Option each Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period. However, we calculate these “Interim Values” differently than how we calculate gains or losses at the end of a Crediting Period. See VALUES ASSOCIATED WITH AN INDEX ACCOUNT ~~OPTION – INTERIM VALUES, APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES, and APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for~~ ~~additional information.~~

The Performance Lock Account is an interest-bearing account to which your locked-in Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) will be transferred upon exercising Performance Lock for an Index Account Option. The amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be credited compound interest daily based on the annual interest rate in effect on that day, and will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis for any fees, charges, or withdrawals deducted from the Performance Lock Account, until the next Allocation Anniversary. We may change the current annual interest rate for the Performance Lock Account at any time at our discretion, subject to a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%. You bear the risk that we will not credit interest at a rate greater than the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate. You may obtain the current annual interest rate online at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary. The Performance Lock Account is part of our Fixed Account.

See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – PERFORMANCE LOCK for information about the Performance Lock feature.

VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION

INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION VALUE

The value of your investment in an Index Account Option at the end of a Crediting Period is your Index Account Option Value. Your Index Account Option Value is calculated using the following formula:

Index Account Option Value = Index Base x (1 + Index Credit Rate)

•

The Index Credit Rate and the Index Credit may be positive, negative, or zero.

•

Index Base. Your Index Base generally represents your investment in the Index Account Option.

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of +10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $11,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + 10%) = $11,000). The Index Credit is +$1,000.

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of -10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $9,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + -10%) = $9,000). The Index Credit is -$1,000.

Any fees or charges deducted at the end of the Crediting Period will be deducted on a dollar for dollar basis from your Index Account Option Value after the Index Credit is applied. Continuing the examples above, if a $50 service charge were deducted from that Index Account Option on the same day that the Index Credit was applied, the Index Account Option Value would be reduced after the Index Credit to $10,950 (i.e., $11,000—$50) or $8,950 (i.e., $9,000—$50), respectively. See FEES AND CHARGES.

NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE

For example, assume that your Index Base on the first day of a Crediting Period for an Index Account is $10,000. Further, assume that there are no deductions as a result of fees, charges, or withdrawals from that Index Account until a given day before the end of the Crediting Period, on which day your Interim Value is $9,500 (before any deductions for fees, charges, or withdrawals) and a total of $475 in fees, charges, or withdrawals is deducted from that Index Account Option on that date. The $475 deduction would reduce your Interim Value to $9,025, representing a 5% reduction in your Interim Value (i.e., ($9,025 / $9,500) – 1 = 5%). As such, your Index Base would likewise be reduced by 5% from $10,000 to $9,500 (i.e., ($10,000 x (1 + -5%) = $9,500), a negative adjustment to the Index Base of -$500. Please note that in this example, the negative adjustment to the Index Base (-$500) was greater than the reduction in the Interim Value (-$475).

Continuing this example to the end of the Crediting Period, assume that there are no other deductions as a result of fees, charges, or withdrawals from that Index Account Option before the end of the Crediting Period:

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of +10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $10,450 (i.e., $9,500 x (1 + 10%) = $10,450). The Index Credit is +$950. In comparison, had your original Index Base of $10,000 not been subject to the negative adjustment earlier in this example, the Index Account Option Value would have equaled $11,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + 10%) = $11,000), and the Index Credit would have been +$1,000.

•

Assuming an Index Credit Rate of -10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $8,550 (i.e., $9,500 x (1 + -10%) = $8,550). The Index Credit is -$950. In comparison, had your original Index Base of $10,000 not been subject to the negative adjustment earlier in this example, the Index Account Option Value would have equaled $9,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + -10%) = $9,000), and the Index Credit would have been -$1,000.

If you select an Index Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee, please note:

•

Your Interim Values will reflect a dollar for dollar reduction equal to Accrued Credit Advantage Fees. The daily accrual of Accrued Credit Advantage Fees does not impact your Index Base (i.e., it does not trigger a negative adjustment to your Index Base). However, Accrued Credit Advantage Fees will reduce the amount available in the Index Account for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees and charges.

•

If you select an Index Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee and there is a deduction for a fee, charge, or withdrawal that triggers a negative adjustment to your Index Base, the proportionate reduction to your Index Base will be based on what your Interim Value would have been on that date in the absence of Accrued Credit Advantage Fees. As a result of this special treatment, the daily accrual of Accrued Credit Advantage Fees will not have the effect of increasing the percentage by which we reduce your Index Base when a negative adjustment occurs. This special treatment is limited solely to the application of negative adjustments to the Index Base when you select an Index Account Option subject to a Credit Advantage Fee.

See APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for additional examples of negative adjustments.

INTERIM VALUES

We calculate the Interim Value of your investment in an Index Account Option each Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period. The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available from that Index Account Option for withdrawals, Surrender, and the other transactions listed below. The Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Business Day.

•

A fee or charge is deducted from the Index Account Option;

•

An amount is deducted from the Index Account Option as a result of a Surrender or withdrawal (including an automatic withdrawal, advisory fee withdrawal, minimum required distribution, surrender charge-free withdrawal, or any other withdrawal);

•

The Policy is annuitized;

•

The death benefit is paid; or

•

You exercise the Performance Lock feature (that Business Day being the Performance Lock Date).

In any of those circumstances—including the deduction of a periodic fee or charge—the transaction will be processed based on the Interim Value for that Index Account Option on that Business Day. If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options that end at different times, the transactions listed above will be based on an Interim Value for some or all of your Index Account Options. For as long as you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for Index Account Options, there may be no time that any such transaction can be performed without the application of at least one Interim Value.

Interim Values for an Index Account Option generally reflect less upside potential and less downside protection than would otherwise apply at the end of the Crediting Period. As such, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges, withdrawals, a Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit. The application of an Interim Value may result in a loss to an Owner even if the reference Index at the time of withdrawal or Surrender or other transaction listed above is higher than at the beginning of the Crediting Period. If you use the Performance Lock feature to lock-in an Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) that is lower than the amount you invested in that Index Account Option on the Crediting Period start date, you may be locking-in a loss.

The Interim Value for an Index Account Option is calculated using the following formula:

Index Base x (1 + Interim Value Index Credit Rate) – Accrued Credit Advantage Fees, if applicable

•

Index Base. Similar to the end of a Crediting Period, we calculate Interim Values by applying a percentage gain or loss to your Index Base.

•

Interim Value Index Credit Rate. The Interim Value Index Credit Rate is a rate of return that may be positive, negative, or zero. We calculate this interim rate of return differently than the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period.

•

Gains and losses for Interim Values are not directly tied to the performance of the Index for the Index Account Option. We calculate the Interim Value Index Credit Rate by using a formula that looks to changes in the values of certain financial instruments, including derivative instruments referencing the Index (Option Value) and fixed income instruments (Bond Reference Portfolio Yield). The values of these instruments can be affected by factors such as Index performance, volatility (based on availability of calculation data), and interest rates. This formula is designed to produce an estimated fair value for your investment in the Index Account Option on that Business Day. The estimated fair value is intended to reflect factors such as the likelihood, and magnitude of, a positive or negative Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period, the length of time remaining in the Crediting Period, and the risk of loss and the possibility of gain at the end of the Crediting Period.

•

If a premium payment allocated to an Index Account Option is still within its six-year surrender charge period, then in addition to applicable surrender charges, the Interim Value formula described above includes an adjustment to the impact of fixed income markets on the Interim Value of your investment. In decreasing yield environments, this adjustment will serve to reduce the Interim Value. In increasing yield environments, this adjustment will serve to increase the Interim Value. The impact of the adjustment on Interim Value is at its greatest on the first day of the surrender charge period and lessens as the remaining number of days in the surrender charge period decreases. There is no adjustment if a premium payment allocated to an Index Account Option is outside of the six-year surrender charge period. Please note that a six-year surrender charge period applies to each premium payment, including the initial premium payment and any additional premium payment.

•

Accrued Credit Advantage Fees (Credit Advantage Only). If the Index Account Option is subject to a Credit Advantage Fee, Accrued Credit Advantage Fees are reflected in the Interim Value as a dollar for dollar reduction after the Index Base is applied to the Interim Value Index Credit Rate.

Our process for calculating Interim Values is explained in detail in APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES, including the formula we use to calculate the Interim Value Index Credit Rate.

The following examples are intended to illustrate how an Interim Value is calculated. Assume that you purchase a Policy with the standard death benefit, and on the Policy Date, you invest $10,000 in an Index Account Option with a 1-year Crediting Period and a Growth Opportunity Type that isn’t designated as Credit Advantage. Further, assume that you take no withdrawals from that Index Account Option, or exercise the Performance Lock feature, before the end of the Crediting Period.

Based on these assumptions, Examples 1 and 2 illustrate the Interim Value calculation halfway through the Crediting Period with positive and negative market scenarios, respectively. Examples 3 and 4 illustrate the Interim Value calculation close to the end of the Crediting Period with positive and negative market scenarios, respectively. The Examples assume that the Interim Values are calculated 182 days (Examples 1 and 2) or 335 days (Examples 3 and 4) into the 6-year surrender charge period applicable to your premium payment. In these examples, if you had elected the GMDB rider or an Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type, your Interim Values would be lower depending on the applicable fee percentages, the dates on which those charges are deducted, and the actions you take under the Policy (i.e., when and if you take a Surrender or withdrawal, exercise Performance Lock, or annuitize the Policy).


	Example 1			*Example 2*			Example 3			*Example 4*
Index Base	$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000
Interim Value Index Credit Rate
*Option Value*
Current day		4.00	%		-4.00	%		4.00	%		-4.00	%
First day of Crediting Period		2.00	%		2.00	%		2.00	%		2.00	%
# of calendar days remaining in Crediting Period		183			183			30			30
# of calendar days in Crediting Period		365			365			365			365
ratio		0.5014			0.5014			0.0822			0.0822
Option Value rate		2.9973	%		-5.0027	%		3.8356	%		-4.1644	%
*Bond Reference Portfolio Yield*
Current day		1.93	%		1.93	%		2.46	%		2.46	%
First day of Crediting Period		2.00	%		2.00	%		2.00	%		2.00	%
Calendar days remaining/365.25		0.5010			0.5010			0.0821			0.0821
Bond Reference Portfolio Yield rate		0.0341	%		0.0341	%		-0.0369	%		-0.0369	%
*Days Remaining in Surrender Charge Period*
# of calendar days remaining in surrender charge period		2008			2008			1855			1855
# of calendar days in surrender charge period		2190			2190			2190			2190
1 - ratio		0.08311			0.08311			0.15297			0.15297
*Interim Value Index Credit Rate*		3.00	%		-5.00	%		3.83	%		-4.17	%
Interim Value
Index Base	$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000
Interim Value Index Credit Rate		3.00	%		-5.00	%		3.83	%		-4.17	%
Interim Value	$	10,300		$	9,500		$	10,383		$	9,583

As previously noted, if a premium payment allocated to an Index Account Option is still within its 6-year surrender charge period, then in addition to applicable surrender charges, your Interim Values for that Index Account Option may be higher or lower than if the premium payment were outside of its surrender charge period. In comparison to the examples above, the table below shows what the Interim Value would have been in each example had the premium payment not been within its surrender charge period at those times (all other assumptions being the same):


*Interim Value*
Index Base	$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000		$	10,000
Interim Value Index Credit Rate		3.03	%		-4.97	%		3.80	%		-4.20	%
Interim Value	$	10,303		$	9,503		$	10,380		$	9,580

See APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES for detailed explanations and examples of Interim Value calculations.

INDEX SUBSTITUTIONS

During a Crediting Period, if a market index serving as an Index is discontinued, or if the calculation of the Index is substantially changed by the index provider, or if Index Values should become unavailable for any reason, or if an ETF that is serving as an Index is liquidated or otherwise no longer exists, or if its investment objectives, strategies, or risks substantially change, we may substitute the Index with a new Index once we obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. We will notify you of any such substitution in writing. We will seek to notify you at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Account Option in which you are invested. However, in the event that it is necessary to substitute on less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of our control, we will provide notice of the substitution as soon as practicable. If we substitute an Index, we will select a new Index that we determine in our judgment is comparable to the old Index. We may look at factors which include, but are not limited to, asset class, index composition, strategy, and index liquidity.

If we substitute an Index during a Crediting Period, we will calculate the Index Change using the original Index up until the substitution date. After the substitution date, we will calculate the Index Change using the replacement Index, but with a revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index. The revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index will reflect the Index Change for the original Index from the start of the Crediting Period to the substitution date. We will use a similar process if multiple substitutions occur during a Crediting Period. The substitution of an Index will have no impact on the Index Account Option’s Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, Downside Protection Type, or any other features or rates for that Index Account Option other than the Index to which the Index Account Option is linked.

This example is intended to show how we would calculate the Index Change during a Crediting Period in which an Index was substituted.

Index Change on substitution date for original Index


Initial Index Value for original Index		1000
Index Value for original index on substitution date		1050
Index Change for original Index on substitution date		(1050 / 1000) - 1 = 5%

This 5% Index Change on the substitution date is then used to calculate the revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index.

Revised Initial Index Value for replacement Index


Index Change for original Index on substitution date		5%
Index Value for replacement Index on substitution date		1000
Revised Initial Index Value for replacement Index		1000 / (100% + 5%) = 952.38

The Index Change calculation for that Crediting Period is then based on the change between the revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index, and the Final Index Value for the replacement Index.

PERFORMANCE LOCK

On any Business Day between the first and last day the Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, you may exercise the Performance Lock feature. You may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of your Index Account Options. If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option, you may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of them. You may decide not to exercise Performance Lock at all.

If you exercise Performance Lock for an Index Account Option, your Interim Value for that Index Account Option (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) on the Performance Lock Date is “locked-in” and transferred to the Performance Lock Account.

If you exercise Performance Lock, you will be locking-in an Interim Value (and that Interim Value will be reduced dollar for dollar by any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges). Interim Values fluctuate daily, positively or negatively, and may be unfavorable to you. If you lock-in an amount that is lower than the amount you invested in that Index Account Option on the Crediting Period start date, you may be locking-in a loss. Amounts held in the Performance Lock Account will not participate in any Index performance (positive or negative). No Index Credit will be applied at the end of the Crediting Period of the Index Account Option for which you exercised Performance Lock. Depending on when you exercised Performance Lock, your investment might not participate in Index performance for up to one year.

For example, assume you invest $10,000 in an Index Account Option and you elect to exercise Performance Lock. If the Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date is $10,500 and there is $300 in Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and other applicable charges for that Index Account Option, we will transfer $10,200 to the Performance Lock Account, locking-in $200 of gain (before any future credited interest, fees or charges, or withdrawals applied to the Performance Lock Account). Conversely, if the Interim Value on the Performance Lock Date is $9,500 and there is $300 in Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and other fees, we will transfer $9,200 to the Performance Lock Account, locking-in an $800 loss (before any future credited interest, fees or charges, or withdrawals applied to the Performance Lock Account).

You may “manually” exercise Performance Lock by contacting us on any Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period, in which case we will lock-in the Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) next calculated after we receive your request in good order.

You may also exercise Performance Lock “automatically” based on a target gain that you provide us in advance. If you wish to enroll in this feature, you must provide us with instructions that identify a target gain percentage. After you enroll, Performance Lock will be automatically exercised if your Interim Value (after the deduction of any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) is greater than your Index Base by a percentage at least equal to your target gain. For instance, if you instruct us to exercise Performance Lock on any Business Day that would lock-in at least a 5% gain, Performance Lock will be automatically exercised on any Business Day that the Interim Value (after the deduction of any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) is at least 5% greater than your Index Base. In this example, if your Interim Value on a Business Day were at least 5% greater than your Index Base, but the deduction of any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees or other applicable charges would result in less than a 5% gain, Performance Lock would not be automatically exercised on that Business Day. You may cancel your target gain instructions at any time before Performance Lock is exercised.

If you submit instructions with your Policy application for Performance Lock to be automatically exercised for an Index Account Option, those instructions will apply to any portion of your initial premium payment allocated to that Index Account Option (including any portion of your initial premium payment that we receive after the Policy Date). Those instructions will not apply to any additional premium payment, any other Index Account Option, or any future Crediting Period. You must submit separate instructions to exercise Performance Lock automatically in those instances.

If you exercise Performance Lock manually, you won’t know the locked-in Interim Value in advance. The locked-in Interim Value may be lower or higher than the Interim Value that was last calculated before you submitted your request. If you exercise Performance Lock automatically, you will not know the locked-in Interim Value in advance, but the locked-in Interim Value (less the deduction of any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges) will be triggered by the target gain that you set in advance.

On the Performance Lock Date, the amount transferred to the Performance Lock Account will equal the locked-in Interim Value (less any Remaining Credit Advantage Fees and any other applicable charges). Thereafter, until the next Allocation Anniversary, that amount will be credited compound interest daily based on the annual interest rate in effect on that day, and will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis for any fees, charges, or withdrawals deducted from the Performance Lock Account. We may change the current annual interest rate at any time at our discretion, subject to a guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate of 0.25%. For any date on which a fee, charge, or withdrawal is deducted from the Performance Lock Account, daily interest will have been credited before the deduction of the fee, charge, or withdrawal.

The amount held in the Performance Lock Account will remain there until the next Allocation Anniversary unless earlier withdrawn or annuitized. On the next Allocation Anniversary, you may transfer the amount held in the Performance Lock Account to any Allocation Account that is available for investment. You could also withdraw such amount or annuitize the Policy, but it cannot remain in the Performance Lock Account. We must receive your instructions at least one Business Day before the next Allocation Anniversary. In the absence of instructions, the amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be automatically reinvested in the same Index Account Option for which your exercised Performance Lock. If that Index Account Option is no longer available for investment, such amount will be transferred to the Default Option. Currently, the Default Option is the Fixed Account Option.

Other information about Performance Lock:

•

Exercise of the Performance Lock feature is irrevocable.

•

The Performance Lock Account is an interest-bearing holding account under the Policy; it is not an investment option that you can select for investment.

•

There is no limit on the number of times that you may exercise Performance Lock during the accumulation phase, but it may be exercised only once during any single Crediting Period for an Index Account Option.

•

If you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option, you may exercise Performance Lock for one, some, or all of them. You may provide separate manual or automatic Performance Lock instructions for any such Crediting Period.

•

If you exercise Performance Lock multiple times (for different Index Account Options or different Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option) within a one year period, amounts held in the Performance Lock Account that are attributable to one exercise of Performance Lock will be treated as distinct from any amounts attributable to another exercise of Performance Lock for purposes of crediting interest; deducting fees, charges, and withdrawals; and transferring amounts from the Performance Lock Account on the next Allocation Anniversary.

THE INDEXES

Each Index Account Option is linked to the performance of an Index. Each Index is either a market index or an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”).

•

A market index tracks, directly or indirectly, the performance of a specific basket of stocks or other assets considered to represent a particular market or sector. Please note that by investing in an Index Account Option that is linked to the performance of a market index, you are not investing in the market index (it is not possible to invest directly in a market index) and you have no rights with respect to the index.

•

ETFs are SEC-registered investment companies whose shares are traded throughout the day on national stock exchanges at market prices. Please note that when you invest in an Index Account Option that is linked to the performance of an ETF, you are not investing in the ETF and you are not a shareholder in the ETF. You will have no voting, dividends, liquidation, or other rights that belong to shareholders in the ETF.

~~When~~See ~~the~~“PRODUCT ~~Index is a market index,~~RISK ~~the~~FACTORS ~~Index~~– ~~Value at the end of a day is the closing value of the~~ Index ~~for~~Performance ~~that~~Risks” ~~day. When the Index is an ETF, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing share price~~ for ~~that day on the ETF’s primary stock exchange. The Index Value on any day that is not~~ a ~~Business~~discussion ~~Day is the value~~ of the ~~Index~~investment atrisks ~~the~~associated ~~end~~with of the ~~next Business Day~~Indexes. ~~We rely on the Index Values reported to us by a third-party when administering the Policy.~~

When the Index is a market index, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing value of the Index for that day. When the Index is an ETF, the Index Value at the end of a day is the closing share price for that day on the ETF’s primary stock exchange. The Index Value on any day that is not a Business Day is the value of the Index at the end of the next Business Day.

We rely on the Index Values reported to us by a third-party when administering the Policy.

MARKET INDEXES

The Indexes described in this section are market indexes. IfYou ~~you~~may ~~invest~~request inadditional aninformation ~~Index~~about ~~Account~~each ~~Option~~Index ~~that~~from isour ~~linked~~Administrative toOffice ~~a market index, you will be indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the securities~~ or ~~other assets that make up that market index. Such risks may adversely~~your ~~affect~~financial ~~the value of the index components and, in turn, the performance of the index~~intermediary.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 40

Each market index described in this section is subject to the following risks (in addition to other risks identified below):

• Each market index could decrease in value over short periods due to short-term market movements and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. Negative fluctuations in the value of a market index may be significant and unpredictable.

• Each market index is comprised of equity securities. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their values may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Equity securities may underperform in comparison to the general financial markets, a particular financial market, or other asset classes.

• The performance of each market index depends on the performance of individual securities that make-up the index. Changes in the financial condition or credit rating of an issuer of those securities may cause the value of the securities to decline.

S&P 500^® Index

The S&P 500^® Index (Ticker: SPX) is widely regarded as the best single gauge of large-cap U.S. equities. This market index includes 500 leading companies and captures approximately 80% coverage of available market capitalization. The S&P 500^® Index is calculated without adjustments for dividends.

In addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the market indexes that may serve as an Index, the S&P 500® Index is associated with additional investment risks, such as the following:

• Large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared with smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index

The S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index offers dynamic exposure to the S&P 500 based on five equity market anomalies used as signals to adjust a base equity weight, less a fixed decrement of 1.0% per year. The five anomalies include Turn of the Month, Dont Fight the Fed, Option Expiry Week, Short-Term Mean Reversion, and Long-Term Trend. The exposure can range from 0% to 150%.

The S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index is exclusively licensed to Transamerica for use with this Policy and other Transamerica financial products. Inquiries regarding this Index, including requests for daily Index Values, should be directed to our Administrative Office.

Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR

The Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR (~~Adjusted~~Ticker: ~~return~~FIDWFLEN) ~~(the “Index”)~~ is an adjusted return equity index offering exposure to U.S. and ~~Developed~~developed market non-U.S. companies ~~with attractive valuations, high quality profiles, positive momentum signals and lower volatility than the broader world market~~. The ~~Index~~index isprovider ~~a combination~~ of ~~60% Fidelity US~~the ~~Multifactor~~ Index and ~~40% Fidelity International Multifactor Index. The index rebalances daily to ensure these weights remain consistent. The daily performance of~~ the ~~Index~~underlying isindexes reduced by 0.5% annually. Without this adjustment to the return, the performance of the index over any one year period would be approximately 0.5% greater. The exact impact over any time period will depend on the index path over that period due to the nature of compounding. This reduces the performance of the index only. It is ~~not~~Fidelity aProduct ~~product~~Services ~~fee~~LLC ~~deducted from your~~ (~~Index Allocation~~FPS) ~~or (Interim Value)s~~.

~~Fidelity~~The ~~World~~daily ~~Factor~~performance ~~Leaders~~of ~~IndexSM~~this Index is reduced by 0.5% ARannually. isWithout ~~exclusively~~this adjustment ~~licensed~~ to ~~Transamerica~~the ~~for~~return, ~~use~~the ~~with~~performance of this ~~Policy~~Index ~~and~~over ~~other~~any ~~Transamerica~~one ~~financial~~year ~~products~~period would be approximately 0.5% ~~Inquiries~~higher. ~~regarding~~While this ~~Index~~performance adjustment is not a charge under the Policy, ~~including~~it ~~requests~~reduces ~~for~~the ~~daily~~performance of this Index ~~Values,~~and ~~should~~therefore may benegatively ~~directed~~impact tothe ~~our~~performance ~~Administrative~~of ~~Office~~your Policy if you select an Index Account Option that is linked to this Index.

~~EXCHANGE~~This ~~TRADED~~Index ~~FUNDS~~and ~~(ETF)~~the underlying indexes are calculated without adjustments for dividends.

~~The~~This ~~Indexes described in this section are ETFs. If you invest in an~~ Index ~~Account Option that~~ is ~~linked~~comprised toof antwo ~~ETF,~~underlying ~~you~~market ~~will~~indexes bewith ~~indirectly~~assigned ~~exposed~~weightings. toThis ~~the~~Index ~~ETF’s~~is ~~investment~~rebalanced ~~risks.~~daily ~~Such~~based ~~risks~~on ~~may adversely affect~~ the ~~ETF~~underlying indexes’s ~~performance,~~assigned ~~including the market price for its shares which we use as Index Values~~weightings. ~~Index Values for an ETF do not include dividends declared by the ETF.~~

~~Each~~51 ~~ETF described in this section is subject to the following risks (in addition to other risks identified below):~~

•The ~~Each~~first ~~ETF~~underlying ~~could~~index ~~lose~~is ~~money~~the ~~over~~Fidelity ~~short~~U.S. ~~periods~~Multifactor ~~due~~Index (price return) (Ticker: FIDUSMFP). It has an assigned weighting of 60%. The Fidelity U.S. Multifactor Index is designed to ~~short~~reflect the performance of stocks of large-~~term~~capitalization ~~market~~U.S. ~~movements~~companies ~~and~~with ~~over~~attractive ~~longer~~valuations, ~~periods~~high ~~during~~quality ~~more~~profiles, ~~prolonged~~lower volatility than the broader market, and ~~downturns~~positive momentum signals. ~~Negative~~Approximately ~~fluctuations~~100 instocks from the ~~value~~top of1000 anU.S. ~~ETF~~stocks ~~may~~based beon ~~significant~~market ~~and~~capitalization ~~unpredictable~~are selected for inclusion in this underlying index. This underlying index is rebalanced semi-annually.

~~Transamerica~~The ~~Structured~~second underlying index is the Fidelity International Multifactor Index ~~AdvantageSM~~(price ~~Annuity~~return) 41(Ticker: FIDINTFP). It has an assigned weighting of 40%. The Fidelity International Multifactor Index is designed to reflect the performance of stocks of large and mid-capitalization developed international companies with attractive valuations, high quality profiles, positive momentum signals, lower volatility than the broader market, and low correlation to the U.S. equity market. Approximately 200 stocks from the top 1000 developed international stocks based on market capitalization are selected for inclusion in this underlying index. This underlying index is rebalanced semi-annually.

• Each ~~ETF~~underlying ~~primarily~~index ~~invests~~is indesigned ~~equity~~to ~~securities.~~emphasize ~~Equity~~companies ~~securities~~with ~~are~~the ~~subject~~following factors: toattractive ~~changes~~valuations, inhigh ~~value~~quality profiles, ~~and~~positive ~~their~~momentum ~~values~~signals ~~may~~and belower ~~more~~volatility ~~volatile~~ than ~~those~~the ofbroader ~~other asset classes~~market. ~~Equity~~The ~~securities~~Fidelity ~~may~~International ~~underperform~~Multifactor inIndex ~~comparison~~also toemphasizes ~~the~~companies ~~general~~with ~~financial~~low ~~markets,~~correlation ato ~~particular~~the ~~financial~~U.S. ~~market,~~equity ~~or other asset classes~~market.

• ~~The~~“Attractive ~~performance~~valuations” ofrefers ~~each~~to ~~ETF~~companies ~~depends~~with onstrong ~~the~~cash ~~performance~~flows; ofearnings ~~individual~~before ~~securities~~interest, intax, ~~which~~depreciation, ~~the~~and ~~ETF~~amortization; ~~invests.~~book ~~Changes~~value; inand ~~the~~earnings ~~financial~~estimates ~~condition~~relative orto ~~credit~~share ~~rating~~price ofor anenterprise ~~issuer of those securities may cause the~~ value ~~of the securities to decline~~.

• ~~Each~~“High ~~ETF~~quality isprofile” ~~subject~~refers to ~~fees~~companies ~~and~~with ~~charges,~~strong ~~including~~profit ~~management~~generation, ~~fees~~earnings, and ~~transaction~~cash ~~costs, that reduce the performance of the ETF~~flows.

• ~~Each~~“Positive ~~ETF~~momentum” ~~seeks~~refers to ~~track~~companies ~~the~~showing ~~investment~~positive ~~results of a specific~~ market ~~index.~~returns There is no guarantee that an ETF’s investment results will have a high degree of correlation to the index it seeks to track or that an ETF will achieve its investment objective. Each ETF may be subject to tracking error, which is the divergence of an ETF’s performance from that of the index it seeks to track. This risk may be heightened during ~~times~~recent ~~of increased market volatility or other unusual market conditions~~periods. ~~Among other reasons, tracking error may result because an ETF incurs fees and expenses while the index does not.~~

• ~~Each~~“Lower ~~ETF~~volatility ~~faces~~than ~~numerous market trading risks, including~~ the ~~potential~~broader ~~lack of an active~~ market” ~~for~~refers ~~fund~~to ~~shares,~~companies ~~losses~~that ~~from~~have ~~trading~~demonstrated inmore ~~secondary~~stable ~~markets,~~returns ~~periods~~with ofless ~~high~~sensitivity ~~volatility, and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these factors, among others, may lead~~ to anmarket ~~ETF’s~~movements ~~shares~~relative ~~trading at a premium or discount~~ to ~~net~~other ~~asset value~~companies.

•

“Low correlation to the U.S. equity market” refers to companies in a non-U.S. sector whose returns are not strongly tied to the U.S. market.

Each underlying index is constructed by: (i) calculating weighted-average scores based on the targeted factors; (ii) selecting the highest scoring stocks within each weighted sector (and, in the case of the Fidelity International Multifactor Index, by country/region with an emphasis on lower U.S. market correlation); and (iii) assigning equal weights to all stocks selected for inclusion. At each rebalance for an underlying index, all stocks in the universe of eligible stocks are ranked by weighted-average scores from highest to lowest. The lowest ranked stocks that are already included in the index at time of rebalance are removed from the index until a turnover threshold of 20% by weight has been reached. For each stock removed from the index, it is replaced with the highest ranking stock from the universe of eligible stocks that is not already included in the index.

Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR is exclusively licensed to Transamerica for use with this Policy. Inquiries regarding this Index, including requests for daily Index Values, should be directed to our Administrative Office.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (ETFS)

The Indexes described in this section are ETFs. Additional information about each ETF is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and copies of that information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC file number for each ETF is provided below. Please note that such information is not prepared by us and may be intended for shareholders of the ETFs. You will not be a shareholder of an ETF by investing in an Index Account Option that is linked to the performance of an ETF. You may also request additional information about each ETF from our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

iShares^® Russell 2000 ETF

The iShares® Russell 2000 ETF (NYSE Arca: IWM) (SEC file number 333-92935) seeks to track the investment results of the Russell 2000® Index, an index composed of small-capitalization U.S. equities. The Russell 2000® Index measures the performance of the small capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market, as defined by FTSE Russell.

In52 ~~addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the ETFs that may serve as an Index, this ETF is subject to additional investment risks, such as the following:~~

• Compared to mid- and large-capitalization companies, small-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of mid- and large-capitalization companies.

iShares^® U.S. Technology ETF

The iShares® ~~Russell~~U.S. ~~2000~~Technology ETF (NYSE Arca: IYW) (SEC file number 333-92935) seeks to track the investment results of the ~~Dow Jones~~Russell ~~U.S.~~1000 Technology RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index, which is composed large-, ~~mid-,~~ and ~~small~~mid -capitalization U.S. companies. The ~~Dow~~Russell ~~Jones~~1000 ~~U.S.~~ Technology RIC22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of U.S. companies in the technology sector, as defined by FTSE Russell.

~~In addition to the risks identified above that apply to each of the ETFs that may serve as an Index, this ETF is subject to~~ ~~additional~~AVAILABLE ~~investment~~ALLOCATION ~~risks,~~ACCOUNTS ~~such as the following:~~

•FIXED ~~Technology~~ACCOUNT ~~companies~~OPTION may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources, or personnel. Technology companies typically face intense competition and potentially rapid product obsolescence. They are also heavily dependent on intellectual property rights and may be adversely affected by the loss or impairment of those rights. Companies in the technology sector are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action.

•The ~~Large-capitalization~~table ~~companies~~below ~~may~~shows bethe ~~less~~Fixed ~~able~~Account ~~than~~Option ~~smaller~~that ~~capitalization~~we ~~companies~~currently ~~to adapt to changing market conditions~~offer. ~~Large-capitalization~~We ~~companies~~ may beoffer ~~more~~other ~~mature~~Fixed ~~and~~Account ~~subject~~Options toin ~~more limited growth potential compared with smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles,~~ the ~~performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets~~future.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 42


FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT
Crediting Period		Guaranteed Minimum Effective Annual Interest Rate
1-Year		0.25%

•AVAILABLE ~~Compared~~INDEX toACCOUNT ~~large-capitalization~~OPTIONS companies, mid- and small-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid- and small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies. These risks are generally greater for small-capitalization companies.

~~iShares®~~We ~~MSCI~~currently ~~Emerging~~offer ~~Markets~~two ~~ETF~~categories of Index Account Options: “Basic Index Account Options” and “Enhanced Index Account Options.” The available Basic Index Account Options and Enhanced Index Account Options are set forth in this section.

~~The~~We reserve the right to add and remove Index ~~iShares~~Account Options as available investment options. We guarantee that we will always offer at least the following Basic Index Account Option for investment: S&P 500® ~~MSCI~~Index, ~~Emerging~~1-Year ~~Markets~~Crediting ~~ETF~~Period, Buffer (~~NYSE~~Buffer ~~Arca~~Rate: ~~EEM~~10%), ~~seeks~~Cap to(Cap ~~track~~Rate: ~~the~~No ~~investment~~lower ~~results~~than of2.00%), and no Credit Advantage Fee. Please note the ~~MSCI~~Index ~~Emerging~~for ~~Markets~~that Index, ~~which~~Account isOption ~~composed~~remains ofsubject ~~large-~~to ~~and~~our ~~mid-capitalization~~right ~~emerging~~of ~~market~~substitution. See ~~equities~~INDEX SUBSTITUTIONS. ~~The~~We ~~MSCI~~may ~~Emerging~~not ~~Markets~~offer any other Basic Index isAccount ~~designed~~Options or any Enhanced Index Account Options for investment in the future. You may not be able to ~~measure~~invest ~~equity~~in ~~market~~a ~~performance~~particular Index Account Option in the future, ~~global~~even ~~emerging~~if ~~markets~~it was previously made available to you. Index Account Options will only be added or removed through an amendment to this prospectus.

InAmong ~~addition~~the toavailable ~~the~~Index ~~risks~~Account ~~identified~~Options, ~~above~~we ~~that~~currently ~~apply~~offer tocertain ~~each~~Index ofAccount ~~the~~Options ~~ETFs~~with Growth Opportunity Types that ~~may~~are ~~serve~~designated as “Credit Advantage.” You will pay an additional fee if you select one of these Index, ~~this~~Account ~~ETF~~Options isfor ~~subject~~investment. toIn exchange for the additional ~~investment~~fee, ~~risks~~these Index Account Options provide more upside potential, ~~such as~~based on the ~~following:~~rates we declare for their Growth Opportunity Types, than would be provided if their Growth Opportunity Types were not designated as “Credit Advantage.”

•There is ~~Investments~~no inguarantee that the ~~securities~~increased ofupside ~~non-U.S.~~potential ~~issuers~~of ~~are~~a ~~subject~~Credit toAdvantage ~~the~~Growth ~~risks~~Opportunity ~~associated~~Type ~~with~~will ~~investing~~result in ~~those~~gains ~~non-U.S.~~at ~~markets,~~least ~~such~~equal asto ~~heightened~~the ~~risks~~additional offee ~~inflation~~ or ~~nationalization.~~any ~~The~~gains ~~ETF~~at ~~may lose money due to political~~all, ~~economic, and geographic events affecting issuers of non-U.S. securities~~ or ~~non-U.S.~~that ~~markets.~~an InIndex ~~addition,~~Account ~~non-U.S.~~Option ~~securities~~with ~~markets may trade~~ a ~~small~~Credit ~~number~~Advantage ofGrowth Opportunity ~~securities~~Type ~~and~~will ~~may~~outperform bean ~~unable~~Index toAccount ~~respond~~Option ~~effectively~~without toa ~~changes~~Credit inAdvantage ~~trading~~Growth ~~volume,~~Opportunity ~~potentially~~Type. ~~making~~The ~~prompt~~additional ~~liquidation~~fee ofwill ~~holdings~~increase ~~difficult~~any losses or ~~impossible~~decrease atany ~~times~~gains.

• The ~~ETF’s~~availability ~~investments~~of inAllocation ~~emerging~~Accounts ~~market issuers~~ may bevary ~~subject~~by tofinancial ~~a greater risk of loss than investments in issuers located or operating in more developed markets~~intermediary. ~~Emerging~~You ~~markets~~ may beobtain ~~more~~information ~~likely~~about tothe ~~experience~~Allocation ~~inflation,~~Accounts ~~political~~that ~~turmoil,~~are ~~social~~available through ~~instability,~~your ~~and~~financial ~~rapid~~intermediary ~~changes~~by incontacting ~~economic~~your ~~conditions~~financial ~~than~~professional more developed markets. Emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable securities valuations, and greater risk associated with custody of securities than developed markets. The ETF invests in countries or ~~regions~~our ~~whose~~Administrative ~~economies are heavily dependent upon trading with key partners~~Office. ~~Any reduction in this trading may have an adverse impact on the ETF’s investments.~~

•53 Large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared with smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

•Basic ~~Compared~~Index toAccount ~~large-capitalization~~Options companies, mid-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies.

•The ~~Because~~table ~~the~~below ~~ETF’s~~lists ~~net asset value is determined in U.S. dollars,~~ the ~~ETF’s~~Basic ~~net~~Index ~~asset~~Account ~~value~~Options ~~could~~that ~~decline~~we ifcurrently ~~the~~offer currency of a non-U.S. market in which the ETF invests depreciates against the U.S. dollar or if there are delays or limits on repatriation of such currency. Currency exchange rates can be very volatile and ~~can~~includes ~~change quickly and unpredictably. As a result,~~ the ~~ETF’s~~following ~~net~~information ~~asset~~for ~~value~~each ~~may~~Basic ~~change~~Index ~~quickly~~Account ~~and~~Option: ~~without warning.~~

• The ~~ETF invests in companies that are susceptible to fluctuations in certain commodity markets~~Index. ~~Any~~See ~~negative~~THE ~~changes~~INDEXES ~~in commodity markets that may be due to changes in supply and demand~~ for ~~commodities,~~information ~~market~~about ~~events, regulatory developments, or other factors that~~ the ~~ETF~~various ~~cannot control could have an adverse impact on those companies~~Indexes.

• ~~Because~~The ~~the~~Crediting ~~ETF seeks to track an index with significant weight in emerging markets issuers, the ETF may experience higher tracking error than other index ETFs that do not track such an index~~Period.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~The Downside Protection Type and related rate (i.e., Buffer and Buffer Rate). The Downside Protection Type and related rate for an Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Account ~~Annuity~~Option 43will not change for as long as you own the Policy.

~~iShares®~~• ~~MSCI~~The ~~USA~~Growth ~~ESG~~Opportunity ~~Select~~Type ~~ETF~~(i.e., Cap or Participation). The current Cap Rates and Participation Rates are not shown in the table below because we may declare new rates for new Crediting Periods. You may obtain the current rates for new Crediting Periods online at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or upon request by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary. See SELECTING ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS FOR INVESTMENT.

~~The~~• ~~iShares®~~For ~~MSCI~~any ~~USA~~Basic ~~ESG Select ETF (NYSE Arca: SUSA) seeks to track the investment results of the MSCI USA Extended ESG Select~~ Index, anAccount ~~index~~Option ~~composed~~with ofa ~~U.S.~~Credit ~~companies~~Advantage ~~that~~Growth ~~have~~Opportunity ~~positive environmental~~Type, ~~social, and governance (“ESG”) characteristics as identified by~~ the ~~index~~guaranteed ~~provider.~~maximum ~~The~~annualized ~~index~~Credit ~~includes~~Advantage ~~large-~~Fee ~~and~~of ~~mid-capitalization companies~~1. ~~The MSCI USA Extended ESG Select Index is designed to maximize exposure to favorable ESG characteristics, while exhibiting risk and return characteristics similar to the broader MSCI USA Index~~25%.

In• ~~addition~~The toguaranteed ~~the~~limit ~~risks~~on ~~identified above that apply to each of~~ the ~~ETFs~~Cap ~~that~~Rate ~~may~~or ~~serve~~Participation Rate, as ~~an Index~~applicable, ~~this~~to ~~ETF~~which iswe are subject towhen ~~additional investment~~we ~~risks,~~declare ~~such~~new asrates ~~the~~for ~~following:~~new Crediting Periods.

• The ETF’s ESG investment strategy limits the types and number of investment opportunities available to the ETF and, as a result, the ETF may underperform other funds that do not have an ESG focus. The ETF’s ESG investment strategy may result in the ETF investing in securities or industry sectors that underperform the market as a whole or underperform other funds screened for ESG standards. In addition, companies selected by the index provider may not exhibit positive or favorable ESG characteristics.


BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT
Index	Crediting Period	Downside Protection Type and Rate	Growth Opportunity Type	Credit Advantage Fee (annualized)	Guaranteed Limit on Rate For Growth Opportunity Type
S&P 500^® Index	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
iShares^® Russell 2000 ETF	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
iShares^® U.S. Technology ETF	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
S&P 500^® Index	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
iShares^® Russell 2000 ETF	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
iShares^® U.S. Technology ETF	1-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 2.00%
S&P 500^®Index	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 4.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 4.00%
iShares^®Russell 2000 ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 4.00%
iShares^®U.S. Technology ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 4.00%
S&P 500^®Index	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 3.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 3.00%
iShares^®Russell 2000 ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 3.00%
iShares^®U.S. Technology ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 3.00%
S&P 500^®Index	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Cap Rate: No lower than 5.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Cap Rate: No lower than 5.00%

•54 Large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared with smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

• Compared to large-capitalization companies, mid-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies.


BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT
Index	Crediting Period	Downside Protection Type and Rate	Growth Opportunity Type	Credit Advantage Fee (annualized)	Guaranteed Limit on Rate For Growth Opportunity Type
iShares^®Russell 2000 ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Cap Rate: No lower than 5.00%
iShares^®U.S. Technology ETF	2-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Cap (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Cap Rate: No lower than 5.00%
S&P 500^®Index	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 10.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 10%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 10.00%
S&P 500^®Index	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Participation (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Participation Rate: No lower than 50.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 15%	Participation (Credit Advantage)	1.25%	Participation Rate: No lower than 50.00%
S&P 500^®Index	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 20%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 8.00%
Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM0.5% AR	6-Year	Buffer Buffer Rate: 20%	Cap	N/A	Cap Rate: No lower than 8.00%

~~INDEX~~Growth ~~SUBSTITUIONS~~Opportunity Type: Calculating Gain for a Basic Index Account Option with Cap

~~During~~At ~~a Crediting Period, if a market index serving as an Index is discontinued, or if~~ the ~~calculation~~end of the ~~index~~Crediting isPeriod ~~substantially~~for ~~changed~~a byBasic ~~the index provider, or if an ETF that is serving as an~~ Index isAccount ~~liquidated~~Option orwith ~~otherwise no longer exists~~Cap, or if ~~its~~ ~~investment objectives, strategies, or risks substantially change, we may substitute~~ the Index ~~with~~Change ais ~~new~~positive ~~Index~~or ~~once~~zero, we ~~obtain~~use all necessary regulatory approvals. We will notify you of any such substitution in writing. We will seek to notify you at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Account Option in which you are invested. However, in the ~~event~~Cap ~~that it is necessary~~ to ~~substitute~~calculate onyour ~~less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of our control~~gain, ~~we will~~ ~~provide~~if ~~notice of the substitution as soon as practicable~~any. IfWe wecalculate ~~substitute~~your an Index, weCredit ~~will~~Rate ~~select~~using ~~a new Index that we determine in our judgment is comparable to~~ the ~~old~~Cap ~~Index.~~as Wefollows: ~~may look at factors which include, but are not limited to, asset class, index composition, strategy, and index liquidity.~~

If we substitute an Index during a Crediting Period, we will calculate the Index Change using the original Index up until the substitution date. After the substitution date, we will calculate the Index Change using the replacement Index, but with a revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index. The revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index will reflect the Index Change for the original Index from the start of the Crediting Period to the substitution date. We will use a similar process if multiple substitutions occur during a Crediting Period. The substitution of an Index will have no impact on the Index Account Option’s Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, Downside Protection Type, or any other features or declared rates for that Index Account Option other than the Index to which the Index Account Option is linked.

This example is intended to show how we would calculate the Index Change during a Crediting Period in which an Index was substituted.

Index Change on substitution date for original Index

Initial Index Value for original Index		1000
Index Value for original index on substitution date		1050
Index Change for original Index on substitution date		(1050 / 1000) - 1 = 5%

This 5% Index Change on the substitution date is then used to calculate the revised Initial Index Value for the replacement Index.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 44

Revised Initial Index Value for replacement Index

Index Change for original Index on substitution date		5%
Index Value for replacement Index on substitution date		1000
Revised Initial Index Value for replacement Index		1000 / (100% + 5%) = 952.38

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 45

VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION

Index Account Option Value

The value of your investment in an Index Account Option at the end of a Crediting Period is represented by your Index Account Option Value. Your Index Account Option Value is calculated using the following formula:

Index Account Option Value = Index Base x (1 + Index Credit Rate)

• Index Credit Rate / Index Credit. The Index Credit Rate represents the percentage gain or loss that we apply to your Index Account at the end of the Crediting Period (before any fees and charges). Your gain or loss can also be expressed as a dollar amount, which we then refer to as the Index Credit.

The Index Credit Rate and the Index Credit may be positive, negative, or zero.

• Index Base. Your Index Base generally represents your principal investment in the Index Account Option. On the first day of the Crediting Period, your Index Base equals the dollar amount that you allocated to that Index Account Option. Your Index Base for that Index Account Option will not change unless a fee or charge is deducted from that Index Account Option, or if you take a withdrawal from that Index Account Option, before the end of the Crediting Period, in which case your Index Base will be subject to a negative adjustment at that time.

When your Index Base is subject to a negative adjustment, your Index Base will be reduced by a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value (discussed below), which will be reduced dollar-for-dollar by the amount deducted from the Index Account Option. There is no way to increase your Index Base during a Crediting Period, and therefore no way to reverse or offset the negative impact of a negative adjustment to your Index Base.

A negative adjustment to your Index Base could result in less gain (if any) or more loss at the end of a Crediting Period, perhaps significantly less gain or more loss, because the Index Credit Rate will be applied to a lower Index Base. All withdrawals taken, and fees and charges deducted (including fees and charges that are periodically deducted from your Policy), before the end of a Crediting Period will trigger a negative adjustment to your Index Base. A negative adjustment to your Index Base may be greater than the reduction in your Interim Value. See APPENDIX B: ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES FOR INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS for examples of how your Index Base could be negative adjusted as a result of a fee or withdrawal.

The following is an example of how we calculate your Index Account Option Value at the end of a Crediting Period: Assume you invest $10,000 in an Index Account Option. At the beginning of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is $10,000. At the end of the Crediting Period, your Index Base is still $10,000, assuming there were no deductions for fees or withdrawals before the end of the Crediting Period. At the end of the Crediting Period, we will apply the Index Credit Rate to your Index Base to calculate your Index Account Option Value.

• Assuming an Index Credit Rate of +10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $11,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + 10%) = $11,000). The Index Credit is +$1,000.

• Assuming an Index Credit Rate of -10%, your Index Account Option Value would equal $9,000 (i.e., $10,000 x (1 + -10%) = $9,000). The Index Credit is -$1,000.

Interim Values

Please note that we do calculate the value of your investment in an Index Account Option each Business Day between the first and last day of the Crediting Period (each, an “Interim Value”). The Interim Value on a given Business Day determines the amount available from that Index Account Option for withdrawals, Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit and to pay fees and charges. The Interim Value is calculated at the end of a Business Day.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 46

Similar to the end of a Crediting Period, we calculate Interim Values by applying a percentage gain or loss to your Index Base. However, we calculate the percentage gain or loss for each Interim Value differently than the percentage gain or loss at the end of the Crediting Period. Our process for calculating Interim Values is explained in detail in APPENDIX A: INTERIM VALUE CALCULATIONS AND EXAMPLES.

Gains and losses for Interim Values are not directly tied to the performance of the Index for the Index Account Option. In general, we calculate gains and losses by using a formula that looks to the values of certain derivative and fixed income instruments, which is designed to produce an estimated fair value for your investment in the Index Account Option on that Business Day. The estimated fair value is intended to reflect factors such as the likelihood, and magnitude of, a positive or negative Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period, the length of time remaining in the Crediting Period, and the risk of loss and the possibility of gain at the end of the Crediting Period.

The Interim Value for an Index Account Option may change each Business Day, and the change may be positive or negative compared to the last Business Day (even when the Index has increased in value). You should understand that the Interim Value for an Index Account Option on a Business Day will not impact the future performance of that Index Account Option for the remainder of the Crediting Period unless one of the following occurs on that Business Day:

• A fee or charge is deducted from the Index Account Option;

• An amount is deducted from the Index Account Option as a result of a withdrawal or Surrender;

• The Policy is annuitized; or

• The death benefit is paid.

In any of those circumstances—including the deduction of a periodic fee or charge—the transaction will be processed based on the Interim Value for that Index Account Option on that Business Day. Interim Values for an Index Account Option generally reflect less upside potential and less downside protection than would otherwise apply at the end of the Crediting Period. As such, when a transaction is processed based on an Interim Value, the Interim Value could reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be applied at the end of the Crediting Period. This means that there could be significantly less money available under your Policy for fees and charges, withdrawals, a Surrender, annuitization, and the death benefit.

TYPES OF INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS

There are two categories of Index Account Options: “Basic Index Account Options” and “Enhanced Index Account Options.”

• Basic Index Account Options. We may offer a variety of different Basic Index Account Options. The Basic Index Account Options that we offer will have different combinations of Indexes, Crediting Periods, Growth Opportunity Types, and Downside Protection Types.

We may also offer Basic Index Account Options for an additional fee that include “Credit Advantage” Growth Opportunity Types, which have increased upside potential compared to a Basic Index Account Option that does not have the Credit Advantage feature but is otherwise identical.

There is no guarantee that the increased upside potential of a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type will result in gains at least equal to the additional fee or any gains at all. The additional fee could increase your losses or decrease your gains.

We reserve the right to offer new Basic Index Account Options and discontinue offering existing Basic Index Account Options. We do not guarantee that we will always offer a certain Basic Index Account Option for investment. You may not be able to invest in a Basic Index Account Option in the future, even if it was previously made available for investment. We guarantee that we will always offer at least one Basic Index Account Option. Otherwise, we do not guarantee that any Basic Index Account Option will be available for investment.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 47

• Enhanced Index Account Options. Currently, we may offer two types of Enhanced Index Account Options: “Best Entry” and “Buffer Auto Reset.” We refer to these Index Account Options as “enhanced” because they include additional features that may help increase gains or decrease losses. There are no additional fees if you select an Enhanced Index Account Option.

We reserve the right to offer new Enhanced Index Account Options and discontinue offering existing Enhanced Index Account Options. We do not guarantee that we will always offer an Enhanced Index Account Option for investment. You may not be able to invest in an Enhanced Index Account Option in the future, even if it was previously made available for investment.

The following two sections, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS, provide additional information about these two categories of Index Account Options, including how gains and losses are calculated at the end of a Crediting Period.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS

Each Basic Index Account Option that we offer for investment combines one Index, one Crediting Period, one Growth Opportunity Type, and one Downside Protection Type from those listed in the tables below. For example, we may offer as a Basic Index Account Option: S&P 500® Index, 1-Year Crediting Period, Cap, and Buffer (with specific rates that we declare for the Cap and Buffer). We will typically offer a variety of Basic Index Account Options from which you may choose. However, you are not permitted to design your own Basic Index Account Options.

Indexes		Crediting Periods		Growth Opportunity Types		DownsideProtection Types
• S&P 500® Index • S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index • Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR • iShares® Russell 2000 ETF • iShares® U.S. Technology ETF • iShares® MSCI Emerging Markets ETF • iShares® MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		1-10 Years		Includes no additional fee: • Cap • Cap+ Accelerator • Participation • Accelerated Tiered Participation • Value Trigger • Value Trigger+ Includes an additional fee: • Credit Advantage Cap • Credit Advantage Participation • Credit Advantage Value Trigger+		• Buffer • Floor • Buffer and Floor • Participation

CALCULATING GAIN USING THE GROWTH OPPORTUNITY TYPE

At the end of the Crediting Period for a Basic Index Account Option, if the Index Change is positive or zero, we use the applicable Growth Opportunity Type to calculate your gain, if any. Each Basic Index Account Option has only one Growth Opportunity Type.

Cap

For a Basic Index Account Option with a Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive, the value of your investment will increase. If the Index Change is zero, the value of your investment will neither increase nor decrease.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 48

We calculate your Index Credit Rate using the Cap as follows:

•

If the Index Change is positive and less than or equal to the Cap Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Index Change.

•

If the Index Change is positive and exceeds the Cap Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Cap Rate.

•

If the Index Change is zero, your Index Credit Rate will equal zero.

~~Under~~Due ~~this~~to ~~Growth~~the ~~Opportunity~~operation ~~Type~~of the Cap, you will not participate in any Index performance ~~above~~beyond the Cap Rate. The Cap Rate limits the upside potential of your investment. The Cap is measured over the life of the Crediting Period, which can be more than one year. In cases where a Crediting Period is more than one year, the Cap Rate for that Crediting Period would be less if measured on an annual basis.

For each Index Account Option with Cap, we may declare a new Cap Rate for new Crediting Periods, subject to the guaranteed minimum Cap Rate for that Index Account Option. We reserve the right to declare no Cap Rate for a new Crediting Period. There will be no limit on gains during a new Crediting Period if we declared no Cap Rate.

The illustration below includes two examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of a Crediting Period using a Cap. Both examples assume a Cap Rate of 10%.

LOGO

•

In the first example, the Index Change is +5%, which does not exceed the Cap Rate, so your Index Credit Rate would be +5%.

•

In the second example, the Index Change is +15%, which exceeds the Cap Rate, so your Index Credit Rate would be +10%.

Credit Advantage Cap. We ~~When~~calculate wethe ~~offer~~Index aCredit ~~Basic~~Rate ~~Index~~the ~~Account~~same ~~Option~~way ~~that~~regardless ~~has~~of whether a Cap ~~as its Growth Opportunity~~is ~~Type,~~designated weas ~~may~~“Credit ~~offer~~Advantage.” ~~for~~When an ~~additional fee an identical Basic~~ Index Account Option ~~except~~has ~~with~~ a Credit Advantage Cap, aswe ~~its~~will ~~Growth~~declare ~~Opportunity Type. We calculate the Index Credit Rate using~~ a ~~Credit Advantage~~ Cap ~~the~~Rate ~~same way as a Cap, except~~ that ~~the~~ ~~Cap~~is ~~Rate~~higher ~~for~~than ~~the~~we ~~Basic~~would ~~Index~~otherwise ~~Account~~declare ~~Option~~if ~~with~~ the ~~Credit Advantage~~ Cap ~~will~~were benot ~~higher~~designated ~~than~~as ~~the otherwise identical Basic Index Account Option with the Cap. The~~ “Credit Advantage.” ~~Cap~~We ~~therefore~~provide this ~~provides~~increased ~~more~~ upside potential in exchange for the additional fee.

~~Cap+~~Growth ~~Accelerator~~Opportunity Type: Calculating Gain for a Basic Index Account Option with Participation

For a Basic Index Account Option with ~~Cap+ Accelerator as its Growth Opportunity Type~~Participation, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive, the value of your investment will increase. If the Index Change is zero, the value of your investment will neither increase nor decrease.

We calculate your Index Credit Rate ~~using~~by ~~Cap+~~multiplying ~~Accelerator~~the asIndex ~~follows:~~Change by the Participation Rate.

•Participation Ifis ~~the~~not ~~Index~~subject ~~Change~~to isa ~~less~~specific ~~than~~cap oron ~~equal~~gains, tobut ~~the~~you ~~Cap~~instead participate ~~Rate,~~in ~~your~~a percentage of the positive Index ~~Credit~~Performance, ~~Rate~~which ~~will~~may ~~equal~~limit the ~~Index~~upside ~~Change~~potential of your investment.

• IfA ~~the~~Participation ~~Index~~Rate ~~Change~~equal ~~exceeds~~to ~~the~~100% ~~Cap~~means ~~Rate~~that ~~but~~you ~~does~~will ~~not~~fully ~~exceed~~participate ~~the~~in ~~Cap+~~positive ~~Accelerator Rate, your~~ Index ~~Credit Rate will equal the Cap Rate~~performance.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~A ~~Index~~Participation ~~AdvantageSM~~Rate ~~Annuity~~less 49than 100% means that you will not fully participate in positive Index performance.

• IfWe ~~the~~may ~~Index~~declare ~~Change~~Participation ~~exceeds~~Rates ~~both~~greater ~~the~~than ~~Cap Rate and the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~100%, ~~your~~which ~~Index~~would ~~Credit~~have ~~Rate will equal~~ the ~~Cap~~effect ~~Rate~~of ~~plus~~increasing ayour ~~percentage~~gains ~~equal~~relative to the ~~excess~~ Index Change ~~over the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~.

• If the ~~Index~~Participation ~~Change~~Rate is ~~zero~~less than 100%, ~~your~~you will not fully participate in positive Index performance, ~~Credit~~limiting ~~Rate~~the ~~will~~upside ~~equal~~potential ~~zero~~of your investment.

~~While~~For ~~Cap+~~each ~~Accelerator~~Index ~~potentially~~Account ~~presents~~Option ~~more~~with ~~upside~~Participation, ~~potential~~we ~~compared~~may todeclare ~~the~~a ~~Cap~~new ~~Growth Opportunity Type by allowing you to potentially participate in~~Participation ~~Index~~Rate ~~performance~~for ~~that~~new ~~exceeds~~Crediting ~~the Cap Rate~~Periods, ~~this~~subject ~~Growth~~to ~~Opportunity Type also limits~~ the ~~upside~~guaranteed ~~potential~~minimum ofParticipation ~~your~~Rate ~~investment~~for ~~because~~that ~~you will not participate in any~~ Index ~~performance~~Account ~~between the Cap Rate and the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~Option.

The illustration below includes three examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period using ~~Cap+ Accelerator~~Participation. Each example assumes aan ~~Cap~~Index ~~Rate~~Change of 7+10% ~~and~~with adifferent ~~Cap+~~Participation ~~Accelerator~~Rates. The examples show, using the same Index Change, how differences in the Participation Rate ofcan ~~10%~~impact your Index Credit Rate.

•56 ~~In the first example, the Index Change is +5%, which does not exceed the Cap Rate, so your Index Credit Rate would be +5%.~~

LOGO

• In the ~~second~~first example, the Index Change is +10%, ~~which~~and ~~exceeds~~ the ~~Cap~~Participation Rate ~~but~~is ~~does not exceed the Cap+ Accelerator Rate~~80%, so your Index Credit Rate would be +78% (i.e., 10% x 80% = 8%). Here, the Participation Rate had the effect of decreasing your gains relative to the Index Change.

• In the ~~third~~second example, the Index Change is ~~+15~~10%, ~~which~~and ~~exceeds~~ the ~~Cap~~Participation Rate ~~and~~is ~~the~~100%, ~~Cap+~~so ~~Accelerator~~your ~~Rate. Your~~ Index Credit Rate would be +1210% (i.e., ~~which~~10% isx ~~the~~100% ~~sum~~= of10%). Here, the ~~Cap~~Participation Rate ~~(7%)~~had ~~and~~no ~~the~~effect ~~Index~~on ~~Change~~your ingains ~~excess~~relative ofto the ~~Cap+~~Index ~~Accelerator Rate (5%)~~Change.

• In the third example, the Index Change is 10% and the Participation Rate is 120%, so your Index Credit Rate would be +12% (i.e., 10% x 120% = 12%). Here, the Participation Rate had the effect of increasing your gains relative to the Index Change.

~~For~~Credit aAdvantage ~~Basic~~Participation. We calculate the Index ~~Account~~Credit ~~Option~~Rate ~~with~~ the same way regardless of whether Participation is designated as “Credit ~~its~~Advantage.” ~~Growth~~When ~~Opportunity~~an ~~Type,~~Index ifAccount ~~the~~Option ~~Index~~has ~~Change~~a atCredit ~~the~~Advantage ~~end~~Participation, ofwe ~~the~~will ~~Crediting~~declare ~~Period~~a Participation Rate that is ~~positive,~~higher than we would otherwise declare if the ~~value~~Participation ofwere ~~your~~not ~~investment~~designated ~~will~~as ~~increase~~“Credit Advantage.” IfWe ~~the~~provide ~~Index~~this ~~Change~~increased isupside ~~zero,~~potential in exchange for the ~~value~~additional offee. ~~your~~Currently, ~~investment~~all ~~will~~Index ~~neither~~Account ~~increase~~Options ~~nor decrease~~with Participation are designated as Credit Advantage.

WeDownside ~~calculate~~Protection ~~your~~Type: ~~Index~~Calculating ~~Credit~~Loss ~~Rate~~Using byThe ~~multiplying~~Buffer ~~the Index Change by the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate.~~

IfAt the ~~Growth~~end ~~Opportunity~~of ~~Participation~~the Crediting Period for a Basic Index Account Option, if the Index Change is negative, we use the Buffer to calculate your loss, if any. The Buffer Rate represents the percentage of your investment that is ~~less~~protected ~~than~~from ~~100~~loss. For instance, assuming a Buffer Rate of 10%, it is possible that you ~~will~~could ~~not~~lose ~~fully~~90% ~~participate~~of inyour ~~positive~~investment as a result of negative Index performance,. ~~limiting~~A Buffer absorbs the ~~upside~~impact ~~potential~~ of negative Index performance before the negative Index performance impacts your investment. WeIf ~~may~~the ~~offer~~Index ~~Growth~~Change ~~Opportunity~~at ~~Participation~~the ~~Rates~~end ~~greater~~of ~~than~~the ~~100%,~~Crediting ~~which~~Period ~~would~~is ~~have~~negative, the ~~effect~~value of ~~increasing~~ your ~~gains~~investment ~~relative~~will todecrease if the Index Change goes beyond the Buffer Rate.

The illustration below includes three examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period using Participation. Each example assumes an Index Change of +10% with different Growth Opportunity Participation Rates. The examples show, using the same Index Change, how differences in the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate can impact your Index Credit Rate.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 50

• In the first example, the Index Change is 10% and the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate is 80%, so your Index Credit Rate would be +8% (i.e., 10% x 80% = 8%). Here, the Growth Opportunity Type had the effect of decreasing your gains relative to the Index Change.

• In the second example, the Index Change is 10% and the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate is 100%, so your Index Credit Rate would be +10% (i.e., 10% x 100% = 10%). Here, the Growth Opportunity Type had no effect on your gains relative to the Index Change.

• In the third example, the Index Change is 10% and the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate is 120%, so your Index Credit Rate would be +12% (i.e., 10% x 120% = 12%). Here, the Growth Opportunity Type had the effect of increasing your gains relative to the Index Change.

Credit Advantage Participation. When we offer a Basic Index Account Option with Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type, we may offer for an additional fee an identical Basic Index Account Option except with Credit Advantage Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type. We calculate the Index Credit Rate using Credit Advantage Participation the same way as Participation, except that the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate for the Basic Index Account Option with Credit Advantage Participation will be higher than the Growth Opportunity Participation Rate for the otherwise identical Basic Index Account Option with Participation. Credit Advantage Participation therefore provides more upside potential in exchange for the additional fee.

Accelerated Tiered Participation

For a Basic Index Account Option with Accelerated Tiered Participation as its Growth Opportunity Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive, the value of your investment will increase. If the Index Change is zero, the value of your investment will neither increase nor decrease.

We calculate your Index Credit Rate using Accelerated Tiered Participation as follows:

• If the Index Change does not exceed the first Tier Level, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Index Change multiplied by the Tier Participation Rate for the first Tier Level.

• If the Index Change exceeds the first Tier Level and there are only two Tier Levels, your Index Credit Rate will equal: (Tier 1 Participation Rate x Index Change) + ((Tier 2 Participation Rate – Tier 1 Participation Rate) x (Index Change – Tier 2 Level)).

• If we have declared more than two Tier Levels, we calculate your Index Credit Rate using a similar formula, applying the additional Tier Level(s) and Tier Participation Rate(s) as appropriate based on the Index Change.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 51

If the Tier Participation Rate that we declare for any Tier Level is less than 100%, you may not fully participate in the positive Index performance, limiting the upside potential of your investment. We may offer Tier Participation Rates greater than 100%, which could have the effect of increasing your gains relative to the Index Change depending on the other Tier Participation Rates and the Index.

The illustration below includes three examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period using Accelerated Tiered Participation. Each of these examples assumes the same Tier Levels and Tier Participation Rates, as shown in the hypothetical schedule below.

Hypothetical AcceleratedTiered Participation Schedule
Tier Level		Tier Participation Rate
Tier 1 - 0%		80%
Tier 2 - 20%		90%
Tier 3 - 30%		100%

• The first example assumes an Index Change of +10%, triggering only the first Tier Level. Your Index Credit Rate would be +8% (i.e., 10% x 80% = 8%).

• The second example assumes an Index Change of +25%, triggering the first two Tier Levels. Your Index Credit Rate would be +20.5% (i.e., (25% x 80%) + ((90% – 80%) x (25% – 20%)) = 20.5%).

• The third example assumes an Index Change of +35%, triggering all three Tier Levels. Your Index Credit Rate would be +30% (i.e., (35% x 80%) + ((90% – 80%) x (35% – 20%)) + ((100% – 90%) x (35% – 30%)) = 30%).

Value Trigger

For a Basic Index Account Option with Value Trigger as its Growth Opportunity Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive or zero, the value of your investment will increase.

Your Index Credit Rate will equal the Value Trigger Rate.

While Value Trigger will result in an increase in the value of your investment so long as the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive or zero, you will not participate in any Index performance in excess of the Value Trigger Rate, which limits the upside potential of your investment.

The illustration below includes three examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period using Value Trigger. Each example assumes a Value Trigger Rate of 5%. These examples show that so long as the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive or zero, your Index Credit Rate would be equal to the Value Trigger Rate of 5%.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 52

Value Trigger+

For a Basic Index Account Option with Value Trigger+ as its Growth Opportunity Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is positive or zero, the value of your investment will increase.

Your Index Credit Rate will equal the greater of (a) the Value Trigger+ Rate or (b) the Index Change multiplied by the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate.

While Value Trigger+ potentially has increased upside potential compared to the Value Trigger Growth Opportunity Type because Value Trigger+ potentially allows you to participate in positive Index performance in excess of the Value Trigger+ Rate, this Growth Opportunity Type may also limit the upside potential of your investment. This is because you will not fully participate in any positive Index performance in excess of the Value Trigger+ Rate if the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate is less than 100%.

The illustration below includes four examples of how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period using Value Trigger+.

• The first example assumes an Index Change of +15%. Your Index Credit Rate would be +12% because the application of the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate (15% x 80% = 12%) results in a greater Index Credit Rate than the application of the Value Trigger+ Rate (5%).

• The second example assumes an Index Change of +10%. Your Index Credit Rate would be +8% because the application of the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate (10% x 80% = 8%) results in a greater Index Credit Rate than the application of the Value Trigger+ Rate (5%).

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 53

• The third example assumes an Index Change of +6%. Your Index Credit Rate would be +5% because the application of the Value Trigger+ Rate (5%) results in a greater Index Credit Rate than the application of the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate (6% x 80% = 4.8%).

• The fourth example assumes an Index Change of 0%. Your Index Credit Rate would be +5% because the application of the Value Trigger+ Rate (5%) results in a greater Index Credit Rate than the application of the Value Trigger+ Participation Rate (0% x 80% = 0%).

Credit Advantage Value Trigger+. When we offer a Basic Index Account Option with Value Trigger+ as its Growth Opportunity Type, we may offer for an additional fee an identical Basic Index Account Option except with Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ as its Growth Opportunity Type. We calculate the Index Credit Rate using Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ the same way as Value Trigger+, except that the Value Trigger+ Rate and/or Value Trigger+ Participation Rate for the Basic Index Account Option with Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ would be higher than the otherwise identical Basic Index Account Option with Value Trigger+. Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ therefore provides more upside potential in exchange for the additional fee.

CALCULATING LOSS USING THE DOWNSIDE PROTECTION TYPE

At the end of the Crediting Period for a Basic Index Account Option, if the Index Change is negative, we use the applicable Downside Protection Type to calculate your loss (if any). Each Basic Index Account Option has only one Downside Protection Type.

Buffer

We calculate your Index Credit Rate using the Buffer as follows:

• If the Index Change ~~does~~is ~~not~~below ~~exceed~~ the Buffer Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal 0%. Under these circumstances, the Buffer would provide complete protection from loss related to the negative Index performance.

• If the Index Change ~~exceeds~~goes beyond the Buffer Rate, your Index Credit Rate will be a percentage equal to the excess Index Change over the Buffer Rate. Under these circumstances, the Buffer would provide only partial protection from loss related to the negative Index performance.

The Buffer ~~Rate~~provides ~~represents~~limited ~~the~~downside ~~percentage~~protection. ofYou ~~your~~assume ~~investment~~the ~~that~~risk isof ~~protected~~loss ~~from~~for ~~loss.~~negative ~~For~~Index ~~instance,~~performance ~~assuming~~in aexcess of the Buffer Rate. ofYour ~~10%,~~losses itcould be issignificant. ~~possible~~The ~~that~~Buffer ~~you could~~is ~~lose~~measured ~~90%~~over the life of ~~your~~the ~~investment~~Crediting asPeriod, awhich ~~result~~can ofbe ~~negative~~more ~~Index~~than ~~performance~~one year. ~~Unlike~~In ~~with~~cases where a ~~Floor,~~Crediting ~~however,~~Period ais ~~Buffer~~more ~~absorbs~~than one year, the ~~impact~~Buffer offor ~~negative~~that ~~Index~~Crediting ~~performance~~Period ~~before~~is the ~~negative~~total ~~Index~~Buffer ~~performance~~for ~~impacts~~the ~~your~~life ~~Policy~~of the Crediting Period.

~~The~~57 ~~Buffer’s downside protection is limited. You assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance in excess of the Buffer Rate. Your losses could be significant.~~

The illustration below includes three examples of how the Buffer applies when the Index Change is negative. Each example assumes a Buffer Rate of 10%.

LOGO

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~In the first example, the Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Change ~~Annuity~~is 54-5%, which does not go beyond the Buffer Rate, so the Buffer would completely protect you from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be 0%.

• In the ~~first~~second example, the Index Change is -515%, which ~~does~~goes ~~not~~beyond ~~exceed~~ the Buffer Rate, so the Buffer would ~~completely~~only partially protect you from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be 0-5%.

• In the ~~second~~third example, the Index Change is -1525%, which ~~exceeds~~goes beyond the Buffer Rate, so the Buffer would only partially protect you from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be -515%.

•Enhanced ~~In the third example, the~~ Index ~~Change~~Account isOptions ~~-25%, which exceeds the Buffer Rate, so the Buffer would only partially protect you from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be -15%.~~

~~Floor~~The table below lists the Enhanced Index Account Options that we currently offer. Currently, we are only offering one type of Enhanced Index Account Option: “Best Entry.” We reserve the right to offer different types of Enhanced Index Accounts in the future. We may not always offer Best Entry options.

~~For~~The atable ~~Basic~~below ~~Index~~includes ~~Account Option with a Floor as its Downside Protection Type, if~~ the ~~Index~~following ~~Change~~information atfor ~~the~~each ~~end~~Best ofEntry ~~the~~option: ~~Crediting Period is negative, the value of your investment will decrease, but it will not decrease beyond the downside protection provided by the Floor.~~

We• ~~calculate~~The ~~your~~ Index. ~~Credit~~See ~~Rate~~THE ~~using~~INDEXES ~~the~~for ~~Floor~~information asabout ~~follows:~~the various Indexes.

• IfThe ~~the~~Crediting ~~Index Change does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate, your Index Credit Rate will equal the Index Change~~Period.

• IfThe ~~the~~Downside ~~Index~~Protection ~~Change~~Type ~~exceeds~~and ~~the~~related ~~Floor~~rate ~~based~~(i.e., onBuffer ~~the~~and ~~Floor~~Buffer Rate,). ~~your~~The Downside Protection Type and related rate for an Index ~~Credit~~Account ~~Rate~~Option will ~~equal~~not change for as long as you own the ~~Floor~~Policy.

• The ~~Floor~~Growth ~~Rate~~Opportunity ~~represents~~Type ~~the percentage of your investment that is protected from loss~~(i. ~~For instance~~e., ~~assuming~~Cap). aThe ~~Floor~~current ~~Rate~~Cap ofRates ~~80%,~~are ~~it is~~not ~~possible~~shown ~~that~~in ~~you~~the ~~could~~table ~~lose~~below upbecause towe ~~20%~~may ofdeclare ~~your~~new ~~investment~~Cap asRates afor ~~result~~new ofCrediting ~~negative~~Periods. ~~Index~~You ~~performance,~~may ~~which~~always ~~means~~obtain the ~~Index~~current ~~Credit~~rates ~~Rate~~for ~~could~~new beCrediting asPeriods ~~low~~online asat ~~-20%~~https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila ~~Unlike~~or ~~with~~upon arequest ~~Buffer, however, your Policy is impacted~~ by ~~negative~~contacting ~~Index~~our ~~performance~~Administrative ~~before~~Office ~~any~~or ~~negative~~your ~~Index~~financial ~~performance~~intermediary. isSee ~~absorbed~~SELECTING byALLOCATION ~~the~~ACCOUNTS ~~Floor.~~FOR INVESTMENT.

If• ~~the~~For ~~Floor~~any ~~Rate~~Best isEntry ~~100%,~~option ~~the~~with ~~Floor~~a ~~provides complete~~Credit ~~protection~~Advantage ~~from~~Cap, ~~loss related to~~ the ~~negative~~guaranteed ~~Index~~maximum ~~performance.~~annualized ~~The Index~~ Credit ~~Rate~~Advantage ~~cannot~~Fee ~~be lower than 0% when the Floor Rate equals 100%. For example, assuming a Floor Rate~~ of ~~100~~1.25% ~~and an Index Change of -15%, your Index Credit Rate would be 0%~~.

~~When~~58 the Floor Rate is less than 100%, the Floor provides only limited downside protection. You assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance that does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate. Your losses could be significant depending on the Floor Rate. A Floor Rate of 100% would provide complete protection against loss, but is likely to be part of an Index Account Option with significantly limited upside potential.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~The ~~Index~~guaranteed ~~AdvantageSM~~limit ~~Annuity~~on 55the Cap Rate, to which we are subject when we declare a new Cap Rate for new Crediting Periods.

~~The~~• ~~illustration~~Terms ~~below~~related ~~includes~~to ~~three~~the ~~examples~~Initial ofIndex ~~how~~Value ~~the~~reset ~~Floor~~feature. ~~applies~~Each ~~when~~Best ~~the~~Entry option includes an Initial Index ~~Change~~Value isreset ~~negative~~feature that may help you increase gains or decrease losses, as explained after the table below. ~~Each~~ ~~example~~These ~~assume~~terms for a ~~Floor~~Best ~~Rate~~Entry ofOption ~~80%.~~will not change for as long as you own the Policy.

• In the first example, the Index Change is -5%, which does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate (-20%), so the Floor would not provide any protection from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be -5%.

BEST ENTRY OPTIONS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT

Index

Crediting
Period

Downside
Protection Type and
Rate

Growth
Opportunity
Type

Credit
Advantage
Fee
(annualized)

Guaranteed

Limit on

Rate For

Growth
Opportunity

Type

Initial Index Value Reset Feature

Observation
Frequency

Number of
Observation
Days

Best
Entry Reset
Threshold /
Best
Entry Reset
Maximum

S&P 500^® Index

6-Year

Buffer

Buffer Rate 10%

Cap

N/A

Cap Rate:

8.00%

Monthly

-5% / -5%

Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR

6-Year

Buffer

Buffer Rate 10%

Cap

N/A

Cap Rate:

8.00%

Monthly

-5% / -5%

S&P 500^® Index

6-Year

Buffer

Buffer Rate 10%

Cap

(Credit
Advantage)

1.25

Cap Rate:
12.00%

Monthly

-5% / -20%

Fidelity World Factor Leaders Index^SM 0.5% AR

6-Year

Buffer

Buffer Rate 10%

Cap

(Credit
Advantage)

1.25

Cap Rate:
12.00%

Monthly

-5% / -20%

•Explanation Inof ~~the~~Best ~~second~~Entry example, the Index Change is -15%, which does not exceed the Floor based on the Floor Rate (-20%), so the Floor would not provide any protection from loss related to the negative Index performance. Your Index Credit Rate would be -15%.

•When Inyou ~~the~~invest ~~third~~in ~~example,~~any ~~the~~ Index ~~Change~~Account ~~is -35%~~Option, ~~which~~we ~~exceeds~~measure ~~the~~your ~~Floor~~Index rate of return based on ~~the~~your ~~Floor~~Initial ~~Rate~~Index ~~(-20%)~~Value. If there is a market downturn after your Crediting Period starts, soyour ~~the~~gains ~~Floor~~could ~~would~~be ~~provide~~less ~~limited~~and ~~protection~~your ~~from~~losses ~~loss~~could ~~related~~be togreater at the ~~negative~~end ~~Index~~of ~~performance~~the Crediting Period. ~~Your~~Best Entry, on a limited basis, can help reduce this risk through its Initial Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~reset ~~would~~feature, beas ~~-20%~~described further below.

Each Best Entry option has a Cap and Buffer. We will calculate your Index Change for a Best Entry option the same way as a Basic Index Account Option. We will apply the Cap if the Index Change is positive or zero, or Buffer if the Index Change is negative. There is only one difference between Best Entry and ~~Floor~~a Basic Index Account Option:

~~The~~• ~~Buffer~~Under ~~and Floor Downside Protection Type is~~ a ~~combination~~Basic ofIndex ~~the~~Account ~~Buffer~~Option, ~~Downside Protection Type and~~ the ~~Floor~~Initial ~~Downside~~Index ~~Protection~~Value ~~Type.~~is Ifalways the Index ~~Change~~Value aton the ~~end of the~~ Crediting Period isstart ~~negative, the value of your investment may or may not decrease~~date.

~~For~~• Under a ~~Basic~~Best ~~Index~~Entry ~~Account~~option, ~~with~~the ~~Buffer~~Initial ~~and~~Index ~~Floor~~Value asmay ~~its~~automatically ~~Downside~~reset ~~Protection~~from ~~Type, if~~ the Index ~~Change~~Value aton the ~~end~~Crediting ofPeriod ~~the~~start ~~Crediting~~date ~~Period~~to isa ~~negative,~~lower ~~we will~~Index ~~apply~~Value ~~either~~that occurred after the ~~Buffer~~Crediting ~~(based~~Period onbegan. If the ~~Buffer~~Initial ~~Rate)~~Index orValue resets, the ~~Floor~~lower ~~(based~~Initial onIndex Value will be reflected in the ~~Floor~~Index ~~Rate)~~Change used to calculate ~~your~~gains ~~loss~~or ~~(if~~losses. ~~any)~~As explained further below, ~~whichever~~resetting ~~results~~to ina ~~less~~lower ~~loss~~Initial ~~(or~~Index noValue ~~loss)~~will ~~for~~serve ~~you.~~to potentially increase your gains or decrease your losses.

~~Buffer~~Best Entry’s ~~and~~Initial ~~Floor~~Index ~~does~~Value ~~not~~reset ~~provide~~feature ~~complete~~is ~~downside~~based ~~protection.~~on ~~You~~the ~~may~~following ~~lose~~four ~~any~~design ~~amounts~~elements: ~~not~~(i) a ~~protected~~monthly byObservation ~~the~~Frequency; ~~Buffer~~(ii) either three or ~~Floor,~~six ~~whichever~~Observation ~~ultimately applies.~~Days; ~~Your~~(iii) a ~~losses~~Best ~~could~~Entry beReset ~~significant~~Threshold of -5%; and (iv) a Best Entry Reset Maximum of either -5% or -20%. How the Initial Index Value reset feature works:

• The ~~illustration~~Index ~~below~~Value ~~includes~~on ~~four~~the ~~examples~~first day of ~~how Buffer and Floor applies when~~ the ~~Index~~Crediting ~~Change~~Period is ~~negative.~~ ~~Each~~the ~~example~~starting ~~assumes~~Initial aIndex ~~Buffer Rate of 10% and a Floor Rate of 80%~~Value.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~The Initial Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Value ~~Annuity~~may 56reset only on an “Observation Day.” Depending on the option you choose, there are only three or six Observation Days and therefore only three or six calendar days on which the Initial Index Value is eligible to reset.

•59 In the first example, the Index Change is -10%. For this example, your Index Credit Rate would be 0% due to the application of the Buffer. The application of the Buffer would apply because it would completely protect you from loss related to the negative Index performance, while the application of the Floor would result in an Index Credit Rate of -10%.

• InEach Observation Day will correspond to the ~~second~~same ~~example,~~calendar day on which the ~~Index~~Crediting ~~Change~~Period began and is ~~-15%.~~determined ~~For~~based ~~this~~on ~~example,~~the ~~your~~monthly ~~Index~~Observation ~~Credit~~Frequency. ~~Rate~~This ~~would~~means bethere ~~-5%~~is ~~due~~one tomonth (i) between the ~~application~~Crediting ofPeriod start date and the ~~Buffer~~first Observation Day and (ii) between Observation Days. ~~The~~Observation ~~application~~Days ofwill begin with the ~~Buffer~~month ~~would~~immediately ~~result~~following inthe ~~less~~Crediting ~~loss~~Period tostart ~~you~~date. ~~because~~For example: if the ~~application~~Crediting ofPeriod start date is January 1, 2022 and there are six Observation Days, the ~~Floor~~six Observation Days would ~~result~~be inFebruary an1, ~~Index~~March ~~Credit~~1, ~~Rate~~April of1, ~~-15%~~May 1, June 1, and July 1, 2022.

• InOn ~~the~~an ~~third~~Observation ~~example~~Day, the ~~Index~~Initial ~~Change is -25%. For this example, your~~ Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~will ~~would~~automatically bereset ~~-15%~~if ~~due to the application of the Buffer. The application of the Buffer would result in less loss to you because the application of the Floor would result in an Index Credit Rate of -20%.~~both:

•(i) InThe ~~the~~value ~~fourth~~of ~~example,~~ the Index ~~Change~~has ~~-35%.~~decreased ~~For~~by ~~this~~the ~~example,~~“Best ~~your~~Entry ~~Index~~Reset ~~Credit~~Threshold” ~~Rate~~(which ~~would~~is beexpressed as -205%) ~~due~~compared to the ~~application~~Index ofValue ~~the~~on ~~Floor. The application of~~ the ~~Floor~~first ~~would~~day ~~result in less loss to you because the application~~ of the ~~Buffer~~Crediting ~~would~~Period; ~~result in an Index Credit Rate of -25%.~~and

~~Participation~~(ii) The Index Value on that Observation Day is lower than the current Initial Index Value (taking into account any prior reset that has occurred since the beginning of the Crediting Period).

~~For~~See a“Example ~~Basic~~– ~~Index Account Option with Participation as its Downside Protection Type, if the Index Change at the end of the Crediting Period is negative, the~~General ~~value~~Illustration of ~~your~~Best ~~investment~~Entry” ~~will~~below ~~decrease,~~for ~~but~~examples ~~you will participate in only a portion~~ of ~~the~~this ~~negative~~automatic ~~Index~~reset ~~performance~~calculation.

~~Your~~• ~~Index~~In ~~Credit~~no ~~Rate~~event will ~~equal~~ the Initial Index ~~Change~~Value ~~multiplied~~be byreset ~~the~~to ~~Downside~~a ~~Protection~~higher ~~Participation~~Index ~~Rate~~Value.

~~Participation~~• asIn no event will the Initial Index Value reset below a ~~Downside~~certain ~~Protection~~Index ~~Type~~Value ~~does~~called ~~not~~the ~~provide~~“Best ~~complete downside~~Entry ~~protection~~Reset Minimum Value.” ~~Participation~~The asBest aEntry ~~Downside~~Reset ~~Protection~~Minimum ~~Type~~Value ~~provides~~is ~~only~~derived ~~limited~~by ~~downside~~multiplying ~~protection~~the byIndex ~~limiting~~Value on the ~~extent~~Crediting toPeriod start date by the “Best Entry Reset Maximum,” which ~~you~~is ~~participate~~equal into ~~negative~~either ~~Index~~-5% ~~performance~~or -20%. ~~Your~~No ~~losses~~future ~~could~~resets beare ~~significant.~~allowed if the Initial Index Value has been reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.

~~The~~Please ~~illustration~~note, ~~below~~two ~~includes~~Best ~~three~~Entry ~~examples~~options ofhave ~~how~~a ~~Participation~~Best ~~applies~~Entry ~~when~~Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum that are both equal to -5%. Under these two options, which are available for no additional charge, the Initial Index ~~Change~~Value ismay ~~negative~~reset no more than one time. ~~Each~~Any ~~example~~such ~~assumes~~reset awill ~~Downside~~equal ~~Protection~~-5% (because the ~~Participation~~reset ~~Rate~~threshold ofand ~~50%~~reset maximum are the same). For the other Best Entry options, ~~meaning~~multiple ~~that~~resets ~~you~~and ~~would~~aggregate ~~participate~~resets inof ~~only~~up 50to -20% ofare ~~all~~possible, ~~negative~~but ~~Index~~those ~~performance~~options are subject to a Credit Advantage Fee.

~~Transamerica~~See ~~Structured~~“Example ~~Index~~– ~~AdvantageSM~~Illustration ~~Annuity~~of 57Best Entry Reset Maximum” below for an example of the Best Entry Reset Maximum. See also “Example – Illustration of Options with Same Best Entry Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum.”

• InThe ~~the~~Initial ~~first~~Index ~~example~~Value, ~~the~~as ~~Index~~reset, ~~Change~~if ~~is -10%~~applicable, sowill ~~your~~be ~~Index~~used ~~Credit~~to ~~Rate~~calculate ~~would~~the beIndex ~~-5%~~Change ~~(i.e.,~~at ~~-10%~~the xend ~~50%~~of =the ~~-5%)~~Crediting Period.

• InThe Initial Index Value reset feature may affect Interim Values prior to the ~~second~~end ~~example,~~of the Crediting Period. If the Initial Index ~~Change~~Value isdoes ~~-15%~~not reset, soInterim ~~your~~Values will be unaffected by the reset feature. Each time the Initial Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~resets, ~~would~~future Interim Values will be ~~-7.5%~~calculated (iusing the reset Initial Index Value.~~e.,~~ ~~-15%~~A xreset ~~50%~~of =the -7Initial Index Value will never result in lower Interim Values than if the Initial Index Value had not reset.~~5%).~~

• In the third example, the Index Change is -20%, so your Index Credit Rate would be -10% (i.e., -20% x 50% = -10%).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT ENHANCED INDEX ACCOUNT OPTIONS

Currently, we may offer two types of Enhanced Index Account Options. The first type is called “ .” The second type is called “Buffer Auto Reset.” When available, you may invest in an Enhanced Index Account Option for no additional charge.

Best Entry

Each Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option that we offer for investment combines one Index, one Crediting Period, the Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type, and the Buffer as its Downside Protection Type as reflected in the tables below. For example, we may offer a Best Entry option with S&P 500® Index, 6-Year Crediting Period, Cap, and Buffer (with specific rates that we declare for the Cap and Buffer).

Indexes		Crediting Periods		Growth Opportunity Type		DownsideProtection Type
• S&P 500® Index • S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index • Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR • iShares® Russell 2000 ETF • iShares® U.S. Technology ETF • iShares® MSCI Emerging Markets ETF • iShares® MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		1-10 Years		Cap		Buffer

In addition to these components, Best Entry includes an Initial Index Value reset feature. This feature may help you increase gains or decrease losses because the Initial Index Value used to calculate the Index Change may be lower than the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period. As such, at the end of the Crediting Period, this feature may result in a higher Index Change (potentially increasing your gains or decreasing your losses).

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 58

In connection with the Initial Index Value reset feature, we declare an Observation Period, Observation Frequency, and Best Entry Reset Threshold. These values may differ between Best Entry options that are available for investment, and from Crediting Period to Crediting Period.

• Observation Period. This is the defined period of time during which the Initial Index Value may be reset, starting at the beginning of the Crediting Period. Depending on the Observation Frequency, a longer Observation Period may or may not provide more reset opportunities than a shorter Observation Period.

• Observation Frequency. This is the frequency at which we will observe the Index Value to determine whether the Initial Index Value should be reset (daily, weekly, monthly, or quarterly). The days on which we observe the Index Value are called “Observation Days.”

If the Observation Frequency is monthly or quarterly, Observation Days will correspond to the same calendar day on which the Crediting Period began. For example, if a Crediting Period begins on January 8 and the Observation Frequency is monthly, the first Observation Day would be February 8. Likewise, if the Observation Frequency were quarterly, the first Observation Day would be April 8.

• Best Entry Reset Threshold. This is the net percentage decrease in the Index Value that is necessary to trigger a reset of the Initial Index Value.

How the Initial Index Value reset feature works:

• Each Observation Day, the Initial Index Value will automatically reset if both (i) the value of the Index has decreased by a percentage at least equal to the Best Entry Reset Threshold, comparing the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period to the Index Value on that Observation Day and (ii) the Index Value on that Observation Day is lower than the current Initial Index Value (taking into account any prior reset that has occurred since the beginning of the Observation Period).

While Best Entry may help you increase your gains or decrease your losses, it is subject to the same risks associated with the Cap Growth Opportunity Type and the Buffer Downside Protection Type.

•

You will not participate in any positive Index performance above the Cap Rate. If your Initial Index Value has reset, you may be more likely to realize gains at the end of the Crediting Period than if the Initial Index Value had not been reset, but the upside potential of your investment continues to be limited by the same Cap Rate.

• The Buffer provides only limited downside protection. If your Initial Index Value has reset, you may be less likely to realize loss at the end of the Crediting Period than if the Initial Index Value had not been reset, but you still assume the risk of loss for negative Index performance inbeyond ~~excess of~~ the same Buffer Rate. Your losses could be significant.

To60 ~~help you understand the Initial Index Value reset feature, consider the following example. Assume you select a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option for which we have declared the following values:~~

•In addition, on any calendar day that is not an Observation ~~Period:~~Day, 90which represent the overwhelming number of days in a Best Entry option Crediting Period, the Initial Index Value will not be eligible for reset, regardless of how badly the Index performs.

•Example ~~Observation~~– ~~Frequency:~~General ~~Weekly~~Illustration ~~(12~~of Best Entry. To help you understand the Initial Index Value reset ~~opportunities)~~feature, consider the following example. Assume you select a Best Entry option for which the following applies:

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Crediting ~~Index~~Period: ~~AdvantageSM~~6 ~~Annuity 59~~Years

•

Number of Observation Days: 6

•

Observation Frequency: Monthly

•

Best Entry Reset Threshold: -5%

•

Best Entry Reset Maximum: -20%

•

Cap Rate: 20%

•

Buffer Rate: 10%

Now assume that the value of the Index on day 1 of the Crediting Period is 1000. Based on these assumptions, your Initial Index Value will either (a) remain at 1000 or (b) reset to the lowest Index Value observed ~~during~~on ~~the~~any Observation ~~Period,~~Day provided that at least one observed Index Value is equal to or lower than 950 (i.e., 1000 – (1000 x 5%) = 950). ~~Remember~~However, ~~that~~in ifno event can the Initial Index Value ~~resets~~be atreset ~~least~~below ~~once,~~the itBest ~~will~~Entry ~~never~~Reset ~~reset~~Minimum toValue aof ~~higher~~800 ~~Index~~(i.e., ~~Value~~1000 x (1 + -20%) = 800).

~~The~~Remember ~~illustration~~that ~~below~~if ~~reflects how~~ the Initial Index ~~hypothetically performed~~Value ~~during~~resets ~~this~~at ~~example’s~~least ~~Observation~~once, ~~Period~~it will never reset to a higher Index Value.

The ~~following~~illustration ~~table~~below ~~describes~~reflects how the ~~Initial~~ Index ~~Value~~hypothetically ~~reset~~performed ~~during~~between the ~~Observation~~Crediting Period start date and the last Observation Day.

LOGO

ObservationDay	IndexValue		Initial Index Value					Explanation
			ImmediatelyBefore ResetOpportunity		ImmediatelyAfter ResetOpportunity		Did aResetOccur?
1		992		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (992) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
2		974		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (974) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
3		960		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (960) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
4		965		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (965) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
5		955		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (955) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
6		950		1000		950	Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (950) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and there were no prior resets to consider.

The following table explains whether or not the Initial Index Value reset on the Observation Days.

~~Transamerica~~61 ~~Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 60~~

7		948			950			948	Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (948) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (950).
			Initial Index Value				Explanation
8		935			948			935	Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (935) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (948).
ObservationDay	IndexValue		ImmediatelyBefore ResetEvaluated	ImmediatelyAfter ResetEvaluated		Did aResetOccur?
9		930			935			930	Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (930) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (935).
1	965		1000	1000		No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (965) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).
10		932			930			930	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (932) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), but was not lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (930).
2	950		1000	950		Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (950) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and there were no prior resets to consider.
11		941			930			930	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (941) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), but was not lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (930).
3	958		950	950		No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (958) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), nor was it lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (950).
12		948			930			930	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (948) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), but was not lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (930).
4	935		950	935		Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (935) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (950).
5	930		935	930		Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (930) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (935).
6	945		930	930		No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (932) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), but was not lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (930).

Note that the lowest Index Value ~~during~~in this example was 925, but the ~~Observation~~Initial ~~Period~~Index ~~was~~Value did not reset to 925. The Initial Index Value was not reset to 925, ~~however,~~ because that Index Value did not occur on an Observation Day.

Also note that because the lowest Index Value on any Observation Day wasn’t lower than the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value of 800, the Buffer Reset Maximum did not affect any Initial Index Value resets.

At the end of the Crediting Period in this example, the Index Change will be positive if the Final Index Value is greater than 930, zero if the Final Index Value is 930, or negative if the Final Index Value is lower than 930. Without the Initial Index Value reset feature in this example, the Index Change would have been positive if the Final Index Value were greater than 1000, zero if the Final Index Value were equal to 1000, or negative if the Final Index Value were lower than 1000.

To show how the Initial Index Value reset feature could help increase gains and decrease losses in this example, the following table reflects hypothetical Index Changes and Index Credit Rates based on an Initial Index Value of 1000 (reflecting no reset) versus an Initial Index Value of 930 (reflecting the reset), using assumed Final Index Values, the assumed Cap Rate (20%), and the assumed Buffer Rate (10%). You should note that depending on the Final Index Value, the Initial Index Value reset feature may or may not increase gains or decrease losses, even when a reset occurs.

Final IndexValue	Initial Index Value = 1000(Reflects No Reset)		Initial Index Value = 930(Reflects Reset)		Impact of Initial Index Value Reset onGains or Losses
Final Index Value	Initial Index Value = 1000(Reflects No Reset)		Initial Index Value = 930(Reflects Reset)		Impact ofInitial Index Value Reset onGains or Losses
	Index Change	Index ~~CreditRate~~Credit Rate	Index Change	Index Credit Rate
1200	+20%	+20%	+29%	+20%(1)	None
1150	+15%	+15%	+23.7%	+20%(1)	Increased Gains
1100	+10%	+10%	+18.3%	+18.3%	Increased Gains
1000	0%	0%	+7.5%	+7.5%	Increased Gains
900	-10%	0%(2)	-3.2%	0%(2)	None
800	-20%	-10%(3)	-14%	-4%(3)	Decreased Losses

(1)	Index Credit Rate equals the Cap Rate because the Index Change exceeds the Cap Rate.

(2) Index Credit Rate equals 0% because the negative Index Change does not ~~exceed~~go beyond the Buffer Rate.

(3)	Index Credit Rate equals the negative Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate.

~~Buffer~~62 ~~Auto Reset~~

~~Each~~Example ~~Buffer~~– ~~Auto~~Illustration ~~Reset~~of ~~Enhanced~~Best ~~Index Account~~Entry ~~Option~~Reset ~~that~~Maximum. weTo ~~offer~~help ~~for~~you ~~investment~~understand ~~combines~~how ~~one Index, one Crediting Period,~~ the ~~Cap~~Best asEntry Reset ~~its~~Maximum ~~Growth Opportunity Type~~works, ~~and~~consider the ~~Buffer~~following ~~as its Downside Protection Type, as reflected in the tables below~~example. ~~For~~Once ~~example~~again, weassume ~~may~~you ~~offer~~select a ~~Buffer~~Best ~~Auto Reset~~Entry option ~~with S&P 500® Index, 6-Year Crediting Period, Cap, and Buffer (with specific rates that we declare~~ for which the ~~Cap~~following ~~and~~applies: ~~Buffer).~~

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Crediting ~~Index~~Period: ~~AdvantageSM~~6 ~~Annuity 61~~Years

Indexes		Crediting Periods		GrowthOpportunity Type		DownsideProtection Type
• S&P 500® Index • S&P 500 Market Opportunity Allocator 1.0% Decrement Index • Fidelity World Factor Leaders IndexSM 0.5% AR • iShares® Russell 2000 ETF • iShares® U.S. Technology ETF • iShares® MSCI Emerging Markets ETF • iShares® MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		1-10 Years		Cap		Buffer

•

Number of Observation Days: 6

In• ~~addition~~Observation toFrequency: these components, Buffer Auto Reset includes a Buffer reset feature. This feature utilizes the Buffer in a manner that is different than any other Index Account Option by not only providing limited protection from loss, but also potentially protecting gains. Monthly

~~For~~• ~~any~~Best ~~other~~Entry ~~Index~~Reset ~~Account~~Threshold: Option that has a Buffer as its Downside Protection Type, the Buffer applies only when the Index Change is negative. As a result, the Buffer for any such Index Account Option only provides downside protection. If the Index Change is positive, the Buffer for any such Index Account Option plays no role in calculating gain. -5%

~~Under~~• ~~Buffer~~Best ~~Auto~~Entry Reset, ~~the~~Maximum: Buffer not only applies when the Index Change is negative, but may also apply when the Index Change is positive. By potentially applying the Buffer when the Index Change is positive, Buffer Auto Reset may protect potential gains from downward fluctuations in the performance of an Index during a Crediting Period. -20%

• ~~Buffer~~Cap ~~Reset~~Rate: Period. This is the periodic basis throughout the Crediting Period (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, annually, or bi-annually) at which we observe the Index Value to determine whether the Buffer Reference Level should be reset to a higher Index Value. The days on which we observe the Index Value are called “Buffer Reset Days.”20%

Buffer Reset Days will correspond to the same calendar day on which the Crediting Period began. For example, if a Crediting Period begins on January 8 and the Buffer Reset Period is monthly, the first Observation Day would be February 8. Likewise, if the Buffer Reset Period is annually, the first Observation Day would be January 8 of the next calendar year.

The final day of the Crediting Period will not be a Buffer Reset Day.

• Buffer Reset Trigger. This is the net percentage increase in the Index Value that triggers a reset to the Buffer Reference Level, comparing the current Buffer Reference Level to the Index Value on a Buffer Reset Day.

How the Buffer reset feature works:

• Under Buffer Auto Reset, the Buffer’s protection is tied the Buffer Reference Level. At the beginning of the Crediting Period, the Buffer Reference Level will be the Initial Index Value (i.e., the Index Value on the first day of the Crediting Period).

• On Buffer Reset Days, we will observe the Index Value to determine whether the Buffer Reference Level should be reset to a higher Index Value.

• On each Buffer Reset Day, if both (i) the Index Value is higher than the current Buffer Reference Level and (ii) the percentage difference is equal to or greater than the Buffer Reset Trigger, the Buffer Reference Level automatically resets to that higher Index Value, subject to the maximum Buffer Reference Level.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 62

The maximum Buffer Reference Level is calculated using the following formula:

Initial Index Value x (1 + Cap Rate)

For instance, if the Initial Index Value is 1000 and the Cap Rate is 20%, the maximum Buffer Reference Level is 1200 (i.e., 1000 x (1 + 20%) = 1200).

• The Buffer Reference Level will never reset to a lower value.

• By the end of the Crediting Period:

• If the Buffer Reference Level did not reset, the Buffer Reference Level will equal the Initial Index Value.

At the end of the Crediting Period, the Buffer reset feature may impact your Index Credit Rate as follows:

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 63

To calculate your Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period, we use the formula in the table below. This formula is based on the same principles as any other Index Account Option with a Cap as its Growth Opportunity Type and Buffer as its Downside Protection Type, except it includes additional components that reflect the potential application of the Buffer when the Index Change is positive or negative.

As previously explained in the prospectus, we use the following formula to calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of a Crediting Period for a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option.

Index Credit Rate is equal to:		(1) if the Final Index Value is greater than or equal to the Buffer Reference Level; or
		(2) if the Final Index Value is less than the Buffer Reference Level
Where: (1) is the Growth Opportunity Rate* (2) is [(A x B) – 1], where:
A is (1 + Buffer Reference Rate)**
B is (1 + Downside Protection Rate)***
* Growth Opportunity Rate is equal to the lesser of the Index Change or the Cap Rate. Buffer Reference Rate is equal to [(Buffer Reference Level / Initial Index Value) – 1] * Downside Protection Rate is equal to the lesser of (1) or (2), where: (1) is 0 (2) is [(A / B) – 1] + C, where: A is the Final Index Value B is the Buffer Reference Level C is the Buffer Rate

Examples

The following examples will help you understand how the Buffer Reference Level may reset during a Crediting Period for a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option, and how we calculate the Index Credit Rate at the end of the Crediting Period.

Each example assumes that you select a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option for which we have declared the following rates:

• Crediting Period: 6 years

• Buffer Reset Period: Annual (5 reset opportunities)

• Buffer Reset Trigger: 25%

• Cap Rate: 100%

•

Buffer Rate: 10%

~~Example~~Again, assume that the value of the Index on day 1 of the Crediting Period is 1000. Based on these assumptions, your Initial Index Value will either (a) remain at 1000 or (b) reset to the lowest Index Value on any Observation Day, provided that at least one observed Index Value is equal to or lower than 950 (i.e., 1000 – ~~Positive~~(1000 x 5%) = 950). However, in no event can the Initial Index ~~Change~~Value be reset below the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value of 800 (i.e., 1000 x (1 + -20%) = 800).

The illustration below reflects how the Index hypothetically performed ~~during~~between ~~this~~the ~~example’s~~ Crediting Period. Itstart ~~also~~date ~~shows~~and ~~an Initial Index Value of 1000,~~ the ~~Index~~last ~~Value~~Observation ~~on each of the five Buffer Reset Days, and a Final Index Value of 1100~~Day. ~~The maximum Buffer Reference Level would be 2000.~~

LOGO

~~Transamerica~~The ~~Structured~~following table explains whether or not the Initial Index ~~AdvantageSM~~Value ~~Annuity~~reset 64on the Observation Days.

~~The~~63 ~~following table describes how the Buffer Reference Level reset during the Crediting Period.~~

Buffer ResetDay

IndexValue

Buffer Reference Level

Explanation

Initial Index Value

Explanation

ImmediatelyBefore ResetOpportunity

ImmediatelyAfter ResetOpportunity

Did aResetOccur?

ObservationDay

IndexValue

ImmediatelyBefore ResetEvaluated

ImmediatelyAfter ResetEvaluated

Did aResetOccur?

965

~~1050~~

1000

~~1000~~

The Index Value on the Observation Day (965) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).

~~1000~~

~~The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1050) was not at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000).~~

900

~~1100~~

1000

900

~~1000~~

Yes

The Index Value on the Observation Day (900) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000).

~~1000~~

~~The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1100) was not at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000).~~

850

~~1200~~

900

850

~~1000~~

Yes

The Index Value on the Observation Day (850) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (900).

~~1000~~

~~The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1200) was not at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000).~~

780

~~1250~~

850

800

~~1000~~

Yes

The Index Value on the Observation Day (780) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (850). However, because the Initial Index Value cannot reset below the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value (800), the Initial Index Value was reset to 800 rather than 780.

~~1250~~

~~Yes~~

The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1250) was at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000) and did not exceed the maximum Buffer Reference Level (2000).

760

~~1200~~

800

~~1250~~

No resets allowed after the Initial Index Value has been reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.

~~1250~~

~~The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1200) was less than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1250).~~

765

800

No resets allowed after the Initial Index Value has been reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.

~~Based~~Because on the ~~assumptions~~Initial ~~above—including~~Index Value reset to the ~~Initial~~Best ~~Index~~Entry Reset Minimum Value (~~1000~~800), on ~~Final~~the ~~Index~~4th ~~Value~~Observation ~~(1100)~~Day, no resets were allowed on the 5th and ~~Buffer~~6th ~~Reference~~Observation Days, even though the ~~Level~~Index ~~(1250)—we~~Values ~~would~~on ~~calculate~~those ~~your~~Observation Days were lower than the current Initial Index ~~Credit~~Value ~~Rate~~of at800. At the end of the Crediting Period asin ~~follows:~~this example, the Index Change will be positive if the Final Index Value is greater than 800, zero if the Final Index Value is 800, or negative if the Final Index Value is lower than 800.

•Example ~~Since~~– ~~the~~Illustration ~~Final~~of ~~Index~~Options ~~Value~~with ~~(1100)~~Same isBest ~~less~~Entry ~~than~~Reset Threshold ~~the~~and ~~Buffer~~Best ~~Reference~~Entry ~~Level~~Reset ~~(1250)~~Maximum. weTwo ~~would~~Best ~~calculate~~Entry ~~the~~options ~~Index~~have ~~Credit~~a ~~Rate~~Best ~~using~~Entry Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum that are both equal to -5%. Under these options, the ~~calculation~~Initial ~~for~~Index ~~(2)~~Value ~~noted~~may reset ~~above~~no more than one time, ~~[(A~~and xany B)such –reset 1]will equal -5%, ~~where:~~because the reset threshold and reset maximum are the same.

•For Athis isexample, 1assume +the [same facts as the previous example, except assume (~~1250/~~i) that the Best Entry Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum were both equal to -5% and (ii) there are only three Observation Days. Based on these assumptions, the Initial Index Value will either (a) remain at 1000 or (b) reset to 950 if the Index Value on any Observation Day is 950 or lower (i.e., 1000 – 1](1000 x 5%) = ~~125~~950). Because the Best Entry Reset Threshold and Best Entry Reset Maximum are both equal to -5%, in no event will the Initial Index Value reset more than once or reset to any Index Value other than 950.

•The Billustration isbelow 1reflects +how ~~[(1100/1250)~~the –Index 1]hypothetically +performed ~~10%~~between =the Crediting ~~98%~~Period start date and the last Observation Day.

LOGO

•The ~~Index~~following ~~Credit~~table ~~Rate~~explains iswhether ~~[(125%~~or xnot ~~98%)~~the ~~-1]~~Initial =Index 22Value reset on the Observation Days.~~50%~~

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 65


Observation Day	Index Value	Initial Index Value			Explanation
Observation Day	Index Value	Immediately Before Reset Evaluated	Immediately After Reset Evaluated	Did a Reset Occur?	Explanation
1	965	1000	1000	No	The Index Value on the Observation Day (965) was not at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000).

2	900	1000	950	Yes	The Index Value on the Observation Day (900) was at least 5% lower than the starting Index Value (1000), and was lower than the Initial Index Value immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000). However, because the Initial Index Value cannot reset below the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value (950), the Initial Index Value was reset to 950 rather than 900.

3	850	950	950	No	No resets allowed after the Initial Index Value has been reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value.

In64 ~~this example, your Index Credit Rate would be 22.50%. Without the Buffer reset feature, your Index Credit Rate would have been 10%.~~

~~Example~~Because 2the –Initial ~~Negative~~Index Value reset to the Best Entry Reset Minimum Value (950) on the 2nd Observation Day, no resets were allowed on the 3rd (and last) Observation Day, even though the Index Value on that Observation Day was lower than the current Initial Index Value of 950. At the end of the Crediting Period in this example, the Index Change will be positive if the Final Index Value is greater than 950, zero if the Final Index Value is 950, or negative if the Final Index Value is lower than 950.

~~The~~SELECTING ~~illustration~~ALLOCATION ~~below~~ACCOUNTS ~~reflects~~FOR ~~how~~INVESTMENT the Index hypothetically performed during this example’s Crediting Period. It shows an Initial Index Value of 1000, the Index Value on each of the five Buffer Reset Days, and a Final Index Value of 600. The maximum Buffer Reference Level would be 2000.

~~The~~WE ~~following~~RESERVE ~~table~~THE ~~describes~~RIGHT ~~how~~TO ~~the~~ADD ~~Buffer~~AND ~~Reference~~REMOVE ~~Level~~ALLOCATION ~~reset~~ACCOUNTS ~~during~~AS ~~the~~AVAILABLE ~~Crediting~~INVESTMENT ~~Period~~OPTIONS. ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS WILL ONLY BE ADDED OR REMOVED THROUGH AN AMENDMENT TO THIS PROSPECTUS.

BufferResetDay	IndexValue		Buffer Reference Level					Explanation
			ImmediatelyBefore ResetOpportunity		ImmediatelyAfter ResetOpportunity		Did aResetOccur?
1		1100		1000		1000	No	The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1100) was not at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000).
2		1300		1000		1300	Yes	The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (1300) was at least 25% greater than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1000) and not in excess of the maximum Buffer Reference Level (2000).
3		900		1300		1300	No	The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (900) was less than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1300).
4		700		1300		1300	No	The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (700) was less than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1300).
5		800		1300		1300	No	The Index Value on the Buffer Reset Day (800) was less than the Buffer Reference Level immediately prior to the reset opportunity (1300).

WE ALSO RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MAKE DIFFERENT ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT IN CONNECTION WITH ONLY NEW PREMIUM PAYMENTS (INITIAL OR ADDITIONAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS) AS OPPOSED TO REINVESTMENTS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A CREDITING PERIOD (OR THE NEXT ALLOCATION ANNIVERSARY AFTER YOU EXERCISE PERFORMANCE LOCK). AN ALLOCATION ACCOUNT THAT IS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE.

~~Transamerica~~IF ~~Structured~~WE ~~Index~~REMOVE ~~AdvantageSM~~AN ~~Annuity~~ALLOCATION 66ACCOUNT, IT WILL BE CLOSED SUCH THAT NO NEW PREMIUMS, REINVESTMENTS, OR TRANSFERS WILL BE ALLOWED INTO THAT ALLOCATION ACCOUNT. IF YOU ARE CURRENTLY INVESTED IN AN ALLOCATION ACCOUNT AND IT IS REMOVED, YOU MAY REMAIN IN THAT ALLOCATION ACCOUNT UNTIL THE END OF THE CREDITING PERIOD.

~~Based~~WE onGUARANTEE ~~the~~THAT ~~assumptions~~WE ~~above—including~~WILL ~~the~~ALWAYS ~~Initial~~OFFER ~~Index~~AT ~~Value~~LEAST ~~(1000)~~THE FOLLOWING BASIC INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION: S&P 500® INDEX, ~~Final~~1-YEAR ~~Index~~CREDITING ~~Value~~PERIOD, BUFFER (~~600~~BUFFER RATE: 10%), ~~and Buffer~~CAP ~~Reference~~(CAP ~~Level~~RATE: ~~(1300~~NO LOWER THAN 2.00%)~~—we~~, ~~would~~AND ~~calculate~~NO ~~your~~CREDIT ~~Index~~ADVANTAGE ~~Credit~~FEE. ~~Rate~~PLEASE atNOTE ~~the~~THE ~~end~~INDEX ofFOR ~~the~~THAT INDEX ~~Crediting~~ACCOUNT ~~Period~~OPTION asREMAINS ~~follows:~~SUBJECT TO OUR RIGHT OF SUBSTITUTION. SEE INDEX SUBSTITUTIONS.

•WE ~~Since~~DO ~~the~~NOT ~~Final~~GUARANTEE ~~Index~~THAT ~~Value~~WE ~~(600)~~WILL ALWAYS isOFFER ~~less~~ANY ~~than~~OTHER ~~the~~BASIC ~~Buffer~~INDEX ~~Reference~~ACCOUNT ~~Level~~OPTION, ~~(1300)~~AN weENHANCED ~~would~~INDEX ~~calculate~~ACCOUNT ~~the~~OPTION, ~~Index~~OR ~~Credit~~A ~~Rate~~FIXED ~~using~~ACCOUNT ~~the~~OPTION. ~~calculation~~WE ~~for~~WILL ~~(2)~~OFFER ~~noted~~THE ~~above,~~FIXED [ACCOUNT OPTION (WITH A x1-YEAR BCREDITING PERIOD) –FOR ~~1],~~AT ~~where:~~LEAST AS LONG AS IT SERVES AS THE DEFAULT OPTION.

•IF YOU ARE NOT COMFORTABLE WITH THE RISK THAT WE MAY NOT OFFER ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS IN THE FUTURE THAT ARE ATTRACTIVE TO YOU BASED ON YOUR PERSONAL PREFERENCES, RISK TOLERANCES, OR TIME HORIZON, OR WITH THE RISK THAT WE MAY OFFER ONLY A isSINGLE 1INDEX +ACCOUNT [OPTION IN THE FUTURE, THIS POLICY IS NOT APPROPRIATE FOR YOU. YOU MAY SURRENDER YOUR POLICY (~~1300/1000~~TAKE A FULL WITHDRAWAL) –IF 1]THERE =ARE ~~130~~NO ALLOCATIONS ACCOUNTS THAT YOU WISH TO SELECT, BUT THE SURRENDER MAY BE SUBJECT TO SURRENDER CHARGES, WILL BE BASED ON AN INTERIM VALUE IF TAKEN BEFORE THE END OF A CREDITING PERIOD FOR AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION, MAY BE SUBJECT TO TAXES (INCLUDING A 10% FEDERAL PENALTY TAX IF TAKEN BEFORE AGE 591⁄2), AND YOUR POLICY WILL TERMINATE.

•When Byou isare 1purchasing +the ~~[(600/1300)~~Policy, –coming 1]to +the ~~10%~~end =of 56a Crediting Period, making an additional premium payment, or coming to the next Allocation Anniversary after you exercise Performance Lock for an Index Account Option, you will have an opportunity to select from among the available Allocation Accounts for investment.~~20%~~

•65 ~~Index Credit Rate is [(130% x 56.20%) -1] = -26.90%~~

InThe ~~this~~Fixed ~~example,~~Account ~~your~~and Index ~~Credit~~Account ~~Rate~~Options ~~would~~that beare currently available for investment are listed in tables ~~-26~~under AVAILABLE ALLOCATION ACCOUNTS.~~90%~~ Those tables do not include the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Account Option or the current Cap Rates or Participation Rates for the Index Account Options’ Growth Opportunity Types (together, “current upside rates”) because we may declare new current upside rates for new Crediting Periods, subject to the guaranteed limits set forth in those tables. ~~Without~~The current upside rates determine the ~~Buffer~~Allocation ~~reset~~Accounts’ ~~feature~~potential for gain. Therefore, ~~your~~it ~~Index~~is ~~Credit~~important ~~Rate~~that ~~would~~you ~~have~~obtain ~~been~~and ~~-30%~~carefully review the current upside rates when selecting your investment options.

~~SELECTING~~The ~~YOUR~~following provides ~~INVESTMENT~~additional ~~OPTIONS~~information about what to expect when selecting Allocation Accounts for investment:

~~This prospectus~~• ~~describes~~New ~~the~~Purchasers. ~~Allocation~~If ~~Accounts~~you ~~that~~are wea ~~may~~new ~~make~~purchaser ~~available~~of ~~for~~the ~~investment.~~Policy, ~~The~~the ~~Allocation~~current ~~Accounts~~upside ~~that~~rates wein ~~are~~effect ~~currently~~on ~~making~~the ~~available~~date ~~for~~that ~~investment~~you ~~will~~sign ~~change~~the ~~from~~Policy ~~time~~application will apply to ~~time~~the premium accompanying your Policy application. AsWe awill ~~result,~~also itapply isthose ~~possible~~same ~~that~~rates ~~an Allocation~~to ~~Account~~any ~~described~~more inpremium ~~this~~we ~~prospectus~~receive ~~will~~within ~~not~~14 becalendar ~~available~~days toof ~~you~~your atsignature ~~the~~date ~~time~~(or ~~you~~60 ~~purchase~~calendar days if the Policy is funded through an exchange, transfer, or ~~make~~rollover). Any premium we receive after that date will be considered an additional premium payment, orand the current upside rates in effect at the ~~end~~time of areceipt ~~Crediting~~will ~~Period~~apply. See “Additional Premium Payments” below.

WeFor ~~reserve~~example, if you sign the ~~right~~Policy toapplication ~~offer~~on ~~new~~January 30, ~~Allocation~~the ~~Accounts~~current orupside ~~stop~~rates ~~offering~~as ~~any~~of that ~~Allocation~~date ~~Account~~will atapply ~~any~~to ~~time~~the premium accompanying your Policy application. WeIn ~~also~~addition, ~~reserve~~if ~~the~~we ~~right~~receive toany ~~declare~~more ~~different rates~~premium from ~~Crediting~~you ~~Period~~on toor ~~Crediting~~before ~~Period~~February 13 ~~for~~(March 31 if the ~~Allocation~~Policy ~~Accounts~~is ~~that~~funded wethrough ~~are~~an ~~offering~~exchange, ~~for~~transfer, ~~investment~~or rollover), ~~subject~~the same rates will apply to that premium, even if the ~~guaranteed~~rates ~~limits~~we ~~discussed~~are inoffering ~~this~~have ~~prospectus.~~otherwise ~~There~~changed issince noJanuary ~~guarantee~~30. ~~that~~Any ~~any~~premium ~~Allocation~~we ~~Account~~receive ~~that~~after ~~you~~February 13 ~~select~~(or ~~for investment~~March 31 ~~will~~if ~~always~~the bePolicy ~~available~~is tofunded ~~you~~through inan ~~the~~exchange, ~~future~~transfer, or ~~available~~rollover) ~~with~~will ~~the~~be considered ~~same~~to ~~declared~~be an additional premium payment and different rates may apply.

~~The~~Current ~~Allocation~~upside ~~Accounts~~rates ~~that~~will webe ~~offer~~provided ~~with~~to ~~respect~~your tofinancial ~~initial~~intermediary and ~~additional~~are ~~premium~~always ~~payments~~available ~~may~~online ~~differ~~at ~~from~~https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila. ~~the~~We ~~Allocation~~publish ~~Accounts~~new ~~that~~rates ~~we offer~~ at ~~the~~least ~~ends~~14 ofcalendar ~~Crediting~~days ~~Periods.~~before ~~Allocation~~they ~~Accounts~~take ~~that~~effect. weThe ~~offer~~rates atapplicable ~~the~~to ~~ends~~your ofinitial ~~Crediting~~premium ~~Periods~~payment ~~may~~will ~~differ~~be ~~depending~~stated onin the confirmation ~~date~~of ayour ~~premium payment was made~~purchase.

We• ~~guarantee~~Additional ~~that~~Premium wePayments. ~~will~~When ~~offer~~making atan ~~least~~additional ~~one~~premium ~~Basic~~payment, ~~Index~~you ~~Account~~should ~~Option~~obtain ~~for~~the ~~investment~~current atupside ~~all~~rates ~~times~~online at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

In• ~~connection~~If ~~with~~you ~~any~~make ~~initial~~an or additional premium payment, and ~~any~~it ~~earnings~~is ~~under~~accompanied ~~the~~by ~~Policy~~allocation ~~related to that premium payment~~instructions, we ~~also guarantee that at least one particular Growth Opportunity Type and at least one particular Downside Protection Type~~ will beallocate ~~part of one or more Index Account Options that we make available for investment at~~ the ~~end of each Crediting Period. Those guaranteed Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) are specified in the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement for new~~ premium ~~payments~~payment ~~and may change from time~~ to ~~time. Please note that~~ the ~~guaranteed~~Allocation ~~Growth Opportunity Type~~Account(s) ~~and~~you ~~Downside Protection~~selected ~~Type(s)~~based ~~specified~~on inthose ainstructions. ~~Feature~~The ~~Sheet~~allocation ~~Prospectus~~instructions ~~Supplement~~accompanying ~~for~~your ~~new~~additional premium ~~payments apply only to a premium~~ payment ~~made~~will ~~under~~not ~~that~~replace ~~Feature~~your ~~Sheet~~standing ~~Prospectus~~allocation ~~Supplement~~instructions ~~and~~unless any earnings related to that premium payment. A premium payment made under a past or future Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is subject to the guarantees described in that Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement. As such, the Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) that are guaranteed may vary if you ~~submit~~specifically ~~multiple~~instruct ~~premium~~us ~~payments~~otherwise.

We• ~~reserve~~If ~~the~~you ~~right~~make toan ~~offer~~additional orpremium ~~stop~~payment ~~offering~~and ~~the~~it ~~Fixed~~is ~~Account,~~not oraccompanied toby ~~offer~~allocation ~~the Fixed Account for different Crediting Periods~~instructions, atwe ~~any~~will ~~time.~~process ~~We also reserve~~ the ~~right~~additional topremium ~~declare~~payment ~~different~~based ~~annual~~on ~~interest~~your ~~rates~~standing ~~for~~allocation ~~the~~instructions. ~~Fixed~~If ~~Account,~~those ~~subject~~standing toallocation ~~the~~instructions ~~guaranteed~~are ~~minimum~~not ~~effective~~in ~~annual~~good ~~interest~~order ~~rate.~~because ~~There~~they isinstruct nous ~~guarantee~~to ~~that~~allocate the ~~Fixed~~premium ~~Account~~payment ~~will always be available for investment,~~ (or ~~that~~a ~~the~~portion ~~annual~~thereof) ~~interest~~to ~~rate~~an ~~will~~unavailable beAllocation ~~greater~~Account, ~~than~~we ~~the guaranteed minimum effective annual interest rate. We~~ will ~~offer~~process the ~~Fixed~~additional ~~Account~~premium ~~with~~payment ~~a 1-year Crediting Period for at least~~ as ~~long as it serves as the Default Option.~~ follows:

If• weFor ~~stop~~each ~~making an~~ Allocation Account ~~available,~~in ityour ~~will~~standing beallocation ~~closed such that no new premiums~~instructions, ~~reallocations,~~ orif ~~transfers will be allowed into~~ that Allocation Account. Ifis ~~you~~available ~~are~~for ~~currently~~investment, ~~invested~~we inwill anallocate ~~Allocation~~the ~~Account~~applicable ~~and~~percentage itof isyour ~~discontinued,~~premium ~~you~~payment ~~may~~to ~~remain in~~ that Allocation Account ~~until~~in ~~the~~accordance ~~end~~with ofyour ~~the~~standing ~~Crediting~~allocation ~~Period~~instructions.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~For ~~Index~~each ~~AdvantageSM~~Allocation ~~Annuity~~Account 67in your standing allocation instructions, if that Allocation Account is not available for investment, we will attempt to contact you and your financial intermediary to request new instructions with respect to the applicable portion of your premium payment. We will make multiple attempts over a 30-day period. During this 30-day period, the applicable portion of your premium payment will be held in the Fixed Holding Account. If we do not receive new instructions in good order within 30 days, we will allocate that portion of your premium payment to the Default Option.

If66 you are not comfortable with the risk that we may not offer Allocation Accounts in the future that are attractive to you based on your personal preferences, risk tolerances, or time horizon, this Policy may not be appropriate for you. You may Surrender your Policy if there are no Allocations Accounts that you wish to select, but the Surrender may be subject to surrender charges, will be based on an Interim Value if taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option, and your Policy will terminate.

~~ALLOCATION~~• ~~OPTIONS~~End ~~DOCUMENT~~of a Crediting Period. If you are coming to the end of a Crediting Period, ~~RENEWAL~~we ~~LETTER~~will send you a Renewal Letter (which will include current upside rates) at least 21 days before the end of the Crediting Period. We must receive your instructions at least one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. In the absence of instructions, ~~AND~~your ~~FEATURE~~Policy ~~SHEET~~Value ~~PROSPECTUS~~in ~~SUPPLEMENTS~~the expiring Allocation Account will be automatically reinvested in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period. If the expiring Allocation Account is no longer available for investment, your Policy Value in the expiring Allocation Account will be transferred to the Default Option.

• Next Allocation ~~Options~~Anniversary ~~Document~~After ~~and~~Exercising Performance Lock. If you exercised Performance Lock for an Index Account Option, on the next Allocation Anniversary, you may transfer the amount held in the Performance Lock Account to any Allocation Account that is available for investment. You could also withdraw such amount or annuitize the Policy, but it cannot remain in the Performance Lock Account. You must submit instructions to us at least one Business Day before the next Allocation Anniversary. In the absence of instructions, the amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be automatically reinvested in the same Index Account Option for which your exercised Performance Lock. If that Index Account Option is no longer available for investment, the amount held in the Performance Lock Account will be transferred to the Default Option. We will send you a Renewal Letter (which will include current upside rates) at least 21 days before the next Allocation Anniversary, provided that you exercised Performance Lock no later than 21 days of the next Allocation Anniversary. If you exercised Performance Lock within 21 days of the next Allocation Anniversary, you will not receive a Renewal Letter. You should obtain the current upside rates online at https://www.transamerica.com/annuities/rila or by contacting our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary.

~~As explained~~Please ~~further~~note ~~below,~~that itwe iswill ~~important~~not ~~for~~permit you to ~~obtain~~have ~~and~~more ~~carefully~~than ~~review the current Allocation Options document when purchasing the Policy and when making an additional premium payment, and to obtain your Renewal Letter before the end of~~97 ~~each~~ongoing Crediting ~~Period~~Periods at once.

~~These~~ABILITY ~~documents~~TO ~~will~~TRANSFER ~~provide~~BETWEEN ~~you~~ALLOCATION ~~with~~ACCOUNTS ~~complete information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment, including:~~

•You ~~For~~may ~~any~~transfer ~~Basic~~Policy ~~Index~~Value between Allocation Accounts only at certain times. You are permitted to transfer Policy Value from an Allocation Account ~~Option,~~in which you are currently invested only at the ~~Index,~~end of that Allocation Account’s Crediting Period, ~~Growth~~as ~~Opportunity~~described ~~Type,~~above. ~~and~~Policy ~~Downside~~Value ~~Protection~~transferred ~~Type,~~into asan ~~well~~Allocation asAccount ~~the~~cannot ~~specific~~be ~~rates~~applied weto ~~declared~~an ~~for~~ongoing Crediting Period. This means that ~~Basic~~when ~~Index~~you transfer Policy Value between Allocation Accounts, the transfer will start a new Crediting Period for the Allocation Account ~~Option~~receiving the transfer.

•CREDITING ~~For~~PERIODS ~~any~~EXTENDING ~~Enhanced~~BEYOND ~~Index~~THE ~~Account~~LATEST ~~Option~~ANNUITY that we make available for investment, the Index, Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, and Downside Protection Type, as well as the specific rates we declared for that Enhanced Index Account Option, including for its reset feature.

•COMMENCEMENT ~~For~~DATE ~~the Fixed Account, the Crediting Period(s) that we are offering and the corresponding annual interest rate(s).~~

InWhen ~~addition,~~allocating ~~the~~an additional ~~Allocation~~premium ~~Options~~or ~~document~~Policy ~~will~~Value ~~specify~~at the ~~annual~~end ~~interest~~of ~~rate~~a ~~for~~Crediting Period among the ~~Fixed~~investment ~~Holding~~options ~~Account.~~that Itare ~~will~~generally ~~also specify~~available ~~the~~for ~~Growth~~investment, ~~Opportunity~~you ~~Type(s)~~may ~~and~~not ~~Downside~~invest ~~Protection~~in ~~Type(s)~~any Allocation Account that ~~are~~has ~~guaranteed~~a toCrediting bePeriod ~~part~~that ofextends atbeyond ~~least~~the ~~one~~last available ~~Index~~Annuity Commencement Date. If there is no eligible Allocation Account, only the Default Option will be available to you for investment. atThe ~~the~~Annuity ~~end~~Commencement ofDate ~~each~~will ~~Crediting~~never ~~Period,~~be ~~with~~later ~~respect~~than tothe ~~any~~Policy ~~premium~~Anniversary ~~payment~~on toor ~~which~~following the ~~that~~Annuitant’s ~~Allocation~~99th ~~Options~~birthday ~~document~~(or ~~applies~~earlier if required by state law). See ANNUITY PAYMENTS (INCOME PHASE).

As noted above, we declare certain rates in connection with the Allocation Accounts and the Fixed Holding Account. The following tables specify the rates we may declare for Basic Index Account Options, Enhanced Index Account Options, the Fixed Account, and the Fixed Holding Account. We declare these rates in our discretion, subject to certain guaranteed limits. See GUARANTEED LIMITS ON THE RATES WE DECLARE below

Basic Index Account Options Growth Opportunity Type Rate(s) Declared By Us Cap Cap Rate Credit Advantage Cap Cap Rate Credit Advantage Fee Percentage Cap+ Accelerator Cap Rate Cap+ Accelerator Rate Participation Growth Opportunity Participation Rate Credit Advantage Participation Growth Opportunity Participation Rate Credit Advantage Fee Percentage Accelerated Tiered Participation Tier Levels Tier Participation Rates Value Trigger Value Trigger Rate Value Trigger+ Value Trigger+ Rate Value Trigger+ Participation Rate Credit Advantage Value Trigger+ Value Trigger+ Rate Value Trigger+ Participation Rate Credit Advantage Fee Percentage Downside Protection Type Rate(s) Declared By Us Buffer Buffer Rate Floor Floor Rate Buffer and Floor Buffer Rate Floor Rate Participation Downside Protection Participation Rate

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 68

Enhanced Index Account Options Type of Enhanced Index Account Rates Declared By Us Best Entry Reset Observation Period Observation Frequency Best Entry Reset Threshold Cap Rate Buffer Rate Buffer Auto Reset Buffer Reset Period Buffer Reset Trigger Cap Rate Buffer Rate

Fixed Account Annual Interest Rate

Fixed Holding Account Annual Interest Rate

Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements

The Allocation Accounts that we are currently making available for investment are also disclosed in Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are part of this prospectus.

Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements that are currently effective or pending effectiveness are available on our website, www.transamerica.com/[ ]. You may also contact our Administrative Office or your financial intermediary for a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement. All Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov (Central Index Key (CIK) 0001164098). Superseded information from prior Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements is included in an exhibit to the Policy’s current registration statement filed with SEC.

A Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement contains a subset of the information contained in the Allocation Options document or a Renewal Letter, as discussed further below.

• If you have obtained the current Allocation Options document or your Renewal Letter, as applicable, the current Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement does not contain any additional information about the Allocation Accounts in which you may invest.

• If you have not obtained the current Allocation Options document or your Renewal Letter, as applicable, we encourage you to review the current Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement that applies to you, but you should obtain the current Allocation Options document or your Renewal Letter before you select any Allocation Account for investment.

There are two types of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements:

(1) The first type of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is titled: “Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement Disclosing Available Allocation Accounts for New Premium Payments.” This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies to any new premium payment under the Policy, including any initial or additional premium payment. There is only one Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to new premium payments in effect at any time.

This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement discloses the following information:

• The Allocation Accounts to which a new premium payment may be allocated; and

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 69

• The Growth Opportunity Type(s) and Downside Protection Type(s) that are guaranteed to be part of at least one Index Account Option available for investment at the end of each Crediting Period with respect to that premium payment.

(2) The second type of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement is titled: “Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement Disclosing Available Allocation Accounts at End of Crediting Period.” There may be multiple of these Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements in effect at any time, applying to different premium payments depending on the date that we received them (for additional premium payments) or the date you signed your application for the Policy (for initial premium payments). This type of Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement discloses the following information:

• The Allocation Accounts that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period with respect to prior premium payments (and any related earnings under the Policy) to which the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applies.

With respect to the Allocation Accounts identified in a Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement as being available for investment, the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement includes the following information:

• Each Index Account Option that is available for investment, including its Index, Crediting Period, Growth Opportunity Type, and Downside Protection Type.

• The rate(s) we declare for each Index Account Option’s Downside Protection Type.

• For any Enhanced Index Account Option that we make available for investment, the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will contain the rates we declared in connection with that Enhanced Index Account Option’s reset feature.

• For Best Entry, these rates include the Observation Period, Observation Frequency, and Best Entry Reset Threshold.

• For Buffer Auto Reset, these rates include the Buffer Reset Period and Buffer Reset Trigger.

• The Crediting Period(s) being offered in connection with the Fixed Account.

A Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement does not include the information listed below. This information, in addition to the information that is included in the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement, can be found in the Allocation Options document or Renewal Letter, as applicable.

• While the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement includes the Growth Opportunity Type for each Index Account Option that is available for investment, it does not contain the rate(s) we declare for each Index Account Option’s Growth Opportunity Type.

• For any Basic Index Account Option with a Credit Advantage Growth Opportunity Type that is available for investment, the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will not contain the fee percentage that will be used to calculate the Credit Advantage Fee.

• For the Fixed Account, the Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will not include the current annual interest rates that we have declared for the Crediting Period(s) being offered in connection with the Fixed Account.

• The Feature Sheet Prospectus supplement will not contain the current annual interest rate for the Fixed Holding Account.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 70

Additional Information for Prospective Purchasers Selecting Investment Options

When you receive the prospectus during the application process, it will be accompanied by the effective Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to new premium payments, as described above. This Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will contain certain information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment with respect to your initial premium payment; however, you should refer to the Allocation Options document for complete information.

You should not purchase the Policy until you have obtained and carefully reviewed the current Allocation Options document.

Additional Information for Existing Policy Owners Selecting Investment Options – Additional Premium Payment

Information about the Allocation Accounts that we are making available for investment in connection with new premium payments will also be delivered to you from time-to-time in Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements applicable to new premium payments, as described above. Any such Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplement will contain certain information about the Allocation Accounts that are available for investment with respect to your additional premium payment; however, you should refer to the Allocation Options document for complete information.

Additional Information for Existing Policy Owners Selecting Investment Options – End of Crediting Period

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 71

As described above, we periodically issue Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements disclosing the Allocation Account(s) that are available for investment at the end of a Crediting Period. If you make multiple premium payments, different Feature Sheet Prospectus Supplements may apply at the ends of different Crediting Periods.

GUARANTEED LIMITS ON THE RATES WE DECLARE

Rates that we may declare for the Index Account Options, the Fixed Account, and the Fixed Holding Account are generally declared in our discretion. However, we guarantee that the rate(s) we declare for any feature under the Policy will not violate the applicable guaranteed limit(s) in the table below.

Basic Index Accounts
Feature	Declared Rate	Guaranteed Limit
Cap	Cap Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Credit Advantage Cap	Cap Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Credit Advantage Index Fee	Never higher than [ ]%
Cap+ Accelerator	Cap Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Cap+ Accelerator Rate	Never exceeds the Cap Rate by more than [ ]%
Participation	Growth Opportunity Participation Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Credit Advantage Participation	Growth Opportunity Participation Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Credit Advantage Fee	Never higher than [ ]%
Accelerated Tiered Participation	Tier Levels	Never fewer than 2 Tiers
	Tier Participation Rates	Never lower than [ ]%
Value Trigger	Value Trigger Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Value Trigger+	Value Trigger+ Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Value Trigger+ Participation Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Credit Advantage Value Trigger+	Value Trigger Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Value Trigger Participation Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Credit Advantage Fee	Never higher than [ ]%
Buffer	Buffer Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Floor	Floor Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Buffer and Floor	Buffer Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
	Floor Rate	Never lower than [ ]%
Participation	Downside Protection Participation Rate	Never higher than [ ]%

Enhanced Index Accounts Feature Declared Rate Guaranteed Limit Best Entry Observation Period Never shorter than [ ] days Observation Frequency Daily, weekly, monthly, or quarterly Best Entry Reset Threshold Never higher than [ ]% Cap Rate Never lower than [ ]% Buffer Rate Never lower than [ ]% Buffer Auto Reset Buffer Reset Period Monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, annually, or bi-annually Buffer Reset Trigger Never higher than [ ]% Cap Rate Never lower than [ ]% Buffer Rate Never lower than [ ]%

Fixed Account Annual Interest Rate Never lower than 0.25%

Fixed Holding Account Annual Interest Rate Never lower than 0.25%

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 72

TRANSFERS AND REINVESTMENTS

In general, at the end of a Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, unless you wish to withdraw all of your Policy Value invested in that Allocation Account, that Policy Value will either be (a) reinvested in the same Allocation Account for another Crediting Period based on the values we declared for the new Crediting Period; (b) transferred to the Allocation Account(s) that you select; or (c) automatically transferred to the Default Option, as specified below.

You must provide us with allocation instructions no later than one Business Day before the end of the Crediting Period. Otherwise, it is possible that your Policy Value will be automatically reinvested or transferred as described in this section. Your allocation instructions must indicate how the Policy Value should be allocated among the Allocation Accounts available for investment. Each percentage may be either zero or any whole number; however, the allocation among all Allocation Accounts must total 100%.

TRANSFERS

The Policy restricts when you can transfer Policy Value between Allocation Accounts. You cannot transfer Policy Value from an Allocation Account during that Allocation Account’s Crediting Period. At the end of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, you may transfer Policy Value from that Allocation Account to one or more Allocation Accounts that are available for investment.

When you transfer Policy Value between Allocation Accounts, a new Crediting Period will begin for the Allocation Account receiving the transfer. Policy Value transferred into an Allocation Account cannot be applied to an ongoing Crediting Period. Please note that if you invest in the same Allocation Account at different times, it is possible that you may have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the same Allocation Account.

REINVESTMENTS

At the end of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, if the same Allocation Account is available for investment, you may reinvest your Policy Value in that Allocation Account for another Crediting Period based on the rates we declared for the new Crediting Period. If we do not receive transfer or withdrawal instructions before the end of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, the Policy Value invested in that Allocation Account (or any portion thereof for which we did not receive instructions) will be automatically reinvested in the same Allocation Account based on the rates we declared for the new Crediting Period, provided that the same Allocation Account is available for investment.

For these purposes, when the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account ends, we will consider that Allocation Account and an Allocation Account that is available for investment to be the “same” Allocation Account based on the following criteria:

• If the Allocation Account that ended is a Basic Index Account Option, a Basic Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, Growth Opportunity Types, Downside Protection Types, and the rates declared for the Downside Protection Type are identical. Such Basic Index Account Options will be considered the “same” even if the rates declared for the Growth Opportunity Type differ (including the Credit Advantage Fee percentage, if applicable).

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 73

• If the Allocation Account that ended is a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option, a Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, and Buffer Rates are identical. Such Best Entry Enhanced Index Account Options will be considered the “same” even if the declared Cap Rates, Observation Periods, Observation Frequencies, and Best Entry Reset Thresholds differ.

• If the Allocation Account that ended is a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option, a Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Option available for investment will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if the Indexes, Crediting Periods, and the Buffer Rates are identical. Such Buffer Auto Reset Enhanced Index Account Options will be considered the “same” even if the declared Cap Rates, Buffer Reset Periods, and Buffer Reset Triggers differ.

• If the Allocation Account that ended is the Fixed Account, and the Fixed Account is available for investment, it will be considered the “same” Allocation Account if we are offering a Crediting Period of the same length, even if the declared interest rates differ.

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER TO THE DEFAULT OPTION

If we do not receive transfer or withdrawal instructions before the end of the Crediting Period for an Allocation Account, and the same Allocation Account is not available for investment, the Policy Value invested in the expiring Allocation Account will be automatically transferred to the Default Option. See DEFAULT OPTION.

CREDITING PERIODS EXTENDING BEYOND THE LATEST ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

When allocating an additional premium or Policy Value at the end of a Crediting Period among the investment options that we are making available for investment, you may not invest in any Allocation Account that has a Crediting Period that extends beyond the last available Annuity Commencement Date. If there is no eligible Allocation Account, only the Default Option will be available to you for investment. See DEFAULT OPTION.

DEFAULT OPTION

Under certain circumstances as described in this prospectus, your premium payment or Policy Value will be automatically allocated to the ~~default~~Fixed ~~Allocation~~ Account ~~that~~Option, wewhich ~~refer~~is currently the Default Option. We reserve the right to aschange the “Default Option (including to an Index Account Option), but will not change the Default Option without first amending this prospectus.”

~~Currently,~~67 the Default Option is the Fixed Account with a 1-year Crediting Period, with the annual interest rate that we have declared for a new Crediting Period. We reserve the right to change the Default Option in the future. We may change the Default Option to an Index Account Option, in which case the Fixed Account may not be made available for investment.

Once a premium payment (or ~~any portion thereof) or~~ Policy Value has been allocated to the ~~Default~~Fixed Account Option by default, your investment in the ~~Default~~Fixed Account Option is ~~generally~~ subject to the same terms and conditions as any other investment in anthe ~~Allocation~~Fixed Account ~~under your Policy~~Option. ~~For~~You ~~example, you~~ may not transfer Policy Value invested in the ~~Default~~Fixed Account Option until the end of the Crediting Period. You may withdraw amounts invested in the ~~Default~~Fixed Account Option at any time; however, you will be subject to ~~the~~applicable ~~risks~~surrender ~~associates~~charges ~~with~~and ~~any~~income ~~withdrawal~~taxes or(including ~~Surrender~~a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 591⁄2).

In each circumstance where Policy Value may be automatically allocated to the Default Option, we reserve the right to designate in an amendment to this prospectus a different Allocation Account to receive that Policy Value in lieu of the Default Option. We will not exercise this right without first amending this prospectus. For example, if we remove an Allocation Account from the Policy but add a new Allocation Account with substantially similar features, we may specify in an amendment to this prospectus that the new Allocation Account will replace the removed Allocation Account in Owners’ standing allocation instructions for additional premium payments, or that Policy Value will be automatically reinvested in the new Allocation Account rather than the Default Option at the end of a Crediting Period (or on the next Allocation Anniversary if Performance Lock has been exercised) in the absence of instructions.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

During the accumulation phase, you have access to the money in your Policy by taking a withdrawal or Surrender. You may also take automatic withdrawals by electing the systematic payout option. You may also authorize your financial professional to deduct advisory fees directly from the Policy via advisory fee withdrawals.

Remember:

•

A Surrender will terminate the Policy and all its benefits, including the death benefit.

~~Transamerica~~• ~~Structured~~Charges ~~Index~~may ~~AdvantageSM~~be ~~Annuity~~deducted 74when you take a withdrawal or Surrender, including surrender charges. These charges may be significant. See FEES AND CHARGES.

• ~~Charges~~Any type of withdrawal or a Surrender taken before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option will be processed based on an Interim Value for that Index Account Option, which may reflect less gain or more loss (perhaps significantly less gain or more loss) than would be ~~deducted~~applied ~~when~~at the end of the Crediting Period. There could be significantly less money available to you ~~take~~for a withdrawal or Surrender, ~~including~~that ~~surrender~~is ~~charges~~processed based on an Interim Value. ~~These~~The ~~charges~~application of an Interim Value may beresult ~~significant~~in a loss to an Owner even if the reference Index at the time of withdrawal or Surrender is higher than at the beginning of the Crediting Period. See VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – INTERIM VALUES.

• Any type of withdrawal ~~you~~taken ~~take~~before the end of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option will result in a negative adjustment to your Index Base for that Index Account Option, which may reduce your gains or contribute to losses at the ~~Policy~~end ~~Value~~of the Crediting Period and will reduce Interim Values for the ~~amount~~remainder of the ~~death~~Crediting ~~benefit,~~Period. ~~including~~A ~~the~~negative ~~guaranteed~~adjustment ~~minimum~~to ~~death~~your ~~benefit~~Index ~~(perhaps~~Base ~~significantly)~~may ifbe greater than the ~~GMDB~~amount ~~rider~~withdrawn. ~~has~~See ~~been~~VALUING ~~elected~~YOUR INVESTMENT IN AN INDEX ACCOUNT OPTION – NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO INDEX BASE.

• AIncome ~~withdrawal~~taxes, orfederal ~~Surrender~~tax ~~taken~~penalties, ~~before~~and ~~the~~certain ~~end~~restrictions ~~of a Crediting Period for an Index Account Option will be processed based on an Interim Value for that Index Account Option, which~~ may ~~reflect~~apply ~~less~~to ~~gain~~a withdrawal or ~~more~~Surrender. ~~loss~~A ~~(perhaps~~withdrawal ~~significantly less gain~~ or ~~more~~Surrender ~~loss)~~may ~~than would~~ be ~~applied~~taxable, atand ~~the~~if ~~end~~taken ofbefore ~~the~~age ~~Crediting~~591⁄2, ~~Period.~~may ~~There could~~ be ~~significantly~~subject ~~less money available~~ to ~~you~~a ~~for~~10% afederal ~~withdrawal~~penalty ortax. ~~Surrender~~See ~~that~~TAX isINFORMATION ~~processed~~– ~~based~~Taxation onof anSurrenders ~~Interim~~and ~~Value~~Withdrawals.

• AAny type of withdrawal ~~taken~~you ~~before~~take will reduce the ~~end~~Policy Value (because you are taking money out of ayour ~~Crediting~~Policy) ~~Period~~and ~~for~~the anamount ~~Index~~of ~~Account~~the ~~Option~~death ~~will~~benefit, ~~result~~including inthe aguaranteed ~~negative~~minimum ~~adjustment~~death tobenefit ~~your~~(perhaps ~~Index~~significantly) ~~Base~~if ~~for~~the ~~that~~GMDB ~~Index~~rider ~~Account~~has ~~Option,~~been ~~which~~elected. ~~may~~The ~~reduce~~guaranteed ~~your~~minimum ~~gains~~death orbenefit ~~contribute~~will tobe ~~losses~~reduced atin the ~~end~~same ofproportion that the ~~Crediting~~gross ~~Period~~withdrawal reduces your Policy Value, and ~~will~~this ~~reduce~~reduction ~~Interim~~may ~~Values~~be ~~for~~more than the ~~remainder~~dollar ofamount ~~the~~withdrawn. ~~Crediting~~See ~~Period,~~POLICY ~~perhaps~~VALUE ~~significantly~~AND CASH VALUE and DEATH BENEFIT.

•68 Income taxes, federal tax penalties, and certain restrictions may apply to a withdrawal or Surrender. A withdrawal or Surrender may be taxable, and if taken before age 591⁄2, may be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax.

• ~~Withdrawals~~Advisory ~~from~~fee withdrawals will reduce your Policy Value and will be subject to the same risks and consequences of withdrawals, including applicable surrender charges, Interim Value adjustments, negative adjustments, and taxes (including a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 591⁄2) and proportionate reductions to the death benefit. Advisory fee withdrawals for non-qualified Policies are subject to a maximum limit each Policy Year. We will not report advisory fee withdrawals as taxable distributions to the IRS; therefore, they may not be ~~restricted~~subject to federal income tax. However, regardless of how Transamerica treats advisory fee withdrawals for tax reporting purposes, federal and/or ~~prohibited~~state taxing authorities could determine that advisory fee withdrawals should be treated as taxable withdrawals from your Policy, in which case the amount of the advisory fees deducted from your Policy could be subject to income tax, and a 10% federal penalty tax could apply if the advisory fee withdrawal was taken before you attained age 591⁄2. You should consult a tax professional. See ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS below.

• Automatic withdrawals under the systematic payout option ~~are~~(see ~~subject~~SYSTEMATIC PAYOUT OPTION below), minimum required distributions, and regular advisory fee withdrawals will repeatedly expose you to the ~~same~~ risks asand ~~any~~consequences ~~other~~of ~~withdrawal~~withdrawals, including ~~all~~applicable ofsurrender ~~the~~charges, ~~risks~~Interim ~~listed~~Value ~~above~~adjustments, negative adjustments, and income taxes and tax penalties and proportionate reductions to the death benefit.

You should fully understand the risks associated with any withdrawal or Surrender before you purchase the Policy and before you decide to take a withdrawal or Surrender. You should consult with your financial and tax professionals before you take a withdrawal or Surrender.

During the income phase, you will receive annuity payments under the fixed income option you select. You may not take any withdrawals or Surrender the Policy. The Policy has no cash value during the income phase.

SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS

During the accumulation phase, you may withdraw all (Surrender) or a portion (withdrawal) of your Policy’s cash value. Your cash value is equal to the Policy Value less any surrender charges, if applicable. If you request a Surrender, you will receive the Policy’s cash value. If your cash value is lower than the Minimum Required Cash Value upon Surrender, you will receive the Minimum Required Cash Value.

If you request a ~~Surrender~~withdrawal, ~~you will receive~~ the ~~Policy’s~~minimum ~~cash~~withdrawal ~~value.~~is ~~However~~$500, ifwith ~~your cash value is less than~~ the ~~Minimum~~exception ~~Required~~of ~~Cash~~automatic ~~Value~~withdrawals ~~when~~and ~~you~~minimum ~~Surrender~~required ~~the Policy, you will receive the Minimum Required Cash Value~~distributions. When Inrequesting ~~any~~a ~~event,~~withdrawal: ~~your Policy will terminate upon Surrender.~~

If• ~~you~~You ~~request~~may ainstruct ~~withdrawal,~~us that the ~~minimum~~ withdrawal is ~~$500,~~to ~~with~~be ~~the~~taken ~~exception~~from one or more of ~~systematic~~your ~~payouts~~Index Account Options, your Fixed Account Option, and/or ~~required~~the ~~minimum~~Performance ~~distributions~~Lock Account. ~~When~~You ~~requesting~~cannot instruct us to take a withdrawal: from the Fixed Holding Account until all of your Allocation Accounts and the Performance Lock Account have been exhausted of value.

• ~~You~~In ~~may~~the ~~instruct~~absence usof ~~that~~instructions, the withdrawal iswill to be taken from ~~one~~each ~~or more of your Index~~ Account ~~Options~~in ~~and/or~~proportion to the ~~Fixed~~portion ~~Account.~~of ~~You~~Policy ~~cannot~~Value ~~instruct~~in useach toAccount, ~~take~~excluding ~~a withdrawal from~~ the Fixed Holding Account until all ofother ~~your Allocation~~ Accounts have been ~~depleted~~exhausted of value.

• InIf you have multiple ongoing Crediting Periods for the ~~absence~~same ofAllocation ~~instructions~~Account, ~~the~~any withdrawal from that Allocation Account will always be taken pro-rata from ~~each~~all ~~Account~~of inthe ~~proportion~~Crediting toPeriods. ~~the~~You ~~portion~~could ofinstruct ~~Policy~~us ~~Value~~not into ~~each~~take the withdrawal from that Allocation Account, ~~excluding~~but ~~the~~you ~~Fixed~~could ~~Holding~~not ~~Account~~instruct ~~until~~us ~~all~~to ~~other~~take ~~Accounts~~the ~~have~~withdrawal ~~been~~from ~~depleted~~only one or some of ~~value~~those Crediting Periods.

~~Transamerica~~69 ~~Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 75~~

•

If you exercise Performance Lock multiple times (for different Index Account Options or different Crediting Periods for the same Index Account Option) within a one year period, amounts held in the Performance Lock Account that are attributable to one exercise of Performance Lock will be treated as distinct from any amounts attributable to another exercise of Performance Lock. However, any withdrawal from the Performance Lock Account will always be taken pro-rata from those distinct amounts. You could instruct us not to take the withdrawal from the Performance Lock Account, but you could not instruct us to take the withdrawal from amounts only attributable to a specific exercise of Performance Lock.

We must receive your withdrawal or Surrender request, in good order, before the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals and Surrenders will normally be effective as of the end of the Business Day the request is received in good order. If we receive a request before the end of a Crediting Period, and the request does not specify a withdrawal or Surrender date, we will process the withdrawal or Surrender as of the date received, which could be before the end of the Crediting Period. We encourage you to specify a withdrawal or Surrender date with your request when you intend to take a withdrawal or Surrender at the end of a Crediting Period.

Payment of withdrawal or Surrender proceeds will generally occur within seven days from the date we receive in good order all required information. See OTHER INFORMATION – Timing of Payments for information about when payments may be deferred.

GUARANTEED MINIMUM AMOUNT ON SURRENDER

We guarantee that upon a Surrender of your Policy, your Surrender proceeds will not be less than the amount required by the applicable state non-forfeiture law at the time the Policy is issued.

GROSS AND NET WITHDRAWALS

~~When~~You may ~~you~~request ~~take~~withdrawals in either a ~~withdrawal,~~gross ~~we calculate~~or ~~both~~a ~~your~~net ~~gross~~amount. ~~withdrawal~~In ~~and~~the ~~your~~absence ~~net~~of instructions, the withdrawal will be taken on a gross basis. The gross withdrawal ~~represents~~is the total amount which will be deducted from your Policy Value as a result of the withdrawal, including any applicable surrender charges and any other fees and charges~~. The~~, while the net withdrawal ~~represents~~is the amount ~~that~~ you actually ~~received~~receive as(exclusive aof ~~result~~any oftax ~~the~~withholdings). The gross withdrawal ~~(exclusive~~may ofbe more than your requested withdrawal amount, if requested on a net basis, depending on whether surrender charges and any ~~tax~~other ~~withholdings)~~fees and charges apply at the time of the withdrawal.

The gross withdrawal equals the net withdrawal plus the surrender charge and any other fees and charges on the excess withdrawal amount.

The excess withdrawal amount is the portion of the requested withdrawal or Surrender that is subject to surrender charges (that is, the portion which is in excess of the surrender charge-free portion). For example, if the requested withdrawal or Surrender amount is $1,000, and the surrender charge-free amount is $200, then the excess withdrawal that is subject to surrender charge would be $800.

•

If you request that the withdrawal be taken on a gross basis, you may not receive the withdrawal amount requested. Any surrender charges and any other fees and charges that apply to the withdrawal will be deducted from the amount you receive rather than your Policy Value. As such, your Policy Value will be reduced by the withdrawal amount you requested, but you may receive less than that amount.

Assuming you request a gross withdrawal of $5,000, with no surrender charge-free amount and a 7% surrender charge, your Policy Value will be reduced by $5,000 and you will receive a net amount equal to $4,650 (i.e., $5,000 – ($5,000 x 7%) = $4,650).

•

If you request that the withdrawal be taken on a net basis, you will receive the withdrawal amount requested (exclusive of any tax withholdings). However, any fees and charges that apply at the time of the withdrawal, including surrender charges, will also be deducted from your Policy Value. As such, your Policy Value may be reduced by an amount greater than the amount you receive. Assuming you request a net withdrawal of $5,000, with no surrender charge-free amount and a 7% surrender charge, your Policy Value will be reduced by $5,376.64 (i.e., $5,000 / (1 – 7%) = $5,376.34) and you will receive a net amount equal to $5,000.

SURRENDER CHARGE WAIVERS

This section describes the surrender charge waivers that are available under the Policy. Please note that any amounts withdrawn or Surrendered under any of these surrender charge waivers will count against the surrender charge-free amount for a Policy Year.

~~Required~~Withdrawals ~~Minimum~~taken under a surrender charge ~~Distributions~~waiver are still subject to the same risks as any other withdrawals, including the risks listed at the beginning of this section (except surrender charges) and described further in the cross-referenced sections.

~~For~~Minimum ~~tax-qualified~~Required ~~plans~~Distributions and policies, withdrawals taken to satisfy required minimum distribution requirements under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) are available with no surrender charges. The amount available from this Policy with respect to the required minimum distribution is based solely on this Policy.

~~Any~~For ~~amount~~tax-qualified ~~requested~~plans inand ~~excess~~policies, ofwithdrawals ~~the~~taken ~~IRC~~to ~~required~~satisfy minimum required distribution ~~will~~requirements ~~have~~under Section 401(a)(9) of the ~~appropriate~~Internal Revenue Code (IRC) are available with no surrender charges. ~~applied,~~The amount ~~unless~~available ~~the~~from ~~excess~~this ~~distribution qualifies~~Policy aswith ~~surrender~~respect ~~charge~~to ~~free~~the ~~under~~minimum ~~any~~required ~~additional~~distribution ~~options~~is ~~provided~~based solely on this Policy.

Any amount requested in excess of the IRC minimum required distribution will have the appropriate surrender charges applied, unless the excess distribution qualifies as surrender charge free under any additional options provided (e.g., the surrender charge-free amount).

Nursing Care and Terminal Condition Waiver

No surrender charges will apply if you take a withdrawal ($1,000 minimum), under certain circumstances, because you or your spouse has been:

•

Confined in a hospital or nursing facility for 30 days in a row after the Policy Date; or

•

Diagnosed with a terminal condition after the Policy Date (usually a life expectancy of 12 months or less).

For a waiver due to a condition related to confinement in a hospital or nursing facility, we must receive each withdrawal request (and proof of eligibility with each request) no later than 90 days following the date that confinement has ceased, unless it can be shown that it was not reasonably possible to provide the notice and proof within the above time period and that the notice and proof were given as soon as reasonably possible. However, in no event shall the notice and proof be provided later than one year following the date that confinement has ceased.

For a waiver related to a terminal condition, proof of eligibility is required only with the initial withdrawal request and must be furnished by the attending physician. We must receive a new request for each withdrawal under this waiver. Each withdrawal request must be received no later than one year following diagnosis of the terminal condition.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 76

You may exercise this benefit at any time during the accumulation phase. This benefit is also available to the Annuitant or Annuitant’s spouse if the Owner is not a natural person. There is no restriction on the maximum amount you may withdraw under this benefit. There is no charge for this benefit.

This benefit is not intended to provide long-term care or nursing home insurance. This benefit is not available if the Owner or Owner’s spouse (Annuitant or Annuitant’s spouse, if the Owner is a non-natural person) has been admitted to a hospital on the Policy Date or already resides in a nursing facility on the Policy Date.

The Nursing Care and Terminal Condition Waiver may vary for certain Policies and may not be available for all Policies, in all states, or at all times. See OTHER INFORMATION – State Variations.

Unemployment Waiver

No surrender charges will apply if you take a withdrawal ($1,000 minimum), under certain circumstances, after you or your spouse become unemployed due to:

•

Involuntary termination of employment; or

•

Involuntary lay off.

In order to qualify, you (or your spouse, whichever is applicable) must have been:

•

Employed full time for at least two years prior to becoming unemployed;

•

Employed full time on the Policy Date;

•

Unemployed for at least 60 days in a row at the time of withdrawal;

•

Must have a minimum cash value at the time of withdrawal of $5,000; and

•

You (or your spouse) must be receiving unemployment benefits.

You must provide written proof from your state’s Department of Labor, which verifies that you qualify for and are receiving unemployment benefits at the time of withdrawal. The determination letter must be received by us no later than 90 days following the date of the withdrawal request.

You may use this benefit at any time during the accumulation phase and for so long as you meet the criteria specified above. This benefit is also available to the Annuitant or Annuitant’s spouse if the Owner is not a natural person. There is no restriction on the maximum amount you may withdraw under this benefit. There is no charge for this benefit.

The Unemployment Waiver may vary for certain Policies and may not be available for all Policies, in all states, or at all times. See OTHER INFORMATION – State Variations.

ADVISORY FEE WITHDRAWALS

If you are receiving investment advice from a financial professional who charges you investment advisory fees for their services, you may request that your financial professional or financial professional’s firm be permitted to request withdrawals from the Policy for the purpose of paying your investment advisory fees. Investment advisory fees are in addition to and separate from the Policy’s fees and charges. There is no additional charge for this service.

In order to setup advisory fee withdrawals, you must complete our form specifically designed for this authorization. Once we receive this form in good order and we approve it, your financial professional or your financial professional’s firm will be able to receive investment advisory fees directly from your Policy through withdrawals. To inquire about setting up advisory fee withdrawals, contact us at our Administrative Office.

You may cancel advisory fee withdrawals at any time. We reserve the right to cancel advisory fee withdrawals at any time upon notice to you.

If the Policy is a tax-qualified Policy issued as an IRA or in connection with certain tax-qualified retirement plans, there is no maximum limit on advisory fee withdrawals.

For non-qualified Policies, advisory fee withdrawals are subject to a maximum limit of 1.5% of the Policy’s cash value (determined without regard to any surrender charges) each Policy Year. For the first Policy Year, the maximum limit will be based on your cash value as of the Policy Date. For a subsequent Policy Year, the maximum limit will be based on your cash value as of the Policy Anniversary that began that Policy Year. Advisory fee withdrawals in excess of the maximum limit will not be permitted. If you attempt to take advisory fee withdrawals in excess of the maximum limit, we will notify you.

Your financial professional acts on your behalf, not ours. We are not party to any agreement between you and your financial professional, nor are we responsible for your financial professional’s actions. We do not verify that deductions for investment advisory fees align with the terms of your agreement with your financial professional. We do not set your investment advisory fee or receive any part of it. Any deductions for investment advisory fees you pay are in addition to this Policy’s fees and expenses.

See FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS – Special Rules for Advisory Fee Payments for additional information.

SYSTEMATIC PAYOUT OPTION

You can select at any time during the accumulation phase to receive regular automatic withdrawals from your Policy by using the systematic payout option.

Automatic withdrawals ~~under~~can ~~the~~be ~~systematic~~taken ~~payout~~monthly, ~~option~~quarterly, ~~are~~semi-annually, ~~subject~~or toannually. ~~the~~Each ~~same~~withdrawal ~~risks~~must asbe ~~any~~at ~~other~~least ~~withdrawal,~~$50. ~~including~~Monthly ~~the~~and ~~risks~~quarterly ~~listed at the beginning~~automatic ofwithdrawals ~~this~~must ~~section.~~generally ~~You~~be ~~should~~taken ~~fully~~by ~~understand~~electronic ~~the~~funds ~~risks~~transfer ~~associated~~directly ~~with~~to ayour ~~withdrawal~~checking ~~and~~or ~~Surrender~~savings ~~before~~account. ~~you~~There ~~elect~~is ~~the~~no ~~systematic~~charge ~~payout~~for ~~option~~this benefit.

~~Systematic~~You may ~~withdrawals~~stop ~~can~~automatic bewithdrawals ~~taken monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. Each withdrawal must be~~ at ~~least~~any ~~$50.~~time ~~Monthly~~with ~~and~~a ~~quarterly~~30 ~~systematic withdrawals~~day ~~must~~Written ~~generally~~Notice besent ~~taken by electronic funds transfer directly~~ to ~~your~~our ~~checking~~Administrative ~~or savings account~~Office. ~~There is no charge for this benefit.~~

You may stop systematic withdrawals at any time with a 30 day Written Notice sent to our Administrative Office.

Transamerica Structured Index AdvantageSM Annuity 77

INVOLUNTARY CASHOUT

If your Policy Value is below $2,000, and there have been no premium payments made to the Policy within the last two Policy Years, we reserve the right to terminate the Policy and pay the ~~greater~~Policy ofValue (~~1) the~~an ~~Fixed~~“Involuntary ~~Account~~Cashout”). ~~and~~If ~~Fixed~~the ~~Holding~~Policy ~~Account~~Value ~~portions~~is oflower than the Minimum Required Cash Value, ~~plus~~you ~~the~~will ~~Index~~receive ~~Account(s) portion of~~ the ~~Policy~~Minimum ~~Value;~~Required orCash ~~(2) the Policy~~ Value.

If you elected the optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider, we will not invoke the Involuntary Cashout provision if the GMDB rider is in-force and has a death benefit amount of $2,000 or greater. If the Involuntary Cashout provision is invoked when the death benefit amount under the GMDB rider is less than $2,000, we will pay the greater of the amount described in the paragraph immediately above or the death benefit amount.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

As a protection against fraud, we require a signature guarantee (i.e., Medallion Signature Guarantee as required by us) for the following transaction requests:

•

Any withdrawal or Surrender over $250,000 unless it is a custodial owned annuity;

•

Any non-electronic disbursement request made on or within 15 days of a change to the address of record for the Owner’s account;

•

Any electronic fund transfer instruction changes on or within 15 days of an address change;

•

Any withdrawal or Surrender when we have been directed to send proceeds to a different personal address from the address of record for that Owner. PLEASE NOTE: This requirement will not apply to requests made in connection with exchanges of one annuity for another with the same Owner in a “tax-free exchange”;

•

Any withdrawal or Surrender when we do not have an originating or guaranteed signature on file unless it is a custodial owned annuity; or

•

Any other transaction we require.

We may change the specific requirements listed above, or add signature guarantees in other circumstances, at our discretion if we deem it necessary or appropriate to help protect against fraud. For current requirements, please refer to the requirements listed on the appropriate form or call us at (800) 525-6205.

You can obtain a Medallion signature guarantee from more than 7,000 financial institutions across the United States and Canada that participate in a Medallion signature guarantee program. The best source of a Medallion signature guarantee is a bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm, or credit union with which you do business. A notary public cannot provide a Medallion signature guarantee. Notarization will not substitute for a Medallion signature guarantee.

DEATH BENEFIT

The Policy includes a death benefit that will become payable to the named beneficiary or beneficiaries under certain circumstances. ~~Under~~as ~~the~~described ~~Policy’s~~in this ~~standard~~section. ~~death~~The ~~benefit, for which there is no additional charge, the~~ death benefit ~~will be no less than the Policy Value but~~ may bebecome ~~greater under certain circumstances. You may elect the optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB) rider when you purchase the Policy, which may increase the amount~~ payable ~~compared~~only toduring the ~~standard~~accumulation ~~death~~phase benefit. Under limited circumstances, the GMDB rider may be re-elected after termination. Depending on the Annuitant’s age on the date that you sign the Policy application or at the time your re-election request is received in good order, there may be an additional fee for this optional death benefit. If your election of the ~~GMDB rider would not subject your~~ Policy ~~to an additional fee, the GMDB rider will be automatically added to your Policy~~.

~~All~~GENERAL ~~death benefit guarantees are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. Death benefit provisions may differ from state to state.~~

~~Transamerica~~The ~~Structured~~Policy ~~Index~~includes ~~AdvantageSM~~a ~~Annuity~~standard 78death benefit for no additional charge. The Policy also offers an optional death benefit rider (the GMDB rider) for an additional charge. If the Annuitant is younger than age 81 as of the date that the Policy application is signed, you may elect the GMDB rider. The GMDB rider may only be elected at the time that you purchase the Policy (under limited circumstances, the GMDB rider may be re-elected after termination).

The following summarizes the standard and optional death benefit that may be payable under the Policy:

Filing Compare · TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE CO